TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL INC
SC 13E4, 1997-02-25
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: TRINET CORPORATE REALTY TRUST INC, 424B5, 1997-02-25
Next: KENILWORTH FUND INC, DEF 14A, 1997-02-25



<PAGE>   1
 
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           -------------------------
 
                                 SCHEDULE 13E-4
                         ISSUER TENDER OFFER STATEMENT
 
     (PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(E)(1) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934)
                           -------------------------
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                (NAME OF ISSUER)
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      (NAME OF PERSON(S) FILING STATEMENT)
                           -------------------------
 
                      COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE PER SHARE
                         (TITLE OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
 
                                  888328 10 1
                     (CUSIP NUMBER OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
 
                             CHERI T. HOLLEY, ESQ.
                 VICE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                               2701 SPRUCE STREET
                             QUINCY, ILLINOIS 62301
                                 (217) 228-6011
          (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO
                       RECEIVE NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS
                  ON BEHALF OF THE PERSON(S) FILING STATEMENT)
                           -------------------------
 
                                    COPY TO:
 
                          ALBERT F. BENDER, III, ESQ.
                     ARMSTRONG, TEASDALE, SCHLAFLY & DAVIS
                      ONE METROPOLITAN SQUARE, SUITE 2600
                           ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63102
                                 (314) 621-5070
                           -------------------------
 
                               FEBRUARY 25, 1997
     (DATE TENDER OFFER FIRST PUBLISHED, SENT OR GIVEN TO SECURITY HOLDERS)
                           -------------------------
 
                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE
================================================================================
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 TRANSACTION VALUATION*    AMOUNT OF FILING FEE
- -------------------------------------------------
<C>                       <C>
      $75,000,000                 $15,000
</TABLE>
 
================================================================================
* Calculated solely for purposes of determining the filing fee pursuant to Rule
  0-11(b)(1), based upon the purchase of 5,000,000 shares at the maximum tender
  offer price per share of $15.00.
 
[ ] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Rule 0-11(a)(2)
    and identify the filing with which the offsetting fee was previously paid.
    Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the form
    or schedule and the date of its filing.
 
Amount Previously Paid: N/A                                    Filing Party: N/A
 
Form or Registration No.: N/A                                     Date File: N/A
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
     This Issuer Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 13E-4 (the "Statement")
relates to the tender offer by Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois
corporation (the "Company"), to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares of its common
stock, no par value per share (the "Shares"), at prices, net to the seller in
cash, not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated February 25,
1997 (the "Offer to Purchase") and the related Letter of Transmittal (which are
herein collectively referred to as the "Offer"). Copies of such documents are
filed as Exhibits (a)(1) and (a)(2), respectively, to this Statement.
 
ITEM 1. SECURITY AND ISSUER.
 
     (a) The name of the issuer is Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois
corporation. The address of its principal executive offices is 2701 Spruce
Street, Quincy, Illinois 62301.
 
     (b) The information set forth in "Introduction," "Section 1. Number of
Shares; Proration" and "Section 9. Interests of Directors and Executive
Officers; Transactions and Arrangements Concerning the Shares" in the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference. The Offer is being made to all
holders of Shares, including officers, directors and affiliates of the Company,
although the Company has been advised that none of its directors or executive
officers intends to tender any Shares pursuant to the Offer.
 
     (c) The information set forth in "Introduction" and "Section 7. Price Range
of Shares; Dividends" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by
reference.
 
     (d) This Statement is being filed by the issuer.
 
ITEM 2. SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.
 
     (a)-(b) The information set forth in "Section 10. Source and Amount of
Funds" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 3. PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE ISSUER.
 
     (a)-(j) The information set forth in "Introduction," "Section 8. Background
and Purpose of the Offer; Certain Effects of the Offer," "Section 9. Interests
of Directors and Executive Officers; Transactions and Arrangements Concerning
the Shares," "Section 10. Source and Amount of Funds" and "Section 12. Effects
of the Offer on the Market for Shares; Registration Under the Exchange Act" in
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4. INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE ISSUER.
 
     The information set forth in "Section 9. Interests of Directors and
Executive Officers; Transactions and Arrangements Concerning the Shares" and
"Schedule I--Certain Transactions Involving Shares" in the Offer to Purchase is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 5. CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT TO
        THE ISSUER'S SECURITIES.
 
     The information set forth in "Introduction," "Section 8. Background and
Purpose of the Offer; Certain Effects of the Offer" and "Section 9. Interests of
Directors and Executive Officers; Transactions and Arrangements Concerning the
Shares" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 6. PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.
 
     The information set forth in "Introduction" and "Section 16. Fees and
Expenses" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 7. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
 
     (a)-(b) The information set forth in "Section 11. Certain Information About
the Company" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference. The
information set forth on (i) pages F-2 through F-29 of
<PAGE>   3
 
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995, filed as Exhibit (g)(1) hereto; (ii) pages 1 through 6 of the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, filed as
Exhibit (g)(2) hereto; (iii) pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996, filed as Exhibit (g)(3)
hereto; (vi) pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 1996, filed as Exhibit (g)(4) hereto; and
(vi) the form of press release issued by the Company, dated February 18, 1997,
filed as Exhibit (g)(5) hereto, in each case, is incorporated herein by
reference.
 
ITEM 8. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
 
     (a) Not applicable.
 
     (b) The information set forth in "Section 13. Certain Legal Matters;
Regulatory and Foreign Approvals" in the Offer to Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
     (c) The information set forth in "Section 12. Effects of the Offer on the
Market for Shares; Registration Under the Exchange Act" in the Offer to Purchase
is incorporated herein by reference.
 
     (d) Not applicable.
 
     (e) The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase and the related
Letter of Transmittal, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits (a)(1)
and (a)(2), respectively, is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9. MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>       <C>
    (a)(1)    Form of Offer to Purchase dated February 25, 1997
    (a)(2)    Form of Letter of Transmittal
    (a)(3)    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
    (a)(4)    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust
              Companies and Other Nominees
    (a)(5)    Form of Letter to Clients for use by Brokers, Dealers,
              Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
    (a)(6)    Form of Letter dated February 25, 1997 to shareholders from
              the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
    (a)(7)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company dated February
              24, 1997
    (a)(8)    Form of Summary Advertisement dated February 25, 1997
    (a)(9)    Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification
              Number on Substitute Form W-9
    (b)(1)    Form of Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated September 19,
              1996 among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and
              the banks named therein ("Credit Agreement")
    (c)       Not applicable
    (d)       Not applicable
    (e)       Not applicable
    (f)       Not applicable
    (g)(1)    Pages F-2 through F-29 of the Company's Annual Report on
              Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
    (g)(2)    Pages 1 through 6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
              10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996
    (g)(3)    Pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
              10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996
    (g)(4)    Pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
              10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996
    (g)(5)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company, dated February
              18, 1997
    (g)(6)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company, dated February
              24, 1997
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4
 
                                   SIGNATURE
 
     After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify
that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
 

                                          TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ Kent W. Hackamack
                                              --------------------------------
                                              KENT W. HACKAMACK
                                              Vice President of Finance
                                              and Treasurer
 
 
Dated: February 24, 1997
<PAGE>   5
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM                             DESCRIPTION                           PAGE
<S>       <C>                                                           <C>
(a)(1)    Form of Offer to Purchase dated February 25, 1997
(a)(2)    Form of Letter of Transmittal
(a)(3)    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(a)(4)    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust
          Companies and Other Nominees
(a)(5)    Form of Letter to Clients for use by Brokers, Dealers,
          Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and other Nominees
(a)(6)    Form of Letter dated February 25, 1997 to shareholders from
          the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
(a)(7)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company dated February
          24, 1997
(a)(8)    Form of Summary Advertisement dated February 25, 1997
(a)(9)    Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification
          Number on Substitute Form W-9
(b)(1)    Form of Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated September 19,
          1996 among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and
          the banks named therein ("Credit Agreement")
(c)       Not applicable
(d)       Not applicable
(e)       Not applicable
(f)       Not applicable
(g)(1)    Pages F-2 through F-29 of the Company's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
(g)(2)    Pages 1 through 6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996
(g)(3)    Pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996
(g)(4)    Pages 1 through 7 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996
(g)(5)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company, dated February
          18, 1997
(g)(6)    Form of Press Release issued by the Company, dated February
          24, 1997
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  Exhibit (a)(1)
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK
  AT A PURCHASE PRICE NOT GREATER THAN $15.00 NOR LESS THAN $12.50 PER SHARE.

  THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT,
  NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
     Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the "Company"),
invites its shareholders to tender shares of its Common Stock, no par value (the
"Shares"), to the Company at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50
per Share in cash, specified by tendering shareholders, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase and the related
Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer").
 
     The Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, determine a single per Share price (not greater than $15.00 nor less than
$12.50 per Share), net to the seller in cash (the "Purchase Price"), that it
will pay for Shares validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer,
taking into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that
will allow it to buy 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as are
validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
Share) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company
will pay the Purchase Price for all Shares validly tendered at prices at or
below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer including the proration terms hereof. The Company
reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to purchase more than 5,000,000
Shares pursuant to the Offer.
 
     THE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED ON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES BEING
TENDERED. THE OFFER IS, HOWEVER, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS. SEE
SECTION 6.
 
     The Company anticipates setting March 31, 1997 as the record date for
determining which shareholders will be entitled to receive payment of the next
regular quarterly dividend. Since (unless the Offer is amended) the Expiration
Date (as defined herein) will occur before March 31, 1997, holders tendering
Shares purchased in the Offer will not be entitled to receive any dividend
declared by the Board of Directors of the Company to be paid to shareholders of
record as of March 31, 1997. The Shares are listed and principally traded on the
New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") under the symbol "TWI." On February
21, 1997, the closing per Share sales price as reported on the NYSE Composite
Tape was $13.00. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO OBTAIN CURRENT MARKET QUOTATIONS FOR
THE SHARES. SEE SECTION 7.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.

                             ----------------------
 
                      The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:

                               SMITH BARNEY INC.

                             ----------------------
 
February 25, 1997
<PAGE>   2
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
     Any shareholders desiring to tender all or any portion of their Shares
should either (i) complete and sign the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile
thereof in accordance with the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal, mail
or deliver it with any required signature guarantee and any other required
documents to Harris Trust Company of New York (the "Depositary"), and either
mail or deliver the stock certificates for such Shares to the Depositary (with
all such other documents) or follow the procedure for book-entry delivery set
forth in Section 3, or (ii) request a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee to effect the transaction for such shareholder. A
shareholder having Shares registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial
bank, trust company or other nominee must contact that broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee if such shareholder desires to
tender such Shares. Shareholders who desire to tender Shares and whose
certificates for such Shares are not immediately available or who cannot comply
with the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis or whose other
required documentation cannot be delivered to the Depositary, in any case, by
the expiration of the Offer should tender such Shares by following the
procedures for guaranteed delivery set forth in Section 3. TO EFFECT A VALID
TENDER OF SHARES, SHAREHOLDERS MUST VALIDLY COMPLETE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL,
INCLUDING THE SECTION RELATING TO THE PRICE AT WHICH THEY ARE TENDERING SHARES.
 
     Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of this
Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery may be directed to the Information Agent or the Dealer Manager at their
respective addresses and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover of this
Offer to Purchase.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
     This general summary is provided for the convenience of the Company's
shareholders and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text and
more specific details of this Offer to Purchase.
 
Number of Shares to be
Purchased.....................   5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of
                                 shares as are validly tendered).
 
Purchase Price................   The Company will determine a single per Share
                                 net cash price, not greater than $15.00 nor
                                 less than $12.50 per Share, that it will pay
                                 for Shares validly tendered. All Shares
                                 acquired in the Offer will be acquired at the
                                 Purchase Price even if tendered below the
                                 Purchase Price. Each shareholder desiring to
                                 tender Shares must specify in the Letter of
                                 Transmittal the minimum price (not greater than
                                 $15.00 or less than $12.50 per Share) at which
                                 such shareholder is willing to have Shares
                                 purchased by the Company.
 
How to Tender Shares..........   See Section 3. Call the Information Agent or
                                 consult your broker for assistance.
 
Dividends.....................   See Section 7 for a discussion of payment of
                                 the next regular quarterly dividend.
 
Brokerage Commissions.........   None.
 
Stock Transfer Tax............   None, if payment is made to the registered
                                 holder.
 
Expiration and Proration
Dates.........................   Monday, March 24, 1997, at 12:00 Midnight, New
                                 York City time, unless extended by the Company.
 
Payment Date..................   As soon as practicable after the Expiration
                                 Date.
 
Position of the Company and
its Directors.................   Neither the Company nor its Board of Directors
                                 makes any recommendation to any shareholder as
                                 to whether to tender or refrain from tendering
                                 Shares.
 
Withdrawal Rights.............   Tendered Shares may be withdrawn at any time
                                 until 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on
                                 Monday, March 24, 1997, unless the Offer is
                                 extended by the Company and unless previously
                                 purchased, after 12:00 Midnight, New York City
                                 time, on April 21, 1997. See Section 4.
 
Odd Lots......................   There will be no proration of Shares tendered
                                 by any shareholder owning beneficially fewer
                                 than 100 Shares in the aggregate as of the
                                 close of business on February 21, 1997 and as
                                 of the Expiration Date, who tenders all such
                                 Shares at or below the Purchase Price prior to
                                 the Expiration Date and who checks the "Odd
                                 Lots" box in the Letter of Transmittal.
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
     THE COMPANY HAS NOT AUTHORIZED ANY PERSON TO MAKE ANY RECOMMENDATION ON
BEHALF OF THE COMPANY AS TO WHETHER SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. THE COMPANY HAS NOT AUTHORIZED ANY
PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH
THE OFFER ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE OR IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. DO NOT RELY ON ANY SUCH RECOMMENDATION
OR ANY SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS, IF GIVEN OR MADE, AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                    PAGE
- -------                                                                    ----
<S>        <C>                                                             <C>
SUMMARY................................................................      3
INTRODUCTION...........................................................      5
THE OFFER..............................................................      6
  1.       NUMBER OF SHARES; PRORATION.................................      6
  2.       TENDERS BY OWNERS OF FEWER THAN 100 SHARES..................      8
  3.       PROCEDURE FOR TENDERING SHARES..............................      8
  4.       WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS...........................................     12
  5.       PURCHASE OF SHARES AND PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE............     12
  6.       CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER.............................     13
  7.       PRICE RANGE OF SHARES; DIVIDENDS............................     15
  8.       BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE OF THE OFFER; CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE
           OFFER.......................................................     15
  9.       INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS; TRANSACTIONS
           AND ARRANGEMENTS CONCERNING THE SHARES......................     17
 10.       SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS..................................     17
 11.       CERTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY.......................     19
 12.       EFFECTS OF THE OFFER ON THE MARKET FOR SHARES; REGISTRATION
           UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT......................................     22
 13.       CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS; REGULATORY AND FOREIGN APPROVALS.....     23
 14.       CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES................     23
 15.       EXTENSION OF THE OFFER; TERMINATION; AMENDMENTS.............     25
 16.       FEES AND EXPENSES...........................................     26
 17.       MISCELLANEOUS...............................................     26
SCHEDULE I  Certain Transactions Involving Shares......................    S-1
</TABLE>
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
TO THE HOLDERS OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
  TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                  INTRODUCTION
 
     Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the "Company"),
invites its shareholders to tender shares of its Common Stock, no par value (the
"Shares"), to the Company at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50
per Share in cash, specified by tendering shareholders, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Offer to Purchase and the related
Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer").
 
     The Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, determine a single per Share price (not greater than $15.00 nor less than
$12.50 per Share), net to the seller in cash (the "Purchase Price"), that it
will pay for Shares validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer,
taking into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that
will allow it to buy 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as are
validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
Share) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company
will pay the Purchase Price for all Shares validly tendered prior to the
Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1) at prices at or below the Purchase
Price and not withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer including the proration terms described below. The Company reserves the
right, in its sole discretion, to purchase more than 5,000,000 Shares pursuant
to the Offer.
 
     THE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED ON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES BEING
TENDERED. THE OFFER IS, HOWEVER, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS. SEE
SECTION 6.
 
     If, before the Expiration Date, more than 5,000,000 Shares (or such greater
number of Shares as the Company may elect to purchase) are validly tendered at
or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn, the Company will, upon the terms
and subject to the conditions of the Offer, purchase Shares first from all Odd
Lot Owners (as defined in Section 2) who validly tender all their Shares at or
below the Purchase Price and then on a pro rata basis from all other
shareholders who validly tender Shares at prices at or below the Purchase Price
(and do not withdraw them prior to the Expiration Date). The Company will return
at its own expense all Shares not purchased pursuant to the Offer, including
Shares tendered at prices greater than the Purchase Price and not withdrawn and
Shares not purchased because of proration. The Purchase Price will be paid net
to the tendering shareholder in cash for all Shares purchased. Tendering
shareholders will not be obligated to pay brokerage commissions, solicitation
fees or, subject to Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal, stock transfer
taxes on the Company's purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer. HOWEVER, ANY
TENDERING SHAREHOLDER OR OTHER PAYEE WHO FAILS TO COMPLETE, SIGN AND RETURN TO
THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED BELOW) THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 THAT IS INCLUDED WITH
THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE SUBJECT TO REQUIRED BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF THE GROSS PROCEEDS PAYABLE TO SUCH SHAREHOLDER OR OTHER
PAYEE PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. SEE SECTION 3. In addition, the Company will pay
all fees and expenses of Smith Barney Inc. (the "Dealer Manager"), Georgeson &
Company, Inc. (the "Information Agent") and Harris Trust Company of New York
(the "Depositary") in connection with the Offer. See Section 16.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
     The Offer provides shareholders who are considering a sale of all or a
portion of their Shares with the opportunity to determine the price or prices
(not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) at which they are
willing to sell their Shares, and, subject to the terms and conditions of the
Offer, to sell those Shares for cash without the usual transaction costs
associated with market sales. In addition, shareholders owning fewer than 100
Shares whose shares are purchased pursuant to the Offer not only will avoid the
payment of brokerage commissions but also will avoid any applicable odd lot
discounts payable on a sale of their Shares in a NYSE transaction. The Offer
also allows shareholders to sell a portion of their Shares while retaining a
continuing equity interest in the Company. Shareholders who determine not to
accept the Offer will realize a proportionate increase in their relative equity
interest in the Company, and thus in the Company's future earnings and assets,
subject to the Company's right to issue additional Shares and other equity
securities in the future.
 
     In May 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up
to five million Shares, and as of February 21, 1997, the Company had repurchased
1,758,100 Shares on the open market. On February 21, 1997, the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an
additional five million Shares pursuant to the Offer for an aggregate total of
ten million Shares.
 
     The Board of Directors has determined that the Company's financial
condition and outlook and current market conditions, including recent trading
prices of the Shares, make this an attractive time to repurchase a significant
portion of the outstanding Shares. Furthermore, in light of the 4,530,240 Shares
issued in December 1996 upon conversion of $56.6 million principal amount of the
Company's 4 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes, the Board of Directors believes
that the number of Shares currently outstanding is greater than is optimal. In
the view of the Board of Directors, the Offer represents a significant
acceleration of what would otherwise have been a continuing share repurchase
program and an attractive investment and use of the Company's cash generation
abilities that should benefit the Company and its shareholders over the long
term. In particular, the Board of Directors believes that the purchase of Shares
at this time is consistent with the Company's long term corporate goal of
seeking to increase shareholder value.
 
     As of February 21, 1997, there were 25,476,082 Shares outstanding and
175,498 Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding vested stock options under
the Company's stock option plans (the "Options"). The 5,000,000 Shares that the
Company is offering to purchase represent approximately 19.6% of the outstanding
Shares. The Shares are listed and principally traded on the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE") under the symbol "TWI." On February 21, 1997, the
closing per Share sales price as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape was $13.00.
THE COMPANY URGES SHAREHOLDERS TO OBTAIN CURRENT QUOTATIONS ON THE MARKET PRICE
OF THE SHARES.
 
                                   THE OFFER
 
1. NUMBER OF SHARES; PRORATION
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, the Company will
accept for payment (and thereby purchase) 5,000,000 Shares or such lesser number
of Shares as are validly tendered before the Expiration Date (and not withdrawn
in accordance with Section 4) at a net cash price (determined in the manner set
forth below) not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share. The term
"Expiration Date" means 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on Monday, March 24,
1997, unless and until the Company in its sole discretion shall have extended
the period of time during which the Offer is open, in which event the term
"Expiration Date" shall refer to the latest time and date at which the Offer, as
so extended by the Company, shall expire. See Section 15 for a description of
the Company's right to extend the time during which the Offer is open and to
delay, terminate or amend the Offer. Subject to Section 2, if the Offer is
oversubscribed, Shares tendered at or below the Purchase Price before the
Expiration Date will be eligible for proration. The proration period also
expires on the Expiration Date.
 
     The Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, determine a single per Share Purchase Price that it will pay for Shares
validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer, taking into account
the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by tendering
shareholders. The
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that will allow it to buy
5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number as are validly tendered at prices not
greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) validly tendered and not
withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company reserves the right, in its sole
discretion, to purchase more than 5,000,000 Shares pursuant to the Offer. See
Section 15. In accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), the Company may purchase pursuant to the
Offer an additional amount of Shares not to exceed 2% of the outstanding Shares
without amending or extending the Offer. If (i) the Company increases or
decreases the price to be paid for Shares, the Company increases or decreases
the Dealer Manager's soliciting fee, the Company increases the number of Shares
being sought and such increase in the number of Shares being sought exceeds 2%
of the outstanding Shares, or the Company decreases the number of Shares being
sought and (ii) the Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the
expiration of a period ending on the tenth business day from, and including, the
date that notice of such increase or decrease is first published, sent or given
in the manner specified in Section 15, the Offer will be extended until the
expiration of ten business days. For purposes of the Offer, a "business day"
means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday and consists of
the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight, New York City time.
 
     THE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED ON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES BEING
TENDERED. THE OFFER IS, HOWEVER, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS. SEE
SECTION 6.
 
     In accordance with Instruction 5 of the Letter of Transmittal, each
shareholder desiring to tender Shares must specify the price (not greater than
$15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) at which such shareholder is willing to
have the Company purchase Shares. As promptly as practicable following the
Expiration Date, the Company will, in its sole discretion, determine the
Purchase Price (not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) that it
will pay for Shares validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer,
taking into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will pay the Purchase Price, even if such
Shares were tendered below the Purchase Price, for all Shares validly tendered
prior to the Expiration Date at prices at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer. All Shares
not purchased pursuant to the Offer, including Shares tendered at prices greater
than the Purchase Price and Shares not purchased because of proration, will be
returned to the tendering shareholders at the Company's expense as promptly as
practicable following the Expiration Date.
 
     If the number of Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and
not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date is less than or equal to 5,000,000
Shares (or such greater number of Shares as the Company may elect to purchase),
the Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer,
purchase at the Purchase Price all Shares so tendered.
 
     Priority. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, in the
event that prior to the Expiration Date more than 5,000,000 Shares (or such
greater number of Shares as the Company may elect to purchase pursuant to the
Offer) are validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn,
the Company will purchase such validly tendered Shares in the following order of
priority:
 
     (i) all Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date by any Odd Lot Owner (as defined in
Section 2) who:
 
          (a) tenders all Shares beneficially owned by such Odd Lot Owner at or
     below the Purchase Price (partial tenders will not qualify for this
     preference); and
 
          (b) completes the box captioned "Odd Lots" on the Letter of
     Transmittal and, if applicable, on the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and
 
     (ii) after purchase of all of the foregoing Shares, all other Shares
validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn prior to the
Expiration Date on a pro rata basis.
 
     Proration. In the event that proration of tendered Shares is required, the
Company will determine the final proration factor as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date. Proration for each shareholder
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
tendering Shares (other than Odd Lot Owners) shall be based on the ratio of the
number of Shares tendered by such shareholder at or below the Purchase Price to
the total number of Shares tendered by all shareholders (other than Odd Lot
Owners) at or below the Purchase Price. This ratio will be applied to
shareholders tendering Shares (other than Odd Lot Owners) to determine the
number of Shares that will be purchased from each such shareholder pursuant to
the Offer. Although the Company does not expect to be able to announce the final
results of such proration until approximately five business days after the
Expiration Date, it will announce preliminary results of proration by press
release as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date. Shareholders can
obtain such preliminary information from the Information Agent and may be able
to obtain such information from their brokers.
 
     As described in Section 14, the number of Shares that the Company will
purchase from a shareholder may affect the United States federal income tax
consequences to the shareholder of such purchase and therefore may be relevant
to a shareholder's decision whether to tender Shares. The Letter of Transmittal
affords each tendering shareholder the opportunity to designate the order of
priority in which Shares tendered are to be purchased in the event of proration.
 
     This Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of Transmittal will be mailed
to record holders of Shares as of February 21, 1997 and will be furnished to
brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees,
appear on the Company's shareholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as
participants in a clearing agency's security position listing for subsequent
transmittal to beneficial owners of Shares.
 
2. TENDERS BY OWNERS OF FEWER THAN 100 SHARES
 
     The Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer,
will accept for purchase, without proration, all Shares validly tendered at or
below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn on or prior to the Expiration Date by
or on behalf of shareholders who beneficially owned as of the close of business
on February 21, 1997 and continue to beneficially own as of the Expiration Date,
an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares ("Odd Lot Owners"). To avoid proration,
however, an Odd Lot Owner must validly tender at or below the Purchase Price all
such Shares that such Odd Lot Owner beneficially owns; partial tenders will not
qualify for this preference. This preference is also not available to owners of
100 or more Shares in the aggregate, even if such owners have separate stock
certificates for fewer than 100 such Shares. Any Odd Lot Owner wishing to tender
all such Shares beneficially owned by such shareholder pursuant to this Offer
must complete the box captioned "Odd Lots" in the Letter of Transmittal and, if
applicable, on the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and must properly indicate in
the section entitled "Price (In Dollars) Per Share At Which Shares Are Being
Tendered" in the Letter of Transmittal the price at which such Shares are being
tendered, except that an Odd Lot Owner may check the box in the section entitled
"Odd Lots" indicating that the shareholder is tendering all of such
shareholder's Shares at the Purchase Price. See Section 3. Shareholders owning
an aggregate of less than 100 Shares whose Shares are purchased pursuant to the
Offer will avoid both the payment of brokerage commissions and any applicable
odd lot discounts payable on a sale of their Shares in transactions on a stock
exchange, including the NYSE. However, Odd Lot Owners holding Shares in "street
name" through a bank or brokerage house who elect to tender may be subject to a
tender fee imposed by such bank or brokerage house.
 
     The Company also reserves the right, but will not be obligated, to purchase
all Shares duly tendered by any shareholder who tendered any Shares beneficially
owned at or below the Purchase Price and who, as a result of proration, would
then beneficially own an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares. If the Company
exercises this right, it will increase the number of Shares that it is offering
to purchase in the Offer by the number of Shares purchased through the exercise
of such right.
 
3. PROCEDURE FOR TENDERING SHARES
 
     Proper Tender of Shares. For Shares to be validly tendered pursuant to the
Offer:
 
     (i) the certificates for such Shares (or confirmation of receipt of such
Shares pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth below),
together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees, and
any other
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, must be received prior to 12:00
Midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date by the Depositary at its
address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase; or
 
     (ii) the tendering shareholder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedure set forth below.
 
     AS SPECIFIED IN INSTRUCTION 5 OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, EACH
SHAREHOLDER DESIRING TO TENDER SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER MUST PROPERLY
INDICATE IN THE SECTION CAPTIONED "PRICE (IN DOLLARS) PER SHARE AT WHICH SHARES
ARE BEING TENDERED" IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL THE PRICE (IN MULTIPLES OF
$.125) AT WHICH SUCH SHAREHOLDER'S SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED, EXCEPT THAT AN ODD
LOT OWNER MAY CHECK THE BOX IN THE SECTION OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ENTITLED
"ODD LOTS" INDICATING THAT THE SHAREHOLDER IS TENDERING ALL OF SUCH
SHAREHOLDER'S SHARES AT THE PURCHASE PRICE. Shareholders desiring to tender
Shares at more than one price must complete separate Letters of Transmittal for
each price at which Shares are being tendered, except that the same Shares
cannot be tendered (unless properly withdrawn previously in accordance with the
terms of the Offer) at more than one price. IN ORDER TO VALIDLY TENDER SHARES,
ONE AND ONLY ONE PRICE BOX MUST BE CHECKED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION ON EACH
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
     In addition, Odd Lot Owners who tender all Shares must complete the section
entitled "Odd Lots" on the Letter of Transmittal and, if applicable, on the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, in order to qualify for the preferential
treatment available to Odd Lot Owners as set forth in Section 2.
 
     Signature Guarantees and Method of Delivery. No signature guarantee is
required on the Letter of Transmittal if (i) the Letter of Transmittal is signed
by the registered holder of the Shares (which term, for purposes of this
Section, includes any participant in The Depository Trust Company or
Philadelphia Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facilities")
whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of the Shares)
tendered therewith and payment and delivery are to be made directly to such
registered holder, or (ii) if Shares are tendered for the account of a member
firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company
(not a savings bank or savings and loan association) having an office, branch or
agency in the United States (each such entity being hereinafter referred to as
an "Eligible Institution"). In all other cases, all signatures on the Letter of
Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1 of
the Letter of Transmittal. If a certificate representing Shares is registered in
the name of a person other than the signer of a Letter of Transmittal, or if
payment is to be made, or Shares not purchased or tendered are to be issued, to
a person other than the registered holder, the certificate must be endorsed or
accompanied by an appropriate stock power, in either case signed exactly as the
name of the registered holder appears on the certificate, with the signature on
the certificate or stock power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. In this
regard see Section 5 for information with respect to applicable stock transfer
taxes. In all cases, payment for Shares tendered and accepted for payment
pursuant to the Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Depositary
of certificates for such Shares (or a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's account at one of the Book-Entry
Transfer Facilities as described above), a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ALL
DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SHARE CERTIFICATES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING SHAREHOLDER. IF
DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY
INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED.
 
     Book-Entry Delivery. The Depositary will establish an account with respect
to the Shares at each of the Book-Entry Transfer Facilities for purposes of the
Offer within two business days after the date of this Offer to Purchase. Any
financial institution that is a participant in a Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
system may make book-entry delivery of the Shares by causing such facility to
transfer such Shares into the Depositary's account in accordance with such
facility's procedure for such transfer. Even though delivery of Shares may be
effected
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
through book-entry transfer into the Depositary's account at one of the
Book-Entry Transfer Facilities, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof), with any required signature
guarantees and other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to and
received by the Depositary at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover
of this Offer to Purchase prior to the Expiration Date, or the guaranteed
delivery procedure set forth below must be followed. DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO ONE OF THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
FACILITIES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE DEPOSITARY.
 
     Guaranteed Delivery. If a shareholder desires to tender Shares pursuant to
the Offer and such shareholder's Share certificates cannot be delivered to the
Depositary prior to the Expiration Date (or the procedures for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis) or time will not permit all
required documents to reach the Depositary before the Expiration Date, such
Shares may nevertheless be tendered provided that all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
 
     (i) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution;
 
     (ii) the Depositary receives (by hand, mail, overnight courier, telegram or
facsimile transmission), on or prior to the Expiration Date, a properly
completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the
form the Company has provided with this Offer to Purchase (indicating the price
at which the Shares are being tendered), including (where required) a signature
guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery; and
 
     (iii) the certificates for all tendered Shares in proper form for transfer
(or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's
account at one of the Book-Entry Transfer Facilities), together with a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile
thereof) and any required signature guarantees or other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Depositary within three NYSE
trading days after the date the Depositary receives such Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery.
 
     If any tendered Shares are not purchased, or if less than all Shares
evidenced by a shareholder's certificates are tendered, certificates for
unpurchased Shares will be returned as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Offer or, in the case of Shares tendered by
book-entry transfer at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility, such Shares will be
credited to the appropriate account maintained by the tendering shareholder at
the appropriate Book-Entry Transfer Facility, in each case without expense to
such shareholder.
 
     Backup Federal Income Tax Withholding. Under the United States federal
income tax backup withholding rules, unless an exemption applies under the
applicable law and regulations, 31% of the gross proceeds payable to a
shareholder or other payee pursuant to the Offer must be withheld and remitted
to the United States Treasury, unless the shareholder or other payee provides
such person's taxpayer identification number (employer identification number or
social security number) to the Depositary and certifies under penalties of
perjury that such number is correct. Therefore, each tendering shareholder
should complete and sign the Substitute Form W-9 included as part of the Letter
of Transmittal so as to provide the information and certification necessary to
avoid backup withholding, unless such shareholder otherwise establishes to the
satisfaction of the Depositary that the shareholder is not subject to backup
withholding. Certain shareholders (including, among others, all corporations and
certain foreign shareholders (in addition to foreign corporations)) are not
subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. In order for a
foreign shareholder to qualify as an exempt recipient, that shareholder must
submit an IRS Form W-8 or a Substitute Form W-8, signed under penalties of
perjury, attesting to that shareholder's exempt status. Such statements can be
obtained from the Depositary. See Instructions 10 and 11 of the Letter of
Transmittal.
 
     TO PREVENT BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING EQUAL TO 31% OF THE GROSS
PAYMENTS MADE TO SHAREHOLDERS FOR SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE OFFER, EACH
SHAREHOLDER WHO DOES NOT OTHERWISE ESTABLISH AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH WITHHOLDING
MUST PROVIDE THE DEPOSITARY WITH THE
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
SHAREHOLDER'S CORRECT TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND PROVIDE CERTAIN OTHER
INFORMATION BY COMPLETING THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 INCLUDED WITH THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.
 
     For a discussion of certain United States federal income tax consequences
to tendering shareholders, see Section 14.
 
     Withholding For Foreign Shareholders. Even if a foreign shareholder has
provided the required certification to avoid backup withholding, the Depositary
will withhold United States federal income taxes equal to 30% of the gross
payments payable to a foreign shareholder or his or her agent unless the
Depositary determines that a reduced rate of withholding is available pursuant
to a tax treaty or that an exemption from withholding is applicable because such
gross proceeds are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States. For this purpose, a foreign shareholder is any
shareholder that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a
corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States, any State or any political subdivision thereof or
(iii) an estate or trust, the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation regardless of the source of such income. In order to
obtain a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to a tax treaty, a foreign
shareholder must deliver to the Depositary before the payment a properly
completed and executed IRS Form 1001. In order to obtain an exemption from
withholding on the grounds that the gross proceeds paid pursuant to the Offer
are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
United States, a foreign shareholder must deliver to the Depositary a properly
completed and executed IRS Form 4224. The Depositary will determine a
shareholder's status as a foreign shareholder and eligibility for a reduced rate
of, or exemption from, withholding by reference to any outstanding certificates
or statements concerning eligibility for a reduced rate of, or exemption from,
withholding (e.g., IRS Form 1001 or IRS Form 4224) unless facts and
circumstances indicate that such reliance is not warranted. A foreign
shareholder may be eligible to obtain a refund of all or a portion of any tax
withheld if such shareholder meets the "complete redemption", "substantially
disproportionate" or "not essentially equivalent to a dividend" test described
in Section 14 or is otherwise able to establish that no tax or a reduced amount
of tax is due. Backup withholding generally will not apply to amounts subject to
the 30% or a treaty-reduced rate of withholding. Foreign shareholders are urged
to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of United States
federal income tax withholding, including eligibility for a withholding tax
reduction or exemption, and the refund procedure. See Instructions 10 and 11 of
the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     Tendering Shareholder's Representation and Warranty; Company's Acceptance
Constitutes an Agreement. It is a violation of Rule 14e-4 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), for a person
acting alone or in concert with others, directly or indirectly, to tender Shares
for such person's own account unless at the time of tender and at the Expiration
Date such person has a "net long position" equal to or greater than the amount
tendered in (i) the Shares and will deliver or cause to be delivered such Shares
for the purpose of tender to the Company within the period specified in the
Offer, or (ii) other securities immediately convertible into, exercisable for or
exchangeable into Shares ("Equivalent Securities") and, upon the acceptance of
such tender, will acquire such Shares by conversion, exchange or exercise of
such Equivalent Securities to the extent required by the terms of the Offer and
will deliver or cause to be delivered such Shares so acquired for the purpose of
tender to the Company within the period specified in the Offer. Rule 14e-4 also
provides a similar restriction applicable to the tender or guarantee of a tender
on behalf of another person. A tender of Shares made pursuant to any method of
delivery set forth herein will constitute the tendering shareholder's
representation and warranty to the Company that (i) such shareholder has a "net
long position" in Shares or Equivalent Securities being tendered within the
meaning of Rule 14e-4, and (ii) such tender of Shares complies with Rule 14e-4.
The Company's acceptance for payment of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer
will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering shareholder and the
Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.
 
     Determinations of Validity; Rejection of Shares; Waiver of Defects; No
Obligation to Give Notice of Defects. All questions as to the number of Shares
to be accepted, the price to be paid therefor and the validity, form,
eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment of any tender
of Shares will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which
determination shall be final and binding on all
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
parties. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders it
determines not to be in proper form or the acceptance of or payment for which
may, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the Offer and any
defect or irregularity in the tender of any particular Shares or any particular
shareholder. No tender of Shares will be deemed to be properly made until all
defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. None of the Company, the
Dealer Manager, the Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person is or
will be obligated to give notice of any defects or irregularities in tenders,
and none of them will incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
 
     CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES, TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BY THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, MUST
BE DELIVERED TO THE DEPOSITARY AND NOT TO THE COMPANY. ANY SUCH DOCUMENTS
DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY WILL NOT BE FORWARDED TO THE DEPOSITARY AND THEREFORE
WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE VALIDLY TENDERED.
 
4. WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, tenders of Shares pursuant
to the Offer are irrevocable. Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may be
withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date and, unless accepted for
payment by the Company as provided in this Offer to Purchase, may also be
withdrawn after 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on Monday, April 21, 1997.
 
     For a withdrawal to be effective, the Depositary must receive (at its
address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase) a notice of
withdrawal in written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission form on a timely
basis. Such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who
tendered the Shares to be withdrawn, the number of Shares tendered, the number
of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of the registered holder, if different
from that of the person who tendered such Shares. If the certificates have been
delivered or otherwise identified to the Depositary, then, prior to the release
of such certificates, the tendering shareholder must also submit the serial
numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing the Shares and the
signature on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution (except in the case of Shares tendered by an Eligible Institution).
If Shares have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer
set forth in Section 3, the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and the
number of the account at the applicable Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be
credited with the withdrawn Shares and otherwise comply with the procedures of
such facility. All questions as to the form and validity, including time of
receipt, of notices of withdrawal will be determined by the Company, in its sole
discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. None
of the Company, the Dealer Manager, the Depositary, the Information Agent or any
other person is or will be obligated to give any notice of any defects or
irregularities in any notice of withdrawal, and none of them will incur any
liability for failure to give any such notice. Withdrawals may not be rescinded,
and any Shares properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not tendered for
purposes of the Offer. However, withdrawn Shares may be retendered before the
Expiration Date by again following any of the procedures described in Section 3.
 
     If the Company extends the Offer, is delayed in its purchase of Shares or
is unable to purchase Shares pursuant to the Offer for any reason, then, without
prejudice to the Company's rights under the Offer, the Depositary may, subject
to applicable law, retain on behalf of the Company all tendered Shares, and such
Shares may not be withdrawn except to the extent tendering shareholders are
entitled to withdrawal rights as described in this Section 4.
 
5. PURCHASE OF SHARES AND PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE
 
     The Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, determine a single per Share Purchase Price that it will pay for Shares
validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer, taking into account
the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by tendering
shareholders, and will accept for payment and pay for (and thereby purchase)
Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn as soon
as practicable after the Expiration Date. For purposes of the Offer, the
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
 
Company will be deemed to have accepted for payment (and therefore purchased),
subject to proration, Shares that are validly tendered at or below the Purchase
Price and not withdrawn when, as and if it gives oral or written notice to the
Depositary of its acceptance of such Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer.
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, the Company will
purchase and pay a single per Share Purchase Price for all of the Shares
accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer as soon as practicable after the
Expiration Date. In all cases, payment for Shares tendered and accepted for
payment pursuant to the Offer will be made promptly (subject to possible delay
in the event of proration) but only after timely receipt by the Depositary of
certificates for Shares (or of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of
such Shares into the Depositary's account at one of the Book-Entry Transfer
Facilities), a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
manually signed facsimile thereof) and any other required documents.
 
     Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to the Offer will be made by
depositing the aggregate Purchase Price therefor with the Depositary, which will
act as agent for tendering shareholders for the purpose of receiving payment
from the Company and transmitting payment to the tendering shareholders. In the
event of proration, the Company will determine the proration factor and pay for
those tendered Shares accepted for payment as soon as practicable after the
Expiration Date. However, the Company does not expect to be able to announce the
final results of any such proration until approximately five business days after
the Expiration Date. Under no circumstances will the Company pay interest on the
Purchase Price including, without limitation, by reason of any delay in making
payment. Certificates for all Shares not purchased, including all Shares
tendered at prices greater than the Purchase Price and Shares not purchased due
to proration, will be returned (or, in the case of Shares tendered by book-entry
transfer, such Shares will be credited to the account maintained with one of the
Book-Entry Transfer Facilities by the participant who so delivered such Shares)
as promptly as practicable following the Expiration Date or termination of the
Offer without expense to the tendering shareholder. In addition, if certain
events occur, the Company may not be obligated to purchase Shares pursuant to
the Offer. See Section 6.
 
     The Company will pay all stock transfer taxes, if any, payable on the
transfer to it of Shares purchased pursuant to the Offer; provided, however,
that if payment of the Purchase Price is to be made to, or (in the circumstances
permitted by the Offer) if unpurchased Shares are to be registered in the name
of, any person other than the registered holder, or if tendered certificates are
registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the Letter of
Transmittal, the amount of all stock transfer taxes, if any (whether imposed on
the registered holder or such other person), payable on account of the transfer
to such person will be deducted from the Purchase Price unless evidence
satisfactory to the Company of the payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom
is submitted. See Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     ANY TENDERING SHAREHOLDER OR OTHER PAYEE WHO FAILS TO COMPLETE FULLY, SIGN
AND RETURN TO THE DEPOSITARY THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 INCLUDED WITH THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL MAY BE SUBJECT TO REQUIRED BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING OF
31% OF THE GROSS PROCEEDS PAID TO SUCH SHAREHOLDER OR OTHER PAYEE PURSUANT TO
THE OFFER. SEE SECTION 3. ALSO SEE SECTION 3 REGARDING FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES FOR FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS.
 
6. CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Offer, the Company shall not be
required to accept for payment, purchase or pay for any Shares tendered, and may
terminate or amend the Offer or may postpone the acceptance for payment of, or
the purchase of and the payment for Shares tendered, subject to Rule 13e-4(f)
promulgated under the Exchange Act, if at any time on or after February 24, 1997
and prior to the time of payment for any such Shares (whether any Shares have
theretofore been accepted for payment, purchased or paid for pursuant to the
Offer) any of the following events shall have occurred (or shall have been
determined by the Company to have occurred) that, in the Company's judgment in
any such case and
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 
regardless of the circumstances giving rise thereto (including any action or
omission to act by the Company), makes it inadvisable to proceed with the Offer
or with such acceptance for payment or payment:
 
     (i) there shall have been threatened, instituted or pending before any
court, agency, authority or other tribunal any action, suit or proceeding by any
government or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority or
by any other person, domestic or foreign, or any judgment, order or injunction
entered, enforced or deemed applicable by any such court, authority, agency or
tribunal, which (a) challenges or seeks to make illegal, or to delay or
otherwise directly or indirectly to restrain, prohibit or otherwise affect the
making of the Offer, the acquisition of Shares pursuant to the Offer or is
otherwise related in any manner to, or otherwise affects, the Offer; or (b)
could, in the sole judgment of the Company, materially affect the business,
condition (financial or other), income, operations or prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or otherwise materially impair in any
way the contemplated future conduct of the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair the Offer's contemplated
benefits to the Company; or
 
     (ii) there shall have been any action threatened or taken, or any approval
withheld, or any statute, rule or regulation invoked, proposed, sought,
promulgated, enacted, entered, amended, enforced or deemed to be applicable to
the Offer or the Company or any of its subsidiaries, by any government or
governmental, regulatory or administrative authority or agency or tribunal,
domestic or foreign, which, in the sole judgment of the Company, would or might
directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences referred to in clause
(a) or (b) of paragraph (i) above; or
 
     (iii) there shall have occurred (a) the declaration of any banking
moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United
States (whether or not mandatory); (b) any general suspension of trading in, or
limitation on prices for, securities on any United States national securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (c) the commencement of a war, armed
hostilities or any other national or international crisis directly or indirectly
involving the United States; (d) any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by
any governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority on, or any
event which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might materially affect, the
extension of credit by banks or other lending institutions in the United States;
(e) any significant decrease in the market price of the Shares or in the market
prices of equity securities generally in the United States or any change in the
general political, market, economic or financial conditions or in the commercial
paper markets in the United States or abroad that could have in the sole
judgment of the Company a material adverse effect on the business, condition
(financial or otherwise), income, operations or prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the trading in the Shares; (f) in the case
of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the announcement of the Offer, a
material acceleration or worsening thereof; or (g) any decline in either the Dow
Jones Industrial Average or the S&P 500 Composite Index by an amount in excess
of 10% measured from the close of business on February 24, 1997; or
 
     (iv) any change shall occur or be threatened in the business, condition
(financial or other), income, operations or prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which in the sole judgment of the Company is or
may be material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
 
     (v) a tender or exchange offer with respect to some or all of the Shares
(other than the Offer), or a merger or acquisition proposal for the Company,
shall have been proposed, announced or made by another person or shall have been
publicly disclosed, or the Company shall have learned that (a) any person or
"group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) shall have
acquired or proposed to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the
outstanding Shares, or (b) any new group shall have been formed that
beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding Shares; or
 
     (vi) any person or group shall have filed a Notification and Report Form
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 reflecting an
intent to acquire the Company or any of its Shares.
 
     The foregoing conditions are for the Company's sole benefit and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such
condition (including any action or inaction by the Company) or may be waived by
the Company in whole or in part. The Company's failure at any time to exercise
any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and
each such right shall
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
 
be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to
time. Any determination by the Company concerning the events described above and
any related judgment or decision by the Company regarding the inadvisability of
proceeding with the purchase of or payment for any Shares tendered will be final
and binding on all parties.
 
7. PRICE RANGE OF SHARES; DIVIDENDS
 
     The Shares are listed and traded on the NYSE. The high and low closing
sales prices per Share on the NYSE Composite Tape as compiled from published
financial sources and the quarterly cash dividends declared and paid per Share
for the periods indicated are listed below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DIVIDENDS
                                                                              DECLARED
                                                   HIGH           LOW         AND PAID
                                                   ----           ---         ---------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>
1995*
First Quarter.................................    $16.000       $11.625        $0.010
Second Quarter................................    $18.750       $14.250        $0.010
Third Quarter.................................    $21.000       $16.250        $0.015
Fourth Quarter................................    $18.125       $13.000        $0.015
1996
First Quarter.................................    $17.625       $14.750        $0.015
Second Quarter................................    $18.125       $15.375        $0.015
Third Quarter.................................    $16.500       $13.375        $0.015
Fourth Quarter................................    $14.500       $12.000        $0.015
1997
First Quarter (thru 2/21/97)..................    $13.000       $11.875          --
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
* 1995 amounts have been adjusted for the two 3-for-2 stock splits that occurred
  March 15 and August 31, 1995.
 
     On February 21, 1997, the closing per Share sales price as reported on the
NYSE Composite Tape was $13.00. THE COMPANY URGES SHAREHOLDERS TO OBTAIN CURRENT
QUOTATIONS OF THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SHARES.
 
     The Company anticipates setting March 31, 1997 as the record date for
determining which shareholders will be entitled to receive payment of the next
regular quarterly dividend. Since (unless the Offer is amended) the Expiration
Date will occur before March 31, 1997, holders of Shares purchased in the Offer
will not be entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Board of Directors
of the Company to be paid to shareholders of record as of March 31, 1997.
 
8. BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE OF THE OFFER; CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE OFFER
 
     For information with respect to certain events relating to the Company, see
"Certain Information about the Company -- Recent Events" in Section 11. The
Company also announced on February 24, 1997 its intention to commence the Offer
on February 25, 1997 and included in such announcement certain terms of the
Offer consistent with those set forth in this Offer to Purchase.
 
     The Offer provides shareholders who are considering a sale of all or a
portion of their Shares the opportunity to determine the price or prices (not
greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) at which they are willing to
sell their Shares and, if any such Shares are purchased pursuant to the Offer,
to sell those Shares for cash to the Company. Any Odd Lot Owners whose Shares
are purchased pursuant to the Offer will avoid both the payment of brokerage
commissions and any applicable odd lot discounts payable on sales of odd lots.
However, Odd Lot Owners holding Shares in "street name" through a bank or
brokerage house who elect to tender may be subject to a tender fee imposed by
such bank or brokerage house. To the extent the purchase of Shares in the Offer
results in a reduction in the number of shareholders of record, the costs to the
Company for services to shareholders will be reduced. Shareholders who determine
not to accept the Offer will increase
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16
 
their proportionate interest in the Company's equity, and thus in the Company's
future earnings and assets, subject to the Company's right to issue additional
Shares and other equity securities in the future.
 
     In May 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up
to five million Shares, and as of February 21, 1997, the Company had repurchased
1,758,100 Shares on the open market. On February 21, 1997, the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an
additional five million Shares pursuant to the Offer for an aggregate total of
ten million Shares.
 
     The Board of Directors has determined that the Company's financial
condition and outlook and current market conditions, including recent trading
prices of the Shares, make this an attractive time to repurchase a significant
portion of the outstanding Shares. Furthermore, in light of the 4,530,240 Shares
issued in December 1996 upon conversion of $56.6 million principal amount of the
Company's 4 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes, the Board of Directors believes
that the number of Shares currently outstanding is greater than is optimal. In
the view of the Board of Directors, the Offer represents a significant
acceleration of what would otherwise have been a continuing share repurchase
program and an attractive investment and use of the Company's cash generation
abilities that should benefit the Company and its shareholders over the long
term. In particular, the Board of Directors believes that the purchase of Shares
at this time is consistent with the Company's long term corporate goal of
seeking to increase shareholder value.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES AND NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS
AUTHORIZED ANY PERSON TO MAKE ANY SUCH RECOMMENDATION. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN
ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY
SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
     With respect to, and in addition to, the open market purchase program
announced by the Company in 1996, the Company may in the future purchase
additional Shares on the open market, in private transactions, through tender
offers or otherwise. Any such purchases may be on the same terms as, or on terms
that are more or less favorable to shareholders than, the terms of the Offer.
However, Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act generally prohibits the
Company and its affiliates from purchasing any Shares, other than pursuant to
the Offer, until at least ten business days after the expiration or termination
of the Offer. Any possible future purchases by the Company will depend on many
factors, including the market price of the Shares, the results of the Offer, the
Company's business and financial position and general economic and market
conditions.
 
     Shares the Company acquires pursuant to the Offer will be retained as
treasury stock by the Company (unless and until the Company determines to retire
such Shares) and will be available for the Company to issue without further
shareholder action (except as required by applicable law or, if retired, the
rules of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed) for purposes
including, but not limited to, the acquisition of other businesses, the raising
of additional capital for use in the Company's business and the satisfaction of
obligations under existing or future employee benefit plans. The Company has no
current plans for issuance of the Shares repurchased pursuant to the Offer.
 
9. INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS; TRANSACTIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS
   CONCERNING THE SHARES
 
     As of February 21, 1997, there were 25,476,082 Shares outstanding and
175,498 Shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options. As of February
21, 1997, the Company's directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)
beneficially owned 2,142,580 Shares (including 175,498 Shares issuable to such
persons upon exercise of Options exercisable within sixty days of such date)
which constituted 8.4% of the outstanding Shares (including Shares issuable if
Options held by the Company's directors and executive officers exercisable
within sixty days of such date were exercised) at such time. If the Company
purchases 5,000,000
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17
 
Shares pursuant to the Offer (19.6% of the outstanding Shares as of February 21,
1997) and no director or executive officer tenders Shares pursuant to the Offer,
then after the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, the Company's directors
and executive officers as a group would beneficially own approximately 10.4% of
the outstanding Shares (including Shares issuable if Options held by the
Company's directors and executive officers exercisable within sixty days of such
date were exercised).
 
     Except as set forth in Schedule I hereto, based upon the Company's records
and upon information provided to the Company by its directors, executive
officers, associates and subsidiaries, neither the Company nor any of its
associates or subsidiaries or persons controlling the Company nor, to the best
of the Company's knowledge, any of the directors or executive officers of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor any associates or subsidiaries of any of
the foregoing, has effected any transactions in the Shares during the 40
business days prior to the date hereof.
 
     Except as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, neither the Company or any
person controlling the Company nor, to the Company's knowledge, any of its
directors or executive officers, is a party to any contract, arrangement,
understanding or relationship with any other person relating, directly or
indirectly, to the Offer with respect to any securities of the Company
(including, but not limited to, any contract, arrangement, understanding or
relationship concerning the transfer or the voting of any such securities, joint
ventures, loan or option arrangements, puts or calls, guarantees of loans,
guarantees against loss or the giving or withholding of proxies, consents or
authorizations).
 
10. SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
     Assuming that the Company purchases 5,000,000 Shares pursuant to the Offer
at a purchase price of $15.00 per Share, the Company expects the maximum
aggregate cost, including all fees and expenses applicable to the Offer, to be
approximately $75.7 million. The Company estimates that substantially all of the
funds necessary to pay such amounts will come from borrowings under its $175
million bank credit facility dated September 19, 1996 among the Company, Harris
Trust and Savings Bank and the banks named therein (the "Bank Credit Facility"),
a summary of which is set forth below.
 
     The summary of the Bank Credit Facility contained herein does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions
of the Bank Credit Facility, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the
Issuer Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 13E-4 (the "Schedule 13E-4") of which
this Offer to Purchase forms a part. A copy of the Schedule 13E-4 may be
obtained from the Commission in the manner provided in Section 11 under the
heading "-- Additional Information."
 
     Summary of Bank Credit Facility. The Bank Credit Facility expires on
September 19, 2001 and may be earlier terminated by the banks upon the
occurrence of certain change-of-control events (one of which is that Mr. Taylor,
the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, ceases to be a director or
executive officer for 180 days and a replacement acceptable to the banks is not
appointed). The Company is negotiating with the banks to increase the facility
to $200 million. The Bank Credit Facility provides for two revolving lines of
credit, one (the "Revolving Commitment") for borrowings of up to $115 million
and the other (the "Term Revolving Commitment") for borrowings of up to $60
million. Borrowings may be made in U.S. dollars or in certain European
currencies. Borrowings may be made by the Company, and all borrowings thereunder
are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of its U.S. subsidiaries
other than Nieman's Limited. As of February 18, 1997, borrowings under the Bank
Credit Facility aggregated approximately $100 million.
 
     Borrowings in U.S. dollars under the Bank Credit Facility will bear
interest at a floating rate based on either (at the Borrower's option) (i) the
Domestic Rate (defined as the greater of prime or the Federal Funds, rate plus
one-half of one percent per annum), (ii) the Adjusted CD Rate or (iii) at
Adjusted LIBOR Rate, in each case plus the Applicable Margin. The Applicable
Margin is 0.625% for the Term Revolving Commitment. The Applicable Margin for
the Revolving Commitment (a) is 0% for loans which bear interest at the Domestic
Rate, (b) ranges from 0.25% to 0.75% for loans which bear interest at the
Adjusted LIBOR Rate depending on the Company's debt to capitalization ratio and
(c) ranges from 0.375% to 0.875% for loans which bear interest at the Adjusted
CD Rate, depending on the debt to capitalization ratio. The Applicable
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18
 
Margin also varies based on the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Debt to Earnings
Ratio each as defined in the Bank Credit Facility.
 
     The lending banks have committed under the Revolving Commitment to provide
the Borrowers with up to $30 million of standby letters of credit ("L/Cs"). In
addition, under the Revolving Commitment, the Borrowers may, at their option,
invite the lending banks to bid on an uncommitted basis on short-term
borrowings, such borrowings ("Bid Loans") to bear interest at the rate agreed to
by the Borrowers and the lending banks. Aggregate amounts outstanding at any
time under Bid Loans, L/C commitments and other borrowings made under the
Revolving Commitment may not exceed the maximum borrowings permitted under the
Revolving Commitment.
 
     Borrowings under the Bank Credit Facility are unsecured. The Bank Credit
Facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the Company's and
its subsidiaries' ability to incur liens; merge, consolidate or dispose of
assets; make loans and investments; incur or guarantee indebtedness; engage in
certain transactions with affiliates; or pay dividends and other distributions.
The Bank Credit Facility also requires the Company to maintain certain minimum
tangible net worth and to meet an interest coverage ratio and ratios of debt to
total capitalization and debt to earnings. The lenders under the Bank Credit
Facility can require that the Company prepay indebtedness outstanding under the
Bank Credit Facility if, among other events, (i) any person or group of persons
acquires or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership representing 15% or
more of the combined voting power of all securities of the Company entitled to
vote in the election of directors or (ii) Maurice M. Taylor, Jr. for a period in
excess of 180 consecutive days, ceases to be a director or executive officer of
the Company for any reason, and an individual acceptable to the lenders is not
appointed.
 
     The Bank Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including,
without limitation, nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts
when due; violation of covenants; breach of any representation or warranty;
cross-default and cross-acceleration; bankruptcy events; material judgments;
certain ERISA matters; and invalidity of loan documents.
 
     Senior Subordinated Note Offering. The Company filed a registration
statement with the Commission on February 24, 1997 covering the offer and sale
of $150 million of senior subordinated notes due 2007 (the "Notes"). The Notes
will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and, as such,
will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes), and will rank
pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior
subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Company anticipates using a
portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to refinance all or a portion
of the borrowings under the Bank Credit Facility used to purchase the Shares in
the Offer. The balance of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes is expected to
be used to pay down additional indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facility or
for general corporate purposes, which may include capital expenditures and
acquisitions.
 
11. CERTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
 
     Historical Financial Information. The table below sets forth summary
historical consolidated financial information of the Company and its
subsidiaries. The historical financial information as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995 has been derived from, and should be read in
conjunction with, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
as reported in the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, each of which, along with the unaudited consolidated
financial statements of the Company as reported in each of the Company's
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended March 31, 1996, June 30,
1996 and September 30, 1996, is hereby incorporated herein by reference. The
Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 will
be filed with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 1996. The summary
historical financial information should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the audited financial statements and
the related notes thereto from which it has been derived. In addition, the
historical financial information for 1996 is preliminary and subject to
completion of the audit for such period. Such historical financial information
for the year ended December 31, 1996 was set forth in a press release issued by
the Company on February 18, 1997, a copy of which is filed as an Exhibit to the
Schedule 13E-4 (as
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19
 
defined in Section 10) and hereby incorporated herein by reference, and certain
historical financial information excerpted therefrom for the year ended December
31, 1996 is set forth in "--Recent Events" below. Copies of reports may be
inspected or obtained from the Commission in the manner specified in
"--Additional Information" below.
 
                    SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ------------------------      ----------------------
                                                      1994(A)        1995(A)         1995          1996
                                                      -------        -------         ----          ----
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
     Net sales.................................       $407,000       $623,183      $464,900      $489,969
     Net income................................         18,480         37,983        28,237        30,697(b)
     Fully diluted earnings per share..........            .89           1.50          1.15          1.12
     Average number of common shares
       outstanding.............................         24,646         27,460        26,824        29,480
     Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(c).....           4.39x          6.09x         6.18x         7.13x
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ----------------------      -----------------------
                                                    1994(A)       1995(A)         1995           1996
                                                    -------       -------         ----           ----
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA: (END OF PERIOD)
     Working capital..........................      $119,962      $151,258      $ 152,827      $216,795
     Total assets.............................       400,460       512,135        534,923       571,210
     Total debt...............................       181,536       168,724        173,916       195,719
     Stockholders' equity.....................       107,736       215,872        205,906       242,194
     Book value per common share(d)...........          6.62          9.60           9.14         10.86
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(a) See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years
    ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 for a description of significant
    acquisitions.
 
(b) See Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for
    the quarter ended September 30, 1996 for a description of sale of assets and
    realignment costs.
 
(c) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing the sum of
    earnings before interest expense and taxes on income and a portion of rent
    expense representative of the interest component by the sum of interest
    expense and the portion of rent expense representative of the interest
    component.
 
(d) Book value per common share is calculated as total stockholders' equity
    divided by the number of shares outstanding at the end of the period.
 
     Pro Forma Financial Information. The following summary unaudited
consolidated pro forma financial information gives effect to the purchase of
Shares pursuant to the Offer, based on certain assumptions described in the
Notes to the Summary Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information and
gives effect to the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Offer as if it had
occurred on January 1, 1995 with respect to income statement data and on
December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996 with respect to balance sheet data. The
Summary Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information should be read in
conjunction with the summary consolidated historical financial information and
does not purport to be indicative of the results that would actually have been
obtained had the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Offer been completed at
the dates indicated or that may be obtained in the future.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20
 
         SUMMARY UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995                      1996
                                   -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                      PRO FORMA(E)                          PRO FORMA(E)
                                                   -------------------                   -------------------
                                                   ASSUMED    ASSUMED                    ASSUMED    ASSUMED
                                                    $12.50     $15.00                     $12.50     $15.00
                                                   PURCHASE   PURCHASE     UNAUDITED     PURCHASE   PURCHASE
                                   HISTORICAL(A)    PRICE      PRICE     HISTORICAL(B)    PRICE      PRICE
                                   -------------   --------   --------   -------------   --------   --------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales.....................     $623,183      $623,183   $623,183     $489,969      $489,969   $489,969
  Net income....................       37,983        35,534     34,990       30,697        30,090     29,606
Fully diluted earnings per
  share.........................         1.50          1.71       1.69         1.12          1.31       1.29
     Average number of common
       shares outstanding.......       27,460        22,460     22,460       29,480        24,480     24,480
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
     charges(c).................         6.09x         4.84x      4.64x        7.13x         5.45x      5.15x
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995            AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                       --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                         PRO FORMA                          PRO FORMA
                                                    -------------------                -------------------
                                                    ASSUMED    ASSUMED                 ASSUMED    ASSUMED
                                                     $12.50     $15.00                  $12.50     $15.00
                                                    PURCHASE   PURCHASE   UNAUDITED    PURCHASE   PURCHASE
                                       HISTORICAL    PRICE      PRICE     HISTORICAL    PRICE      PRICE
                                       ----------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   --------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA: (END OF PERIOD)
  Working capital...................    $151,258    $137,047   $137,047    $216,795    $177,649   $177,649
  Total assets......................     512,135     497,924    497,924     571,210     532,064    532,064
  Total debt........................     168,724     217,713    230,213     195,719     219,773    232,273
  Stockholders' equity..............     215,872     152,672    140,172     242,194     178,994    166,494
  Book value per common share(d)....        9.60        8.74       8.02       10.86       10.35       9.63
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------
(a) See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year
    ended December 31, 1995 for a description of significant acquisitions.
 
(b) See Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements for
    the quarter ended September 30, 1996 for a description of sale of assets and
    realignment costs.
 
(c) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing the sum of
    earnings before interest expense and taxes on income and a portion of rent
    expense representative of the interest component by the sum of interest
    expense and the portion of rent expense representative of the interest
    component.
 
(d) Book value per common share is calculated as total stockholders' equity
    divided by the number of shares outstanding at the end of the period.
 
(e) The information assumes 5 million Shares are purchased by the Company at
    $12.50 per Share and $15.00 per Share, with the purchase being financed with
    the proceeds from borrowings of $55.9 million and $68.4 million,
    respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1995 and $48.9 million and
    $61.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996, respectively.
    The remainder of the purchase is assumed to be financed through the
    Company's cash on hand at the beginning of the period. The assumed
    annualized interest rates used for pro forma income statement purposes are
    7.25% and 6.25%, for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the nine months
    ended September 30, 1996, respectively, and represent the average interest
    rates experienced by the Company. The provision for income taxes has been
    adjusted based on the appropriate statutory rates. Expenses directly related
    to the Offer are assumed to be $700,000 and are included as part of the cost
    of the Shares acquired.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21
 
     The Company is a leading global manufacturer of steel wheels and tires for
off-highway vehicles used in the agricultural, consumer products (including
recreational trailers, all terrain vehicles ("ATVs") and grounds care vehicles),
earthmoving/construction and military markets. The Company generally
manufactures both the wheels and tires for these vehicles and increasingly
provides the value-added service of assembling the completed system. The Company
offers a broad range of over 25,000 different products that are manufactured in
relatively short production runs and must meet Original Equipment Manufacturers'
("OEM") specifications. The Company believes, based upon current industry
revenue data, that it is the largest agricultural wheel producer and the third
largest agricultural tire manufacturer in North America. Agricultural sales in
the aggregate accounted for approximately 44% of the Company's net sales for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and 47% for the twelve months ending September 30,
1996. The Company's net sales for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
latest twelve months ended September 30, 1996 were approximately $623.2 million
and $648.3 million, respectively.
 
     The Company's major OEM customers include Deere & Company ("Deere"), Case
Corporation ("Case"), New Holland North America Inc. ("New Holland") and
Caterpillar Inc. ("CAT") in the agricultural and off-highway construction
markets and Deere, Bayliner Marine Corporation ("Bayliner") and Polaris
Industries, Inc. ("Polaris") in the consumer products market. In addition, the
Company continues to expand its sales of wheels and tires to the after-market,
where product demand tends to be less cyclical than in the OEM market. The
Company distributes its tire products in the after-market through a network of
more than 1,500 independent distributors and twelve of its own distribution
centers. This distribution network enables the Company to service markets not
otherwise accessible through its traditional OEM marketing channels.
 
     Through a series of strategic acquisitions, the Company has broadened its
expertise in steel wheels, has become a major participant in tire manufacturing
and has expanded geographically into Europe. The Company has experienced
significant growth, both internally and through acquisitions. In the three years
ended December 31, 1995, the Company increased its net sales at a compounded
annual rate of 77%.
 
RECENT EVENTS.
 
     Senior Subordinated Notes. On February 24, 1997, the Company filed a
registration statement covering the offer and sale of $150 million of Notes.
This offering is described herein in Section 10 under the heading "-- Senior
Subordinated Note Offering."
 
     Acquisition of Delachaux. In December 1996, the Company acquired the wheel
subsidiary of the French manufacturing company, Delachaux SA. The company has
been renamed Titan France SA ("Titan France") and will initially do business
under the name "Titan Delachaux." Titan France manufactures wheels and rims for
the French and European off-highway wheel markets. The acquisition enhances the
Company's presence in one of the four leading European wheel markets.
 
     Redemption of 4 3/4% Notes. In December 1996, the Company redeemed $28.7
million principal amount of its 4 3/4% Notes, and the remaining $56.6 million
aggregate principal amount of the 4 3/4% Notes were converted into 4,530,240
shares of common stock of the Company.
 
     Construction of Brownsville Plant. In October 1996, the Company announced
that it will construct a new off-highway tire manufacturing facility in
Brownsville, Texas. The new plant, which will be the first new agricultural tire
manufacturing facility constructed in the United States since the early 1960s,
is projected to be operational in late 1997 or early 1998. Upon completion, this
facility will significantly increase the Company's tire manufacturing capacity.
 
     Bank Credit Facility. In September 1996, the Company entered into the Bank
Credit Facility. The Company is currently discussing with its lenders the
possibility of increasing the availability under the Bank Credit Facility to
$200 million. The terms of the Bank Credit Facility and the proposed amendment
are discussed in Section 10 above.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   22
 
     1996 Results. Sales for 1996 totaled $634.6 million, an $11.4 million
increase over sales of $623.2 in the previous year. Income from operations
totaled $67.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to $73.1
million in fiscal 1995. Net income and earnings per share for the year ended
December 31, 1996 totalled $35.4 and $1.30 million, respectively, as compared to
$38.0 million and $1.50, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1995. The
1996 amounts were impacted by the divestiture of the assets of non-core
businesses in the second and third quarters of 1996.
 
     Additional Information. The Company is subject to the informational filing
requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, is obligated to
file reports and other information with the Commission relating to its business,
financial condition and other matters. Information, as of particular dates,
concerning the Company's directors and officers, their remuneration, options
granted to them, the principal holders of the Company's securities and any
material interest of such persons in transactions with the Company is required
to be disclosed in proxy statements distributed to the Company's shareholders
and filed with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other
information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 2120, Washington
D.C. 20549; at its regional offices located at 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511; and 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York
10048. Copies of such material may also be obtained by mail, upon payment of the
Commission's customary charges, from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549.
The Commission also maintains a Web site on the World Wide Web at
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the
Company also can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New
York, New York 10005, on which the Shares are listed.
 
12.  EFFECTS OF THE OFFER ON THE MARKET FOR SHARES; REGISTRATION UNDER THE
     EXCHANGE ACT
 
     The Company's purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer will reduce the
number of Shares that might otherwise trade publicly and is likely to reduce the
number of shareholders. Nonetheless, there will still be a sufficient number of
Shares outstanding and publicly traded following the Offer to ensure a continued
trading market in the Shares. Based on the published guidelines of the NYSE, the
Company does not believe that its purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer will
cause its remaining Shares to be delisted from such exchange.
 
     The Shares are currently "margin securities" under the rules of the Federal
Reserve Board. This has the effect, among other things, of allowing brokers to
extend credit on the collateral of the Shares. The Company believes that,
following the purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, the Shares will continue
to be "margin securities" for purposes of the Federal Reserve Board's margin
regulations.
 
     The Shares are registered under the Exchange Act, which requires, among
other things, that the Company furnish certain information to its shareholders
and to the Commission and comply with the Commission's proxy rules in connection
with meetings of the Company's shareholders. The Company believes that its
purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer will not result in the Shares becoming
eligible for deregistration under the Exchange Act.
 
13.  CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS; REGULATORY AND FOREIGN APPROVALS
 
     The Company is not aware of any license or regulatory permit that appears
to be material to its business that might be adversely affected by its
acquisition of Shares as contemplated in the Offer or of any approval or other
action by any government or governmental, administrative or regulatory authority
or agency, domestic or foreign, that would be required for the Company's
acquisition or ownership of Shares as contemplated by the Offer. Should any such
approval or other action be required, the Company currently contemplates that it
will seek such approval or other action. The Company cannot predict whether it
may determine that it is required to delay the acceptance for payment of, or
payment for, Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer pending the outcome of any
such matter. There can be no assurance that any such approval or other action,
if needed,
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23
 
would be obtained or would be obtained without substantial conditions or that
the failure to obtain any such approval or other action might not result in
adverse consequences to the Company's business. The Company's obligations under
the Offer to accept for payment and pay for Shares are subject to certain
conditions. See Section 6.
 
14.  CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     The following summary describes certain United States federal income tax
consequences relevant to the Offer. The discussion contained in this summary is
based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the
"Code"), existing and proposed United States Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder, rulings, administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions,
changes to which could materially affect the tax consequences described herein
and could be made on a retroactive basis. As discussed below, depending upon a
shareholder's particular circumstances, the Company's purchase of such
shareholder's Shares pursuant to the Offer may be treated either as a sale or a
dividend for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, such a
purchase generally will be referred to in this section of the Offer to Purchase
as an exchange of Shares for cash.
 
     This summary does not address the state, local or foreign tax consequences
of participating in the Offer. The summary discusses only Shares held as capital
assets, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and does not address all
of the tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light
of their personal circumstances, or to certain types of shareholders (such as
certain financial institutions, dealers in securities or commodities, insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations or persons who hold Shares as a position in
a "straddle" or as a part of a "hedging" or "conversion" transaction for United
States federal income tax purposes). In particular, the discussion of the
consequences of an exchange of Shares for cash pursuant to the Offer applies
only to a United States Holder. For purposes of this summary, a "United States
Holder" is a holder of shares that is (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States, any State or any political subdivision
thereof, or (iii) an estate or trust, the income of which is subject to United
States federal income taxation regardless of its source. This discussion does
not address the tax consequences to foreign shareholders who will be subject to
United States federal income tax on a net basis on the proceeds of their
exchange of Shares pursuant to the Offer because such income is effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Such
shareholders are generally taxed in a manner similar to United States Holders;
however, certain special rules apply. Foreign shareholders who are not subject
to United States federal income tax on a net basis should see Section 3 for a
discussion of the applicable United States withholding rules and the potential
for obtaining a refund of all or a portion of the tax withheld. EACH SHAREHOLDER
SHOULD CONSULT SUCH SHAREHOLDER'S TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES
OF PARTICIPATION IN THE OFFER.
 
     United States Holders Who Receive Cash Pursuant to the Offer. An exchange
of Shares for cash pursuant to the Offer by a United States Holder will be a
taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes. As a
consequence of the exchange, a United States Holder will, depending on such
holder's particular circumstances, be treated either as having sold such
holder's Shares or as having received a dividend distribution from the Company,
with the tax consequences described below.
 
     Under Section 302 of the Code, a United States Holder whose Shares are
exchanged pursuant to the Offer will be treated as having sold such holder's
Shares, and thus will recognize gain or loss if the exchange (i) is "not
essentially equivalent to a dividend" with respect to the holder, (ii) is
"substantially disproportionate" with respect to such holder or (iii) results in
a "complete termination" of such holder's equity interest in the Company, each
as discussed below. In applying these tests, a United States Holder will be
treated as owning Shares actually or constructively owned by certain related
individuals and entities.
 
     If a United States Holder sells Shares to persons other than the Company at
or about the time such holder also sells Shares to the Company pursuant to the
Offer, and the various sales effected by the holder are part of an overall plan
to reduce or terminate such holder's proportionate interest in the Company, then
the sales to persons other than the Company may, for United States federal
income tax purposes, be integrated
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   24
 
with the holder's exchange of Shares pursuant to the Offer and, if integrated,
should be taken into account in determining whether the holder satisfies any of
the three tests described below.
 
     A United States Holder will satisfy the "not essentially equivalent to a
dividend" test if the reduction in such holder's proportionate interest in the
Company constitutes a "meaningful reduction" given such holder's particular
facts and circumstances. The IRS has indicated in published rulings that any
reduction in the percentage interest of a shareholder whose relative stock
interest in a publicly-held corporation is minimal (an interest of less than 1%
should satisfy this requirement) and who exercises no control over corporate
affairs should constitute such a "meaningful reduction."
 
     An exchange of Shares for cash will be "substantially disproportionate"
with respect to a United States Holder if the percentage of the then outstanding
Shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately after the
exchange is less than 80% of the percentage of the Shares actually and
constructively owned by such holder immediately before the exchange.
 
     A United States Holder that exchanges all Shares actually or constructively
owned by such holder for cash pursuant to the Offer will be treated as having
completely terminated such holder's equity interest in the Company.
 
     If a United States Holder is treated as having sold such holder's Shares
under the tests described above, such holder will recognize gain or loss equal
to the difference between the amount of cash received and such holders' tax
basis in the Shares exchanged therefor. Any such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of
the Shares exceeds one year as of the date of the exchange.
 
     If a United States Holder who exchanges Shares pursuant to the Offer is not
treated under Section 302 as having sold such holder's Shares for cash, the
entire amount of cash received by such holder will be treated as a dividend to
the extent of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits, which
the Company anticipates will be sufficient to cover the amount of any such
dividend and will be includible in the holder's gross income as ordinary income
in its entirety, without reduction for the tax basis of the Shares exchanged. No
loss will be recognized. The United States Holder's tax basis in the Shares
exchanged generally will be added to such holder's tax basis in such holder's
remaining Shares. To the extent that cash received in exchange for Shares is
treated as a dividend to a corporate United States Holder, such holder will be,
(i) eligible for a dividends-received deduction (subject to applicable
limitations) and (ii) subject to the "extraordinary dividend" provisions of the
Code. To the extent, if any, that the cash received by a United States Holder
exceeds the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be
treated first as a tax-free return of such holder's tax basis in the Shares and
thereafter as capital gain.
 
     The Company cannot predict whether or to what extent the Offer will be
over-subscribed. If the Offer is oversubscribed, proration of tenders pursuant
to the Offer will cause the Company to accept fewer Shares than are tendered.
Therefore, a Holder can be given no assurance that a sufficient number of such
Holder's Shares will be exchanged pursuant to the Offer to ensure that such
exchange will be treated as a sale, rather than as a dividend, for United States
federal income tax purposes pursuant to the rules discussed above.
 
     Shareholders, none of whose Shares are exchanged pursuant to the Offer,
will not incur any tax liability as a result of the consummation of the Offer.
 
     See Section 3 with respect to the application of United States federal
income tax withholding to payments made to foreign shareholders and backup
withholding.
 
     THE TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. EACH SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT SUCH HOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISOR TO
DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE OFFER, INCLUDING
THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
  
15.  EXTENSION OF THE OFFER; TERMINATION; AMENDMENTS
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, at any
time and from time to time, and regardless of whether or not any of the events
set forth in Section 6 shall have occurred or shall be deemed by
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25
 
the Company to have occurred, to extend the period of time during which the
Offer is open and thereby delay acceptance for payment of, and payment for, any
Shares by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the Depositary and
making a public announcement thereof. The Company also expressly reserves the
right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Offer and not accept for payment
or pay for any Shares not theretofore accepted for payment or paid for or,
subject to applicable law, to postpone payment for Shares upon the occurrence of
any of the conditions specified in Section 6 hereof by giving oral or written
notice of such termination or postponement to the Depositary and making a public
announcement thereof. The Company's reservation of the right to delay payment
for Shares which it has accepted for payment is limited by Rule 13e-4(f)(5)
promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires that the Company must pay the
consideration offered or return the Shares tendered promptly after termination
or withdrawal of a tender offer. Subject to compliance with applicable law, the
Company further reserves the right, in its sole discretion, and regardless of
whether any of the events set forth in Section 6 shall have occurred or shall be
deemed by the Company to have occurred, to amend the Offer in any respect
(including, without limitation, by decreasing or increasing the consideration
offered in the Offer to holders of Shares or by decreasing or increasing the
number of Shares being sought in the Offer). Amendments to the Offer may be made
at any time and from time to time effected by public announcement thereof, such
announcement, in the case of an extension, to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the next business day after the last previously scheduled
or announced Expiration Date. Any public announcement made pursuant to the Offer
will be disseminated promptly to shareholders in a manner reasonably designated
to inform shareholders of such change. Without limiting the manner in which the
Company may choose to make any public announcement, except as provided by
applicable law (including Rule 13e-4(e)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act),
the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement other than by making a release to the
Dow Jones News Service.
 
     If the Company makes a material change in the terms of the Offer or the
information concerning the Offer, or if it waives a material condition of the
Offer, the Company will extend the Offer to the extent required by Rules
13e-4(d)(2) and 13e-4(e)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which require
that the minimum period during which an offer must remain open following
material changes in the terms of the offer or information concerning the offer
(other than a change in price or a change in percentage of securities sought)
will depend upon the facts and circumstances, including the relative materiality
of such terms or information. If (i) the Company increases or decreases the
price to be paid for Shares, the Company increases or decreases the Dealer
Manager's soliciting fee, the Company increases the number of Shares being
sought and such increase in the number of Shares being sought exceeds 2% of the
outstanding Shares, or the Company decreases the number of Shares being sought,
and (ii) the Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the
expiration of a period ending on the tenth business day from, and including, the
date that notice of such increase or decrease is first published, sent or given,
the Offer will be extended until the expiration of such period of ten business
days.
 
16.  FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     The Company has retained Smith Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney") to act as the
Dealer Manager in connection with the Offer. Smith Barney will receive a fee for
its services as Dealer Manager of $.10 for each Share purchased by the Company
pursuant to the Offer. The Company also has agreed to reimburse Smith Barney for
certain expenses incurred in connection with the Offer, including out-of-pocket
expenses and the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel and to
indemnify Smith Barney against certain liabilities in connection with the Offer,
including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws. Smith Barney
has rendered various investment banking and other advisory services to the
Company in the past, for which it has received customary compensation, and can
be expected to render similar services to the Company in the future. The Company
has retained Georgeson & Company, Inc. as Information Agent and Harris Trust
Company of New York as Depositary in connection with the Offer. The Information
Agent and the Depositary will receive reasonable and customary compensation for
their services. The Company will also reimburse the Information Agent and the
Depositary for out-of-pocket expenses and has agreed to indemnify the
Information Agent and the Depositary against certain liabilities in connection
with the Offer, including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws.
The Dealer Manager and Information Agent may contact
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26
 
shareholders by mail, telephone, telex, telegraph and personal interviews, and
may request brokers, dealers and other nominee shareholders to forward materials
relating to the Offer to beneficial owners. Neither the Information Agent nor
the Depositary has been retained to make solicitations or recommendations in
connection with the Offer.
 
     The Company will not pay fees or commissions to any broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other person (other than the Dealer Manager)
for soliciting any Shares pursuant to the Offer. The Company will, however, on
request, reimburse such persons for customary handling and mailing expenses
incurred in forwarding materials in respect of the Offer to the beneficial
owners for which they act as nominees. No such broker, dealer, commercial bank
or trust company has been authorized to act as the Company's agent for purposes
of the Offer. The Company will pay (or cause to be paid) any stock transfer
taxes on its purchase of Shares, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7
of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
17.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
     The Company is not aware of any jurisdiction where the making of the Offer
is not in compliance with applicable law. If the Company becomes aware of any
jurisdiction where the making of the Offer is not in compliance with any valid
applicable law, the Company will make a good faith effort to comply with such
law. If, after such good faith effort, the Company cannot comply with such law,
the Offer will not be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf
of) the holders of Shares residing in such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction the
securities or blue sky laws of which require the Offer to be made by a licensed
broker or dealer, the Offer is being made on the Company's behalf by the Dealer
Manager or one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of
such jurisdiction.
 
     Pursuant to Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act, the Company has
filed with the Commission an Issuer Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 13E-4
(the "Schedule 13E-4") which contains additional information with respect to the
Offer. The Schedule 13E-4, including the exhibits and any amendments thereto,
may be examined, and copies may be obtained, at the same places and in the same
manner as is set forth in Section 11 with respect to information concerning the
Company.
 
     NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY OR THE DEALER MANAGER IN CONNECTION WITH
THE OFFER OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE OR IN THE RELATED
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE DEALER
MANAGER.
 
TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
February 25, 1997
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   27
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE I
 
                     CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SHARES
 
     Except as set forth below, based upon the Company's records and upon
information provided to the Company by its directors, executive officers,
associates and subsidiaries, neither the Company nor any of its associates or
subsidiaries or persons controlling the Company nor, to the best of the
Company's knowledge, any of the directors or executive officers of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, nor any associates or subsidiary of any of the
foregoing, has effected any transactions in the Shares during the 40 business
days prior to February 25, 1997.
 
     1. The Company repurchased 1,082,100 Shares at prices ranging from $12.00
to $12.50 between January 6, 1997 and February 12, 1997 pursuant to its
previously authorized Share repurchase program.
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   28
 
     Facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal will be accepted. The Letter
of Transmittal and certificates for the Shares and any other required documents
should be sent or delivered by each shareholder or such shareholder's broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to the Depositary at its
address set forth below:
                        THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<C>                                   <C>                                   <C>
              By Mail:                       By Overnight Courier:                        By Hand:
        Wall Street Station                77 Water Street, 4th Floor                  Receive Window
           P.O. Box 1010                       New York, NY 10005                77 Water Street, 5th Floor
      New York, NY 10268-1010                                                           New York, NY
</TABLE>
 
                           By Facsimile Transmission:
                        (for Eligible Institutions Only)
                                 (212)701-7636
                                 (212) 701-7637
                             Confirm by Telephone:
                                 (212) 701-7624
 
     Any questions or requests for assistance or for additional copies of this
Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery may be directed to the Information Agent or to the Dealer Manager at
their respective addresses and telephone numbers below. Shareholders may also
contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company for assistance
concerning the Offer. To confirm delivery of Shares, shareholders are directed
to contact the Depositary.
 
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                           (GEORGESON & COMPANY LOGO)
  
                           88 Pine Street, 30th Floor
                               Wall Street Plaza
                            New York, New York 10005
                 Banks and Brokers call Collect: (212) 440-9800
                   All others call toll-free: (800) 223-2064
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
                              390 Greenwich Street
                            New York, New York 10013
                                 (800) 996-7920
 
February 25, 1997

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  Exhibit (a)(2)
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                        TO TENDER SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
           PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED FEBRUARY 25, 1997
 
            THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE
                     AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME,
            ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
                        The Depositary for the Offer is:
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
             By Mail:                    By Overnight Courier:                     By Hand:
       Wall Street Station             77 Water Street, 4th Floor               Receive Window
          P.O. Box 1010                    New York, NY 10005             77 Water Street, 5th Floor
     New York, NY 10268-1010                                                     New York, NY
                                       By Facsimile Transmission:
                                    (for Eligible Institutions Only)
                                             (212) 701-7636
                                             (212) 701-7637
                                         Confirm by Telephone:
                                             (212) 701-7624
                                                 DESCRIPTION OF SHARES TENDERED
                                                   (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)
                 (PLEASE FILL IN EXACTLY AS                                            SHARES TENDERED
             NAMES APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S))                          (Attach additional signed list if necessary)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         TOTAL NUMBER
                                                                                          OF SHARES                NUMBER
                                                                  CERTIFICATE           REPRESENTED BY           OF SHARES
                                                                  NUMBER(S)(1)          CERTIFICATE(S)          TENDERED(2)
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         TOTAL SHARES
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Indicate in this box the order (by certificate number) in which Shares are to be purchased in the event of proration.(3)
  (Attach additional signed list if necessary.)
 
  See Instruction 14
 
  1st          2nd          3rd          4th          5th:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (1) Need not be completed by shareholders tendering Shares by book-entry transfer.
 
  (2) Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares represented by each Share certificate delivered to the
      Depositary are being tendered hereby. See Instruction 4.
 
  (3) If you do not designate an order, then in the event less than all Shares tendered are purchased due to proration, Shares
      will be selected for purchase by the Depositary. See Instruction 14.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   2
 
     NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW. PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS SET
FORTH IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY.
 
     DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONES LISTED
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. DELIVERIES TO THE COMPANY WILL NOT
BE FORWARDED TO THE DEPOSITARY AND THEREFORE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY.
DELIVERIES TO BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITIES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY
TO THE DEPOSITARY.
 
     This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only if certificates are to be
forwarded herewith or if delivery of Shares (as defined below) is to be made by
book-entry transfer to the Depositary's account at The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") or Philadelphia Depository Trust Company ("PDTC") (hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Book-Entry Transfer Facilities") pursuant to
the procedures set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase (as defined
below).
 
     Shareholders who cannot deliver their Share certificates and any other
documents required to the Depositary by the Expiration Date (as defined in the
Offer to Purchase) must tender their Shares using the guaranteed delivery
procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. See Instruction 2.
 
     (BOXES BELOW FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
 
<TABLE>
<S>   <C>
[ ]   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY
      BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE DEPOSITARY'S ACCOUNT AT ONE OF
      THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITIES AND COMPLETE THE
      FOLLOWING:
 
      Name of Tendering Institution:
 
      Check Applicable Box:
      [ ] DTC
      [ ] PDTC
 
      Account No.
 
      Transaction Code No.
[ ]   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT
      TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE
      DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
      Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)
 
      Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
      Name of Institution that Guaranteed Delivery
 
      If delivery is by book-entry transfer:
 
      Name of Tendering Institution
 
      Account No.  at [ ] DTC  [ ] PDTC
 
      Transaction Code No.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
     The undersigned hereby tenders to Titan Wheel International, Inc., an
Illinois corporation (the "Company"), the above-described shares of its common
stock, no par value per share (the "Shares"), at the price per Share indicated
in this Letter of Transmittal, net to the seller in cash, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated February 25,
1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in
this Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer").
 
     Subject to, and effective upon, acceptance for payment of and payment for
the Shares tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer (including, if the Offer is extended or amended, the
terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby
sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right,
title and interest in and to all the Shares that are being tendered hereby or
orders the registration of such Shares tendered by book-entry transfer that are
purchased pursuant to the Offer to or upon the order of the Company and hereby
irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Depositary the true and lawful agent
and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect to such Shares, with full
power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable
power coupled with an interest), to:
 
          (i) deliver certificates for such Shares, or transfer ownership of
     such Shares on the account books maintained by any of the Book-Entry
     Transfer Facilities, together, in any such case, with all accompanying
     evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon the order of the Company
     upon receipt by the Depositary, as the undersigned's agent, of the Purchase
     Price (as defined below) with respect to such Shares;
 
          (ii) present certificates for such Shares for cancellation and
     transfer on the books of the Company; and
 
          (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of
     beneficial ownership of such Shares, all in accordance with the terms of
     the Offer.
 
     The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the
undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer
the Shares tendered hereby and that, when and to the extent the same are
accepted for payment by the Company, the Company will acquire good, marketable
and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions,
charges, encumbrances, conditional sales agreements or other obligations
relating to the sale or transfer thereof, and the same will not be subject to
any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Depositary or the Company to be necessary or
desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Shares tendered
hereby.
 
     The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company that the undersigned
has read and agrees to all of the terms of the Offer. All authority herein
conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by and shall survive
the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives,
successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as stated in the Offer, this
tender is irrevocable.
 
     The undersigned understands that tenders of Shares pursuant to any one of
the procedures described in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase and in the
Instructions will constitute the undersigned's representation and warranty to
the Company that (i) the undersigned has a net long position in the Shares or
equivalent securities being tendered within the meaning of Rule 14e-4
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) the
tender of such Shares complies with Rule 14e-4. The Company's acceptance for
payment of Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer will constitute a binding
agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to
the conditions of the Offer.
 
     The names and addresses of the registered holders should be printed, if
they are not already printed above, exactly as they appear on the certificates
representing Shares tendered hereby. The certificate numbers, the number of
Shares represented by such certificates, the number of Shares that the
undersigned wishes to tender and the purchase price at which such Shares are
being tendered should be indicated in the appropriate boxes on this Letter of
Transmittal.
 
     The undersigned understands that the Company will determine a single per
Share price (not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share), net to the
Seller in cash (the "Purchase Price"), that it will pay for Shares validly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer, taking into account the number
of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by tendering shareholders. The
undersigned understands that the Company will select the lowest Purchase Price
that will allow it to purchase 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares
as are validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50
per Share) and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The undersigned understands
that all Shares validly tendered at prices at or below the Purchase Price and
not withdrawn will be purchased at the Purchase Price, net to the seller in
cash,
<PAGE>   4
 
upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, including its
proration provisions, and that the Company will return all other Shares,
including Shares tendered at prices greater than the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn and Shares not purchased because of proration.
 
     The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in
the Offer to Purchase, the Company may terminate or amend the Offer or may
postpone the acceptance for payment of, or the payment for, Shares tendered or
may not be required to purchase any of the Shares tendered hereby or may accept
for payment fewer than all of the Shares tendered hereby.
 
     Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Payment Instructions," please
issue the check for the Purchase Price of any Shares purchased, and/or return
any Shares not tendered or not purchased, in the name(s) of the undersigned
(and, in the case of Shares tendered by book-entry transfer, by credit to the
account at the applicable Book-Entry Transfer Facility). Similarly, unless
otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail the check
for the Purchase Price of any Shares purchased and/or any certificates for
Shares not tendered or not purchased (and accompanying documents, as
appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's
signature(s). In the event that both "Special Payment Instructions" and "Special
Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the check for the Purchase
Price of any Shares purchased and/or return any Shares not tendered or not
purchased in the name(s) of, and mail such check and/or any certificates to, the
person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no
obligation, pursuant to the "Special Payment Instructions," to transfer any
Shares from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company does not
accept for payment any of the Shares so tendered.
 
     The undersigned understands that acceptance of Shares by the Company for
payment will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the
Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.
<PAGE>   5
 
                    NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
        PRICE (IN DOLLARS) PER SHARE AT WHICH SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED.
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
             IF SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED AT MORE THAN ONE PRICE, A
     SEPARATE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR EACH PRICE SPECIFIED MUST BE USED.
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 5)
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
                              CHECK ONLY ONE BOX.
            IF MORE THAN ONE BOX IS CHECKED, OR IF NO BOX IS CHECKED
        (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE ODD LOTS BOX AND INSTRUCTIONS BELOW),
                      THERE IS NO VALID TENDER OF SHARES.
 
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
       <S>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
       [ ] $12.500           [ ] $13.125           [ ] $13.750           [ ] $14.375
       [ ] $12.625           [ ] $13.250           [ ] $13.875           [ ] $14.500
       [ ] $12.750           [ ] $13.375           [ ] $14.000           [ ] $14.625
       [ ] $12.875           [ ] $13.500           [ ] $14.125           [ ] $14.750
       [ ] $13.000           [ ] $13.625           [ ] $14.250           [ ] $14.875
                                                                         [ ] $15.000
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    ODD LOTS
                              (See Instruction 9)
 
     This section is to be completed ONLY if Shares are being tendered by or on
behalf of a person who owns beneficially, as of the close of business on
February 21, 1997 and who continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration
Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares.
 
     The undersigned either (check one box):
 
     [ ] owned beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21, 1997
         and continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an
         aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares, all of which are being tendered, or
 
     [ ] is a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
         that (i) is tendering, for the beneficial owners thereof, Shares with
         respect to which it is the record owner, and (ii) believes, based upon
         representations made to it by each such beneficial owner, that such
         beneficial owner owned beneficially, as of the close of business on
         February 21, 1997, and continues to own beneficially as of the
         Expiration Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares and is tendering
         all of such Shares.
 
     If you do not wish to specify a purchase price, check the following box, in
which case you will be deemed to have tendered at the Purchase Price determined
by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Offer (persons checking this
box need not indicate the price per Share in the box entitled "Price (In
Dollars) Per Share At Which Shares are Being Tendered" in this Letter of
Transmittal).  [ ]
<PAGE>   6
 
                          SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS
                        (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)
 
     To be completed ONLY if the check for the aggregate Purchase Price of
Shares purchased and/or certificates for Shares not tendered or not purchased
are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned.
 
Issue:  [ ] check  and/or  [ ] certificate(s) to:
 
Name
                                    (PLEASE PRINT)
 
Address
 
                                   (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 
                  (TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NO.)
 
                         SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
                           (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 6 AND 8)
 
     To be completed ONLY if the check for the Purchase Price of Shares
purchased and/or certificates for Shares not tendered or not purchased are to be
mailed to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned at an address
other than that shown below the undersigned's signature(s).
 
Mail:  [ ] check  and/or  [ ] certificate(s) to:
 
Name
                                    (PLEASE PRINT)
 
Address
 
                               (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
<PAGE>   7
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <S>                                                                                       <C>
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               PLEASE SIGN HERE
               (To Be Completed By All Shareholders)
                                             SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)
               Dated:  , 1997
               Name(s)
                                                  (PLEASE PRINT)
               Capacity (Full Title)
               Address
                                                (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
               Area Code and
               Telephone Number
               (Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Share
               certificate(s) or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to
               become registered holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted with. If
               signature is by trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact,
               officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
               capacity, please set forth full title and see Instruction 6.)
                                            GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                                            (See Instructions 1 and 6)
               Name of Firm
               Authorized Signature
               Name
                                                  (PLEASE PRINT)
               Title
               Address
                                                (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
               Area Code and
               Telephone Number
               Dated:    , 1997
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   8
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
     1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all
signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a firm that is a
recognized member of an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Offer to
Purchase), unless (i) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered
holder(s) of the Shares (which term, for purposes of this document, shall
include any participant in a Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on
a security position listing as the owner of Shares) tendered herewith and such
holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or
the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal,
or (ii) such Shares are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. See
Instruction 6.
 
     2. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND SHARE CERTIFICATES; GUARANTEED
DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be used either if Share
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if delivery of Shares is to be made
by book-entry transfer pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3 of the
Offer to Purchase. Certificates for all physically delivered Shares, or a
confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the Depositary's account at one of
the Book-Entry Transfer Facilities of all Shares delivered electronically, as
well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
manually signed facsimile thereof) and any other documents required by this
Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Depositary at one of its
addresses set forth on the front page of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the
Expiration Date. If certificates are forwarded to the Depositary in multiple
deliveries, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal must
accompany each such delivery.
 
     Shareholders whose Share certificates are not immediately available, who
cannot deliver their Shares and all other required documents to the Depositary
or who cannot complete the procedure for delivery by book-entry transfer prior
to the Expiration Date may tender their Shares pursuant to the guaranteed
delivery procedure set forth in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. Pursuant to
such procedure: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible
Institution, (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (with any required
signature guarantees) must be received by the Depositary prior to the Expiration
Date, and (iii) the certificates for all physically delivered Shares in proper
form for transfer by delivery, or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer into
the Depositary's account at one of the Book-Entry Transfer Facilities of all
Shares delivered electronically, in each case together with a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the
Depositary within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the
date the Depositary receives such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided
in Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase.
 
     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SHARE CERTIFICATES, THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, IS AT THE ELECTION AND
RISK OF THE TENDERING SHAREHOLDER, AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY
WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED
MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL
CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
     No alternative or contingent tenders will be accepted. By executing this
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), the tendering shareholder waives
any right to receive any notice of the acceptance for payment of the Shares.
 
     3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided herein is inadequate, the
certificate numbers and/or the number of Shares should be listed on a separate
signed schedule and attached to this Letter of Transmittal.
 
     4. PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS WHO TENDER BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER). If fewer than all the Shares represented by any certificate delivered
to the Depositary are to be tendered, fill in the number of Shares that are to
be tendered in the box entitled "Number of Shares
<PAGE>   9
 
Tendered." In such case, a new certificate for the remainder of the Shares
represented by the old certificate will be sent to the person(s) signing this
Letter of Transmittal, unless otherwise provided in the "Special Payment
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" boxes on this Letter of
Transmittal, as promptly as practicable following the expiration or termination
of the Offer. All Shares represented by certificates delivered to the Depositary
will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
     5. INDICATION OF PRICE AT WHICH SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED. For Shares to be
validly tendered, the shareholder must check the box indicating the price per
Share at which such shareholder is tendering Shares under "Price (In Dollars)
Per Share At Which Shares Are Being Tendered" in this Letter of Transmittal,
except that Odd Lot Owners (as defined in Section 2 of the Offer to Purchase)
may check the box above in the section entitled "Odd Lots" indicating that such
shareholder is tendering all Shares at the Purchase Price determined by the
Company. ONLY ONE BOX MAY BE CHECKED. IF MORE THAN ONE BOX IS CHECKED OR (OTHER
THAN AS DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR ODD LOT OWNERS) IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, THERE IS NO
VALID TENDER OF SHARES. A shareholder wishing to tender portions of such
shareholder's Share holdings at different prices must complete a separate Letter
of Transmittal for each price at which such shareholder wishes to tender each
such portion of such shareholder's Shares. The same Shares cannot be tendered
(unless previously validly withdrawn as provided in Section 4 of the Offer to
Purchase) at more than one price.
 
     6. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; STOCK POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If
this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Shares
tendered hereby, the signatures(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written
on the face of the certificates without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever.
 
     If any of the Shares tendered hereby is held of record by two or more
persons, all such persons must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
     If any of the Shares tendered hereby are registered in different names on
different certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as
many separate Letters of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are
different registrations of certificates.
 
     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Shares tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate stock powers
are required unless payment of the purchase price is to be made to, or Shares
not tendered or not purchased are to be registered in the name of, any person
other than the registered holder(s), in which case the certificate(s) evidencing
the Shares tendered hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock
powers, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s)
appear(s) on such certificates. Signatures on any such certificates or stock
powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1.
 
     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the Shares tendered hereby, certificates evidencing the
Shares tendered hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock
powers, in either case, signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered
holder(s) appear(s) on such certificate(s). Signature(s) on any such
certificates or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See
Instruction 1.
 
     If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificate or stock power is signed
by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a
corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
such person should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to
the Company of the authority of such person so to act must be submitted.
 
     7. STOCK TRANSFER TAXES. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any stock
transfer taxes with respect to the sale and transfer of any Shares to it or its
order pursuant to the Offer. If, however, payment of the aggregate Purchase
Price is to be made to, or Shares not tendered or not purchased are to be
registered in the name of, any person other than the registered holder(s), or if
tendered Shares are registered in the name of any person other than the
person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any stock transfer
taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s), such other person or
otherwise) payable on account of the transfer to such person will be deducted
from the purchase price unless satisfactory evidence of the
<PAGE>   10
 
payment of such taxes, or exemption therefrom, is submitted. See Section 5 of
the Offer to Purchase. Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be
necessary to affix transfer tax stamps to the certificates representing Shares
tendered hereby.
 
     8. SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If a check for the purchase
price of any Shares tendered hereby is to be issued in the name of, and/or any
Shares not tendered or not purchased are to be returned to, a person other than
the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if the check and/or any
certificates for Shares not tendered or not purchased are to be mailed to
someone other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or to an
address other than that shown above in the box captioned "Description of Shares
Tendered," then the boxes captioned "Special Payment Instructions" and/or
"Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal should be
completed. Shareholders tendering Shares by book-entry transfer will have any
Shares not accepted for payment returned by crediting the account maintained by
such shareholder at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility from which such transfer
was made.
 
     9. ODD LOTS. As described in Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase, if fewer
than all Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date are to be purchased, the Shares purchased
first will consist of all Shares tendered by any shareholder who owned
beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21, 1997, and continues to
own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100
Shares and who validly tendered all such Shares at or below the Purchase Price
(including by not designating a purchase price as described above). Partial
tenders of Shares will not qualify for this preference and this preference will
not be available unless the box captioned "Odd Lots" in this Letter of
Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, if any, is completed.
 
     10. SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 AND FORM W-8. Under the United States federal
income tax backup withholding rules, unless an exemption applies under the
applicable law and regulations, 31% of the gross proceeds payable to a
shareholder or other payee pursuant to the Offer must be withheld and remitted
to the United States Treasury, unless the shareholder or other payee provides
such person's taxpayer identification number (employer identification number or
social security number) to the Depositary and certifies that such number is
correct. Therefore, each tendering shareholder should complete and sign the
Substitute Form W-9 included as part of the Letter of Transmittal so as to
provide the information and certification necessary to avoid backup withholding,
unless such shareholder otherwise establishes to the satisfaction of the
Depositary that it is not subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders
(including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign shareholders (in
addition to foreign corporations)) are not subject to these backup withholding
and reporting requirements. In order for a foreign shareholder to qualify as an
exempt recipient, that shareholder must submit an IRS Form W-8 or a Substitute
Form W-8, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that shareholder's
exempt status. Such statements may be obtained from the Depositary.
 
     11. WITHHOLDING ON FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS. Even if a foreign shareholder has
provided the required certification to avoid backup withholding, the Depositary
will withhold United States federal income taxes equal to 30% of the gross
payments payable to a foreign shareholder or his or her agent unless the
Depositary determines that a reduced rate of withholding is available pursuant
to a tax treaty or that an exemption from withholding is applicable because such
gross proceeds are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States. For this purpose, a foreign shareholder is any shareholder
that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation,
partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, any State or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate
or trust, the income of which is subject to United States federal income
taxation regardless of the source of such income. In order to obtain a reduced
rate of withholding pursuant to a tax treaty, a foreign shareholder must deliver
to the Depositary a properly completed IRS Form 1001. In order to obtain an
exemption from withholding on the grounds that the gross proceeds paid pursuant
to the Offer are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States, a foreign shareholder must deliver to the Depositary a
properly completed IRS Form 4224. The Depositary will determine a shareholder's
status as a foreign shareholder and eligibility for a reduced rate of, or an
exemption from, withholding by reference to outstanding certificates or
statements concerning eligibility for a reduced rate of, or exemption from,
withholding (e.g., IRS Form 1001 or IRS Form 4224) unless facts and
circumstances indicate that such
<PAGE>   11
 
reliance is not warranted. A foreign shareholder may be eligible to obtain a
refund of all or a portion of any tax withheld if such shareholder meets the
"complete redemption," "substantially disproportionate" or "not essentially
equivalent to a dividend" test described in Section 14 of the Offer to Purchase
or is otherwise able to establish that no tax or a reduced amount of tax is due.
Backup withholding generally will not apply to amounts subject to the 30% or
treaty-reduced rate of withholding. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult
their tax advisors regarding the application of United States federal income tax
withholding, including eligibility for a withholding tax reduction or exemption
and refund procedures.
 
     12. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Any questions or requests
for assistance may be directed to the Information Agent or to the Dealer Manager
at their respective addresses and telephone numbers below. Requests for
additional copies of the Offer to Purchase, this Letter of Transmittal or other
tender offer materials may be directed to the Information Agent, and such copies
will be furnished promptly at the Company's expense. Shareholders may also
contact their local broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company for
documents relating to, or assistance concerning, the Offer.
 
     13. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the number of Shares to be
accepted, the price to be paid therefor and the validity, form, eligibility
(including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment of any tender of Shares
will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination
shall be final and binding on all parties. The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any or all tenders it determines not to be in proper form or the
acceptance of or payment for which may, in the opinion of the Company's counsel,
be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any of the
conditions of the Offer and any defect or irregularity in the tender of any
particular Shares or any particular shareholder. No tender of Shares will be
deemed to be validly made until all defects or irregularities have been cured or
waived. None of the Company, the Dealer Manager, the Depositary, the Information
Agent or any other person is or will be obligated to give notice of any defects
or irregularities in tenders, and none of them will incur any liability for
failure to give any such notice.
 
     14. ORDER OF PURCHASE IN EVENT OF PRORATION. As described in Section 1 of
the Offer to Purchase, shareholders may designate the order in which their
Shares are to be purchased in the event of proration. The order of purchase may
have an effect on the United States federal income tax classification of any
gain or loss on the Shares purchased. See Sections 1 and 14 of the Offer to
Purchase.
 
     IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF) TOGETHER
WITH SHARE CERTIFICATES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY, OR THE NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION
DATE. SHAREHOLDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO RETURN A COMPLETED SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 WITH
THEIR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
<PAGE>   12
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                                                         <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     PAYER'S NAME: HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PART 1: PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND
  SUBSTITUTE                   CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.                          Social Security Number
  FORM W-9
                                                                                                       OR
                                                                                         Employer Identification Number
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               PART 2: For Payees exempt from backup withholding, see                PART 3:
                               the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer            Awaiting TIN  [ ]
                               Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 and
                               complete as instructed therein.
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATION--Under the penalties of perjury, I certify that (i) the number shown on
                               this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to
                               be issued to me) and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a
  PAYER'S REQUEST FOR          taxpayer identification number to the appropriate IRS center or Social Security
  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION      Administration office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near
  NUMBER (TIN)                 future) and (ii) I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from
                               backup withholding; or (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to
                               backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends; or (c)
                               the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding. Certification
                               instructions--You must cross out Item (ii) above if you have been notified by the IRS
                               that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest
                               or dividends on your tax return.
                               SIGNATURE   DATE ____________
                               NAME   ADDRESS
                                                  (Include Zip Code)
                                      (Please Print)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31%
OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
<PAGE>   13
 
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                                     (LOGO)
                           88 Pine Street, 30th Floor
                               Wall Street Plaza
                            New York, New York 10005
 
                        Banks and Brokers Call Collect:
                                 (212) 440-9800
 
                           ALL OTHERS CALL TOLL-FREE:
                                 (800) 223-2064
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
                              390 Greenwich Street
                            New York, New York 10013
                                 (800) 996-7920

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (A)(3)
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                           OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
     This form, or a form substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to
accept the Offer (as defined below) if certificates for the shares of common
stock of Titan Wheel International, Inc. are not immediately available, if the
procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, or if
time will not permit all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal
to be delivered to the Depositary (as defined below) prior to the Expiration
Date (as defined in Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase defined below). Such form
may be delivered by hand or transmitted by mail or overnight courier, or (for
Eligible Institutions only) by facsimile transmission, to the Depositary. See
Section 3 of the Offer to Purchase. THE ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION, WHICH COMPLETES
THIS FORM, MUST COMMUNICATE THE GUARANTEE TO THE DEPOSITARY AND MUST DELIVER THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES TO THE DEPOSITARY WITHIN THE
TIME SHOWN HEREIN. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN A FINANCIAL LOSS TO SUCH
ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.
                        The Depositary for the Offer is:
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<C>                            <C>                            <C>
          By Mail:                 By Overnight Courier:                By Hand:
     Wall Street Station        77 Water Street, 4th Floor           Receive Window
        P.O. Box 1010               New York, NY 10005         77 Water Street, 5th Floor
   New York, NY 10268-1010                                            New York, NY
</TABLE>
 
                           By Facsimile Transmission:
                        (for Eligible Institutions Only)
                                 (212)701-7636
                                 (212) 701-7637
 
                             Confirm by Telephone:
                                 (212) 701-7624
 
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONES LISTED
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
THIS FORM IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER
OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION UNDER THE
INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE
SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
<PAGE>   2
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
     The undersigned hereby tenders to Titan Wheel International, Inc., an
Illinois corporation (the "Company"), upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, dated February 25, 1997 (the
"Offer to Purchase"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together
constitute the "Offer"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the number of
shares of common stock, no par value per share (the "Shares"), of the Company
listed below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in Section
3 of the Offer to Purchase.
 
Number of Shares:

 .................................................................
Certificate Nos.: (if available)                                 
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                                                 
 .................................................................
If Shares will be tendered by book-entry transfer:               
Name of Tendering Institution:                                   
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                                                 
Account No. ........................................ at (check one)
                                                                 
[ ] The Depository Trust Company                                 
                                                                 
[ ] Philadelphia Depository Trust Company                        
Name(s)                                                          
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                 (PLEASE PRINT)                  
                                                                 
(Address):                                                       
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                                                 
Area Code/                                                       
Telephone Number: ................................................
                                                                 
Signature(s)                                                     
                                                                 
 .................................................................
                                                                 
                                                                 
<PAGE>   3
 
                          PRICE (IN DOLLARS) PER SHARE
                       AT WHICH SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED
                         ------------------------------
 
              IF SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED AT MORE THAN ONE PRICE,
            A SEPARATE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR EACH PRICE
                            SPECIFIED MUST BE USED.
                         ------------------------------
 
            CHECK ONLY ONE BOX. IF MORE THAN ONE BOX IS CHECKED, OR
              IF NO BOX IS CHECKED (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE ODD
              LOTS BOX AND INSTRUCTIONS BELOW), THERE IS NO VALID
                               TENDER OF SHARES.
                         ------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>           <C>           <C>
[ ] $12.500   [ ] $13.125   [ ] $13.750   [ ] $14.375
[ ] $12.625   [ ] $13.250   [ ] $13.875   [ ] $14.500
[ ] $12.750   [ ] $13.375   [ ] $14.000   [ ] $14.625
[ ] $12.875   [ ] $13.500   [ ] $14.125   [ ] $14.750
[ ] $13.000   [ ] $13.625   [ ] $14.250   [ ] $14.875
                                          [ ] $15.000
</TABLE>
 
                                    ODD LOTS
 
     This section is to be completed ONLY if Shares are being tendered by or on
behalf of a person who owned beneficially, as of the close of business on
February 21, 1997, and who continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration
Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares.
 
     The undersigned either (check one box):
 
     [ ] owned beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21, 1997
         and continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an
         aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares, all of which are being tendered, or
 
     [ ] is a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
         that (i) is tendering, for the beneficial owners thereof, Shares with
         respect to which it is the record owner, and (ii) believes, based upon
         representations made to it by each such beneficial owner, that such
         beneficial owner owned beneficially, as of the close of business on
         February 21, 1997, and continues to own beneficially as of the
         Expiration Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares and is tendering
         all of such Shares.
 
     If you do not wish to specify a purchase price, check the following box, in
which case you will be deemed to have tendered at the Purchase Price determined
by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Offer (persons checking this
box need not indicate the price per Share in the box entitled "Price (In
Dollars) Per Share At Which Shares Are Being Tendered" above). [ ]
<PAGE>   4
 
                                   GUARANTEE
                    (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
 
     The undersigned, a firm that is a member of a registered national
securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a
commercial bank or trust company (not a savings bank or savings and loan
association) having an office, branch or agency in the United States hereby
guarantees (i) that the above-named person(s) has a net long position in the
Shares being tendered within the meaning of Rule 14e-4 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) that such tender of Shares
complies with Rule 14e-4, and (iii) to deliver to the Depositary at one of its
addresses set forth above certificate(s) for the Shares tendered hereby, in
proper form for transfer, or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the
Shares tendered hereby into the Depositary's account at The Depository Trust
Company or Philadelphia Depository Trust Company in each case together with a
properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or facsimile(s)
thereof), with any required signature guarantee(s) and any other required
documents, all within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the
date hereof.
 
Name of Firm................................................
                                                           
Address.....................................................
                                                           
 ............................................................
                             City, State, Zip Code         
                                                           
Dated: ............................................., 1997 
                              AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE         
Name........................................................
                                                           
Title.......................................................
                                                           
Area Code/                                                 
Telephone Number............................................
 
DO NOT SEND SHARE CERTIFICATES WITH THIS FORM. YOUR SHARE CERTIFICATES MUST BE
SENT WITH THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (a)(4)
Smith Barney Inc.
390 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                   UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK
                      AT A PURCHASE PRICE NOT GREATER THAN
                     $15.00 NOR LESS THAN $12.50 PER SHARE
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
                                                               February 25, 1997
 
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
 
     In our capacity as Dealer Manager, we are enclosing the material listed
below relating to the offer of Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois
corporation (the "Company"), to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares of its common
stock, no par value per share, (the "Shares"), at prices not greater than $15.00
nor less than $12.50 per Share, net to the seller in cash, specified by
tendering shareholders, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in the Offer to Purchase, dated February 25, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and
in the related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer").
 
     The Company will determine a single price (not greater than $15.00 nor less
than $12.50 per Share), net to the seller in cash, that it will pay for Shares
validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer (the "Purchase Price"),
taking into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that
will allow it to purchase 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as
is validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
Share) and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company will purchase all
Shares validly tendered at prices at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, including
the provisions relating to proration described in the Offer to Purchase. See
Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase.
 
     The Purchase Price will be paid in cash, net to the seller, with respect to
all Shares purchased. Shares tendered at prices in excess of the Purchase Price
and Shares not purchased because of proration will be returned.
 
THE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED ON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES BEING TENDERED. THE
OFFER IS, HOWEVER, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS. SEE SECTION 6 OF THE
OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
     We are asking you to contact your clients for whom you hold Shares
registered in your name (or in the name of your nominee) or who hold Shares
registered in their own names. Please bring the Offer to their attention as
promptly as possible. The Company will, upon request, reimburse you for
reasonable and customary handling and mailing expenses incurred by you in
forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients.
 
     For your information and for forwarding to your clients, we are enclosing
the following documents:
 
          1. The Offer to Purchase.
 
          2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of
     your clients.
 
          3. A letter to shareholders of the Company from Maurice M. Taylor,
     Jr., the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
<PAGE>   2
 
          4. The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Offer if
     the Shares and all other required documents cannot be delivered to the
     Depositary by the Expiration Date (each as defined in the Offer to
     Purchase).
 
          5. A letter that may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you
     hold Shares registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with
     space for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the Offer.
 
          6. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
     Substitute Form W-9 providing information relating to backup federal income
     tax withholding.
 
          7. A return envelope addressed to Harris Trust Company of New York the
     Depositary.
 
WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE. PLEASE NOTE THAT
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
     The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or
other person for soliciting tenders of Shares pursuant to the Offer (other than
the Dealer Manager). The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers,
commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and customary handling and
mailing expenses incurred by them in forwarding materials relating to the Offer
to their customers. The Company will pay all stock transfer taxes applicable to
its purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer, subject to Instruction 7 of the
Letter of Transmittal.
 
     As described in the Offer to Purchase, if more than 5,000,000 Shares have
been validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn prior to
the Expiration Date, as defined in Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase, the
Company will accept Shares for purchase in the following order of priority: (i)
all Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn
prior to the Expiration Date by any shareholder who owned beneficially, as of
the close of business on February 21, 1997, and who continues to own
beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares
who validly tenders all of such Shares (partial tenders will not qualify for
this preference) and completes the box captioned "Odd Lots" in the Letter of
Transmittal and, if applicable, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and (ii)
after purchase of all of the foregoing Shares, all other Shares validly tendered
at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date on
a pro rata basis.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
     Any questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of the
enclosed materials may be directed to the Information Agent or the Dealer
Manager at their respective addresses and telephone numbers set forth on the
back cover of the enclosed Offer to Purchase.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR
ANY OTHER PERSON THE AGENT OF THE COMPANY, THE DEALER MANAGER, THE INFORMATION
AGENT OR THE DEPOSITARY, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY
DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED
THEREIN.
 
                                        2

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (a)(5)
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                   UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK
                      AT A PURCHASE PRICE NOT GREATER THAN
                     $15.00 NOR LESS THAN $12.50 PER SHARE
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED
 
To Our Clients:
 
     Enclosed for your consideration are the Offer to Purchase, dated February
25, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (which
together constitute the "Offer") setting forth an offer by Titan Wheel
International, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the "Company"), to purchase up to
5,000,000 shares of its common stock, no par value per share (the "Shares"), at
prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share, net to the seller
in cash, specified by tendering shareholders, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the Offer. Also enclosed herewith is certain other material
related to the Offer, including a letter from Maurice M. Taylor, Jr., President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, to shareholders.
 
     The Company will determine a single per Share price (not greater than
$15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share) (the "Purchase Price") that it will pay
for the Shares validly tendered pursuant to the Offer and not withdrawn, taking
into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that
will allow it to purchase 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as
are validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
Share) and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company will purchase all
Shares validly tendered at prices at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, including
the provisions thereof relating to proration. See Section 1 of the Offer to
Purchase.
 
     WE ARE THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF SHARES HELD FOR YOUR ACCOUNT. AS SUCH, A
TENDER OF SUCH SHARES CAN BE MADE ONLY BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND
PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR
YOUR INFORMATION ONLY AND CANNOT BE USED BY YOU TO TENDER SHARES HELD BY US FOR
YOUR ACCOUNT.
 
     We request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all of
the Shares held by us for your account, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     Your attention is invited to the following:
 
     1. You may tender Shares at prices (in multiples of $.125), which cannot be
greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share, as indicated in the attached
Instruction Form, net to you in cash.
 
     2. The Offer is extended for up to 5,000,000 Shares, constituting
approximately 19.6% of the total Shares outstanding as of February 21, 1997. The
Offer is not conditioned on any minimum number of Shares being tendered. The
Offer is, however, subject to certain other conditions set forth in the Offer to
Purchase.
 
     3. The Offer, proration period and withdrawal rights will expire at 12:00
Midnight, New York City time, on Monday, March 24, 1997, unless the Offer is
extended. Your instructions to us should be forwarded to us in ample time to
permit us to submit a tender on your behalf.
<PAGE>   2
 
     4. As described in the Offer to Purchase, if more than 5,000,000 Shares
have been validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn
prior to the Expiration Date, as defined in Section 1 of the Offer to Purchase,
the Company will purchase Shares in the following order of priority:
 
           (i) all Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and
     not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date by any shareholder who owned
     beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21, 1997, and who
     continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an aggregate of
     fewer than 100 Shares and who validly tenders all of such Shares (partial
     tenders will not qualify for this preference) and completes the box
     captioned "Odd Lots" in the Letter of Transmittal and, if applicable, the
     Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and
 
          (ii) after purchase of all the foregoing Shares, all other Shares
     validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn prior to
     the Expiration Date on a pro rata basis. See Section 1 of the Offer to
     Purchase for a discussion of proration.
 
     5. Tendering shareholders will not be obligated to pay any brokerage
commissions or solicitation fees on the Company's purchase of Shares in the
Offer. Any stock transfer taxes applicable to the purchase of Shares by the
Company pursuant to the Offer will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise
provided in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     6. If you wish to tender portions of your Shares at different prices, you
must complete a separate Instruction Form for each price at which you wish to
tender each portion of your Shares. We must submit separate Letters of
transmittal on your behalf for each price you will accept.
 
     7. If you owned beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21,
1997, and continue to own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an aggregate
of fewer than 100 Shares and you instruct us to tender at or below the Purchase
Price on your behalf all such Shares prior to the Expiration Date and check the
box captioned "Odd Lots" in the Instruction Form, all such Shares will be
accepted for purchase before proration, if any, of the other tendered Shares.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
     If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Shares held by us for your
account upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to
Purchase, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the
attached Instruction Form. An envelope to return your instructions to us is
enclosed. If you authorize tender of your Shares, all such Shares will be
tendered unless otherwise specified on the Instruction Form.
 
     YOUR INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO US IN AMPLE TIME TO PERMIT US TO
SUBMIT A TENDER ON YOUR BEHALF BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE OFFER.
 
     The Offer is being made to all holders of Shares. The Company is not aware
of any jurisdiction where the making of the Offer is not in compliance with
applicable law. If the Company becomes aware of any jurisdiction where the
making of the Offer is not in compliance with any valid applicable law, the
Company will make a good faith effort to comply with such law. If, after such
good faith effort, the Company cannot comply with such law, the Offer will not
be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) the holders of
Shares residing in such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction the securities or blue
sky laws of which require the Offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer,
the Offer is being made on the Company's behalf by the Dealer Manager or one or
more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3
 
                                INSTRUCTION FORM
 
                   WITH RESPECT TO OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                     UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                      AT A PURCHASE PRICE NOT GREATER THAN
                     $15.00 NOR LESS THAN $12.50 PER SHARE
 
     The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed
Offer to Purchase, dated February 25, 1997, and the related Letter of
Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer") in connection with the Offer
by Titan Wheel International, Inc. (the "Company") to purchase up to 5,000,000
shares of its common stock, no par value per share (the "Shares"), at prices not
greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per Share, net to the undersigned in
cash, specified by the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Offer.
 
     This will instruct you to tender to the Company the number of Shares
indicated below (or, if no number is indicated below, all Shares) that are held
by you for the account of the undersigned, at the price per Share indicated
below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.
 
                                SHARES TENDERED
 
[  ] By checking this box, all Shares held by us for your account will be
     tendered. If fewer than all Shares held by us for your account are to be
     tendered, please check the box and indicate below the aggregate number of
     Shares to be tendered by us.
 
                                       SHARES
 
     Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Shares held by us
     for your account are to be tendered.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
        PRICE (IN DOLLARS) PER SHARE AT WHICH SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
              IF SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED AT MORE THAN ONE PRICE,
       A SEPARATE INSTRUCTION FORM FOR EACH PRICE SPECIFIED MUST BE USED.
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
                              CHECK ONLY ONE BOX.
                        IF MORE THAN ONE BOX IS CHECKED,
          OR IF NO BOX IS CHECKED (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE ODD LOTS
        BOX AND INSTRUCTIONS BELOW), THERE IS NO VALID TENDER OF SHARES.
 
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>           <C>           <C>
[ ] $12.500   [ ] $13.125   [ ] $13.750   [ ] $14.375
[ ] $12.625   [ ] $13.250   [ ] $13.875   [ ] $14.500
[ ] $12.750   [ ] $13.375   [ ] $14.000   [ ] $14.625
[ ] $12.875   [ ] $13.500   [ ] $14.125   [ ] $14.750
[ ] $13.000   [ ] $13.625   [ ] $14.250   [ ] $14.875
                                          [ ] $15.000
</TABLE>
 
                      ------------------------------------
 
                                    ODD LOTS
 
   [ ] By checking this box, the undersigned represents that the undersigned
       owned beneficially, as of the close of business on February 21, 1997
       and continues to own beneficially as of the Expiration Date, an
       aggregate of fewer than 100 Shares and is tendering all of such
       Shares.
 
   If you do not wish to specify a purchase price, check the following box,
   in which case you will be deemed to have tendered at the Purchase Price
   determined by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Offer
   (persons checking this box need not indicate the price per Share in the
   box entitled "Price (In Dollars) Per Share At Which Shares Are Being
   Tendered" above). [ ]
 
   THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE
   TENDERING SHAREHOLDERS. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH
   RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES,
   SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY.
 
                                      SIGN HERE
 
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                                   Signature(s)
 
                                      Name
                                      ---------------------------------------
 
                                      ---------------------------------------
 
                                      ---------------------------------------
 
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                        Social Security or Taxpayer ID No.
 
   Dated:            , 1997
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1
 
                                Titan Wheel Logo
 
                                                               EXHIBIT (a)(6)
 
                                                            FEBRUARY 25, 1997
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
     Titan Wheel International, Inc. is offering to purchase up to 5,000,000
shares of its common stock at a price not greater than $15.00 nor less than
$12.50 per share. The Company is conducting the Offer through a procedure
commonly referred to as a "Dutch Auction." This procedure allows you to select
the price within the specified price range at which you are willing to sell all
or a portion of your shares to the Company.
 
     The Offer is explained in detail in the enclosed Offer to Purchase and
Letter of Transmittal. If you wish to tender your shares, instructions on how to
tender shares are provided in the enclosed materials. I encourage you to read
these materials carefully before making any decision with respect to the Offer.
Neither the Company nor its Board of Directors makes any recommendation to any
shareholder whether to tender any or all shares.
 
     Please note that the Offer is scheduled to expire at 12:00 Midnight, New
York City time, on Monday, March 24, 1997, unless extended by the Company.
Questions regarding the Offer should not be directed to the Company but should
instead be directed to Georgeson & Company, the Information Agent, at
1-800-223-2064.
                                             Sincerely,
 
                                             /s/ Maurice M. Taylor, Jr.
 
                                             Maurice M. Taylor, Jr.
                                             President and Chief Executive
                                             Officer

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  Exhibit (a)(7)
 
                                                      Contact: Kent W. Hackamack
                                                            Titan Vice President
                                                                      of Finance
                                                   Titan Communications Director
                                                                  (217) 221-4330
 
                                                               February 24, 1997
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
 
                  TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. TO COMMENCE
                       TENDER OFFER FOR ITS COMMON STOCK
 
Quincy, IL. - Titan Wheel International, Inc. (NYSE: TWI) (the "Company")
announced today that it will commence a Dutch Auction tender offer to purchase
for cash up to 5,000,000 shares of its issued and outstanding common stock, no
par value ("Common Stock"). The tender offer begins tomorrow, Tuesday, February
25, 1997, and will expire, unless extended, at 12:00 Midnight New York City time
on March 24, 1997.
 
Terms of the Dutch Auction tender offer, which are described more fully in the
Offer to Purchase and Letter of Transmittal pursuant to which the offer is being
made, include a purchase price not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
share, net to the seller in cash, without interest thereon.
 
In a Dutch Auction, the Company sets a price range, and holders have an
opportunity to specify prices within that range at which they are willing to
sell shares. After the expiration of the tender offer, the Company will
determine a single per share price to be paid for each share purchased, taking
into consideration the number of shares tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. If the tender offer is oversubscribed, only shares
validly tendered at or below the purchase price determined by the Company will
be eligible for proration. Subject to applicable law, the Company reserves the
right to purchase more than 5,000,000 shares pursuant to the tender offer, but
does not currently plan to do so. The tender offer is not conditioned on any
minimum number of shares being tendered.
 
The Offer to Purchase, Letter of Transmittal and related documents will be
mailed to shareholders of record of Common Stock and will also be made available
for distribution to beneficial owners of Common Stock.
 
On February 21, 1997, the closing price of the Common Stock was $13.00 per
share.
 
The pending tender offer is consistent with the Company's plans, announced in
May 1996, to repurchase shares of its Common Stock. As of February 21, 1997, the
Company had repurchased approximately 1,758,100 shares of its Common Stock and
there were 25,476,082 shares outstanding, excluding treasury shares.
 
The dealer manager for the tender offer is Smith Barney Inc. and the information
agent is Georgeson & Company, Inc. Shareholders may obtain further information
by calling Georgeson & Company, Inc. at (800) 223-2064.
 
Titan Wheel International, Inc. is a leading global supplier of mounted tire and
wheel systems for off-highway vehicles used in agriculture, construction,
mining, military, recreation and grounds care. Titan has manufacturing and
distribution facilities throughout the United States and Europe.
 
                                      ###

<PAGE>   1
 
     This announcement is neither an offer to purchase nor a solicitation of an
offer to sell Shares. The Offer is made solely by the Offer to Purchase and the
related Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms not defined in this
announcement have the respective meanings ascribed in such terms in the Offer to
Purchase. The Offer is not being made to, nor will the Company accept tenders
from, holders of Shares in any jurisdiction in which the Offer or its acceptance
would violate that jurisdiction's laws. The Company is not aware of any
jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or the tender of Shares would not
be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. In jurisdictions whose laws
require that the Offer be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer shall
be deemed to be made on the Company's behalf by Smith Barney Inc., or by one or
more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
                    NOTICE OF OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH BY
 
                                TITAN WHEEL LOGO
 
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   UP TO 5,000,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK
                      AT A PURCHASE PRICE NOT GREATER THAN
                     $15.00 NOR LESS THAN $12.50 PER SHARE
 
     Titan Wheel International Inc., an Illinois corporation (the "Company"),
invites its shareholders to tender up to 5,000,000 shares of its common stock,
no par value per share (the "Shares"), to the Company at prices not greater than
$15.00 nor less that $12.50 per Share in cash, specified by tendering
shareholders, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Offer to Purchase dated February 25, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and the
related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer").
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON MONDAY, MARCH 24, 1997, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
     The Offer is not conditioned on any minimum number of Shares being
tendered. The Offer is, however, subject to certain other conditions set forth
in the Offer to Purchase.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY HAS APPROVED THE OFFER. HOWEVER,
SHAREHOLDERS MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISIONS WHETHER TO TENDER SHARES AND, IF SO,
HOW MANY SHARES TO TENDER AND THE PRICE OR PRICES AT WHICH SHARES SHOULD BE
TENDERED. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAKES ANY
RECOMMENDATION TO ANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM
TENDERING SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT NONE OF ITS DIRECTORS OR
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTENDS TO TENDER ANY SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
     The Company will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Offer, determine a single per Share price (not greater than $15.00 nor less than
$12.50 per Share), net to the seller in cash (the "Purchase Price"), that it
will pay for Shares validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer,
taking into account the number of Shares so tendered and the prices specified by
tendering shareholders. The Company will select the lowest Purchase Price that
will allow it to buy 5,000,000 Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as are
validly tendered at prices not greater than $15.00 nor less than $12.50 per
Share) validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer. The Company
will pay the Purchase Price for all Shares validly tendered prior to the
Expiration Date (as defined below) at prices at or below the Purchase Price and
not withdrawn, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer
including the proration terms described below. The term "Expiration Date" means
12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on Monday, March 24, 1997, unless and until
the Company in its sole discretion shall have extended the period of time during
which the Offer is open, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall refer
to the latest time and date at which the Offer, as so extended by the Company,
shall expire. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to
purchase more than 5,000,000 Shares pursuant to the Offer. For purposes of the
Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted for payment (and therefore
purchased), subject to proration, Shares that are validly tendered at or below
the Purchase Price and not withdrawn when, as and if it gives oral or written
notice to Harris Trust Company of New York (the "Depositary") of its acceptance
of such Shares
<PAGE>   2
 
for payment pursuant to the Offer. In all cases, payment for Shares tendered and
accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer will be made promptly (subject to
possible delay in the event of proration) but only after timely receipt by the
Depositary of certificates for such Shares (or a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of such Shares into the Depositary's account at one of the
Book-Entry Transfer Facilities), a properly completed and duly executed Letter
of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) and any other required
documents.
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, in the event
that prior to the Expiration Date more than 5,000,000 Shares (or such greater
number of Shares as the Company may elect to purchase pursuant to the Offer) are
validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn, the Company
will purchase such validly tendered Shares in the following order of priority:
(i) all Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not withdrawn
prior to the Expiration Date by any Odd Lot Owner who tenders all such Shares
beneficially owned by such Odd Lot Owner at or below the Purchase Price (partial
tenders will not qualify for this Preference) and who completes the box
captioned "Odd Lots" on the Letter of Transmittal and, if applicable, on the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, and (ii) after purchase of all the foregoing
Shares, all other Shares validly tendered at or below the Purchase Price and not
withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date on a pro rata basis.
 
     The Board of Directors has determined that the Company's financial
condition and outlook and current market conditions, including recent trading
prices of the Shares, make this an attractive time to repurchase a significant
portion of the outstanding Shares. Furthermore, in light of the 4,530,240 Shares
issued in December 1996 upon conversion of $56.6 million principal amount of the
Company's 4 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes, the Board of Directors believes
that the number of Shares currently outstanding is greater than is optimal. In
the view of the Board of Directors, the Offer represents a significant
acceleration of what would otherwise have been a continuing share repurchase
program and an attractive investment and use of the Company's cash generation
abilities that should benefit the Company and its shareholders over the long
term. In particular, the Board of Directors believes that the purchase of Shares
at this time is consistent with the Company's long term corporate goal of
seeking to increase shareholder value.
 
     The Company anticipates setting March 31, 1997 as the record date for
determining which shareholders will be entitled to receive payment of the next
regular quarterly dividend. Since (unless the Offer is amended) the Expiration
Date will occur before March 31, 1997, holders of Shares purchased in the Offer
will not be entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Board of Directors
of the Company to be paid to shareholders of record as of March 31, 1997.
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right at any time or from time to time,
in its sole discretion, to extend the period of time during which the Offer is
open by giving notice of such extension to the Depositary and making a public
announcement thereof. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Offer to
Purchase, the Company also expressly reserves the right to terminate the Offer
and not accept for payment any Shares not theretofore accepted for payment.
 
     Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn at any time before
the Expiration Date and, unless accepted for payment by the Company as provided
in the Offer to Purchase, may also be withdrawn after 12:00 Midnight, New York
City time, on Monday, April 21, 1997. For a withdrawal to be effective, the
Depositary must receive a notice of withdrawal in written, telegraphic or
facsimile transmission form on a timely basis. Such notice of withdrawal must
specify the name of the person who tendered the Shares to be withdrawn, the
number of Shares tendered, the number of Shares to be withdrawn and the name of
the registered holder, if different from that of the person who tendered such
Shares. If the certificates have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
Depositary, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the tendering
shareholder must also submit the serial numbers shown on the particular
certificates evidencing the Shares and the signature on the notice of withdrawal
must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (except in the case of Shares
tendered by an Eligible Institution). If Shares have been tendered pursuant to
the procedure for book-entry transfer, the notice of withdrawal must specify the
name and the number of the account at the applicable Book-Entry Transfer
Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Shares and otherwise comply with the
procedures of such facility.
 
     THE OFFER TO PURCHASE AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CONTAIN IMPORTANT
INFORMATION WHICH SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE SHAREHOLDERS DECIDE WHETHER TO
ACCEPT OR REJECT THE OFFER AND, IF ACCEPTED, AT WHICH PRICE OR PRICES TO TENDER
THEIR SHARES. These materials are being mailed to record holders of Shares and
are being furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the
names of whose nominees, appear on the Company's shareholder list or, if
applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency's security
position listing for transmittal to beneficial owners of Shares.
<PAGE>   3
 
     The information required to be disclosed by Rule 13e-4(d)(1) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is contained in the Offer to
Purchase and is incorporated by reference herein.
 
     Additional copies of the Offer to Purchase and the Letter of Transmittal
may be obtained from the Information Agent and will be furnished at the
Company's expense. Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the
Information Agent as set forth below.
 
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                           (GEORGESON & COMPANY LOGO)
                           88 Pine Street, 30th Floor
                               Wall Street Plaza
                            New York, New York 10005
                 Banks and Brokers call collect (212) 440-9800
 
                   All others call toll-free: (800) 223-2064
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
 
                              390 Greenwich Street
                            New York, New York 10013
                                 (800) 996-7920
 
February 25, 1997

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (A)(9)
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE
PAYER.--Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e.,
000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only
one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to
give the payer.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:              GIVE THE
                                   SOCIAL SECURITY
                                     NUMBER OF--
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>
 1. An individual's           The individual
   account
 2. Two or more               The actual owner of the
   individuals                account or, if combined
   (joint account)            funds, any one of the
                              individuals(1)
 3. Husband and wife          The actual owner of the
   (joint account)            account or, if joint
                              funds, either person(1)
 4. Custodian account of a    The minor(2)
   minor (Uniform Gift to
   Minors Act)
 5. Adult and minor (joint    The adult or, if the minor
   account)                   is the only contributor,
                              the minor(1)
 6. Account in the name of    The ward, minor, or
   guardian or committee      incompetent person(3)
   for a designated ward,
   minor, or incompetent
   person
 7. a. The usual revocable    The grantor-trustee(1)
       savings trust
       account (grantor is
       also trustee)
   b. So-called trust         The actual owner(1)
      account that is not
      a legal or valid
      trust under State
      law
 8. Sole proprietorship       The owner(4)
   account
- --------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:              GIVE THE
                                   SOCIAL SECURITY
                                     NUMBER OF--
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>
 9. A valid trust, estate,    The legal entity (Do not
   or pension trust           furnish the identifying
                              number of the personal
                              representative or trustee
                              unless the legal entity
                              itself is not designated
                              in the account title.)(5)
10. Corporate account         The corporation
11. Religious, charitable,    The organization
   or educational
   organization account
12. Partnership account       The partnership
   held in the name of the
   business
13. Association, club, or     The organization
   other tax-exempt
   organization
14. A broker or registered    The broker or nominee
   nominee
15. Account with the          The public entity
   Department of
   Agriculture in the name
   of a public entity
   (such as a State or
   local government,
   school district, or
   prison) that receives
   agricultural program
   payments
 
- --------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
 
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
 
(3) Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such
     person's social security number.
 
(4) Show the name of the owner.
 
(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.
 
NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be
      considered to be that of the first name listed.
<PAGE>   2
 
                    GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
                  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                     PAGE 2
 
- - Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under
  section 852).
 
- - Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
 
- - Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
 
- - Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
- - Payments made to a nominee.
 
    Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible
erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND
RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE
DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.
 
    Certain payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not
subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections
6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A.
 
    PRIVACY ACT NOTICE. -- Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend,
interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers
who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification
purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are
required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable
interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a
taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
 
PENALTIES
 
    (1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. -- If you
fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject
to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to
reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
 
    (2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. -- If
you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no
imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
 
    (3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. -- Falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
 
    FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL
REVENUE SERVICE OBTAINING A NUMBER
 
    If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your
number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form
SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the
Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a
number.
 
PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include
the following:
 
- - A corporation.
 
- - A financial institution.
 
- - An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
  retirement plan.
 
- - The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
- - A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any
  subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
 
- - A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any
  agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
- - An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof.
 
- - A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a
  possession of the U.S.
 
- - A real estate investment trust.
 
- - A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)
 
- - An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described in
  section 4947(a)(1).
 
- - An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
- - A foreign central bank of issue.
 
    Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to
backup withholding include the following:
 
- - Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.
 
- - Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and
  which have at least one nonresident partner.
 
- - Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in
  money.
 
- - Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
- - Payments made to a nominee.
 
    Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the
following:
 
- - Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be
  subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in
  the course of the payer's trade or business and you have not provided your
  correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (B)(1)
 
                     FORM OF MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT
                            DATED SEPTEMBER 19, 1996
<PAGE>   2


                                  $175,000,000
                         MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                  Dated as of
                               SEPTEMBER 19, 1996
                                     Among
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            THE BANKS PARTY HERETO,
                                      and
                         HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
                                    AS AGENT





                                      -1-
<PAGE>   3

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                                                                                     <C>
SECTION                                                    HEADING                                                       PAGE
SECTION 1.                       THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
        Section 1.1.                     The Revolving Loan Commitments
        Section 1.2.                     The Term Loan Commitments
        Section 1.3.                     Letters of Credit
SECTION 2.                       GENERAL PROVISIONS
        Section 2.1.                     Applicable Interest Rates
                                         (a)   Domestic Rate Loans
                                         (b)   Adjusted CD Rate Loans
                                         (c)   Eurocurrency Loans
                                         (d)   Applicable Margin
        Section 2.2.                     Minimum Borrowing Amounts
        Section 2.3.                     Manner of Borrowing Committed Loans
                                         (a)   Notice to the Agent
                                         (b)   Notice to the Banks
                                         (c)   Borrower's Failure to Notify
                                         (d)   Disbursement of Committed Loans
        Section 2.4.                     Rate and Currency Determinations
SECTION 3.                       THE COMPETITIVE BID FACILITY
        Section 3.1.                     The Bid Loans
        Section 3.2.                     Requests for Bid Loans
                                         (a)   Requests and Confirmations
                                         (b)   Invitation to Bid
                                         (c)   Bids
        Section 3.3.                     Notice of Bids; Advice of Rate
        Section 3.4.                     Acceptance or Rejection of Bids
        Section 3.5.                     Notice of Acceptance or Rejection of Bids
                                         (a)   Notice to Banks Making Bids
                                         (b)   Disbursement of Bid Loans
                                         (c)   Notice to the Banks
        Section 3.6.                     Interest on Bid Loans
        Section 3.7.                     Telephonic Notice.
SECTION 4.                       GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LOANS
        Section 4.1.                     Interest Periods.
        Section 4.2.                     Maturity of Loans
        Section 4.3.                     Voluntary Prepayments
                                         (a)   Committed Loans
                                         (b)   Bid Loans
                                         (c)   Reborrowings
        Section 4.4.                     Default Rate
        Section 4.5.                     The Notes
        Section 4.6.                     Commitment Terminations
</TABLE>





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
        Section 4.7.                     Mandatory Prepayment
        Section 4.8.                     Funding Indemnity.
        Section 4.9.                     Subsidiary Borrower as a Borrower hereunder
                                         Appointment of Company as Agent for Subsidiary Borrower
SECTION 5.                       FEES
        Section 5.1.                     Facility Fee
        Section 5.2.                     Letter of Credit Fees
        Section 5.3.                     Commitment Fee
        Section 5.4.                     Bid Loan Fee
        Section 5.5.                     Agent Fees
        Section 5.6.                     Fee Calculations
SECTION 6.                       PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS
        Section 6.1.                     Place and Application of Payments
SECTION 7.                       DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION
        Section 7.1.                     Definitions
        Section 7.2.                     Interpretation
        Section 7.3.                     Restricted Subsidiaries
SECTION 8.                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
        Section 8.1.                     Corporate Organization and Authority
        Section 8.2.                     Subsidiaries
        Section 8.3.                     Corporate Authority and Validity of Obligations
        Section 8.4.                     Financial Statements
        Section 8.5.                     Material Adverse Change
        Section 8.6.                     No Litigation; No Labor Controversies
        Section 8.7.                     Taxes
        Section 8.8.                     Approvals
        Section 8.9.                     ERISA
        Section 8.10.                    Government Regulation
        Section 8.11.                    Margin Stock
        Section 8.12.                    Licenses and Authorizations; Compliance with Laws
        Section 8.13.                    Ownership of Property; Liens
        Section 8.14.                    No Burdensome Restrictions; Compliance with Agreements
        Section 8.15.                    Full Disclosure
SECTION 9.                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
        Section 9.1.                     Initial Borrowing
        Section 9.2.                     All Loans
        Section 9.3.                     Additional Conditions to Loans other than Refunding Borrowings
        Section 9.4.                     Replacement of Bank
        Section 9.5.                     Initial Credit Event of Subsidiary Borrower
SECTION 10.                      COVENANTS
        Section 10.1.                    Maintenance of Business
</TABLE>





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
        Section 10.2.                    Maintenance of Property
        Section 10.3.                    Taxes
        Section 10.4.                    Insurance
        Section 10.5.                    Financial Reports and Rights of Inspection
        Section 10.6.                    Leverage Ratio
        Section 10.7.                    Minimum Tangible Net Worth
        Section 10.8.                    Interest Coverage Ratio
        Section 10.9.                    Debt to Earnings Ratio
        Section 10.10.                   Investments, Loans, Advances and Guaranties
        Section 10.11.                   Subsidiary Debt
        Section 10.12.                   Liens
        Section 10.13.                   Dividends and Certain Other Restricted Payments
        Section 10.14.                   Mergers, Consolidations, Leases and Sales
        Section 10.15.                   Maintenance of Subsidiaries
        Section 10.16.                   Company as Operating Company
        Section 10.17.                   ERISA
        Section 10.18.                   Burdensome Contracts with Affiliates
        Section 10.19.                   Change in Fiscal Year
        Section 10.20.                   Change in the Nature of Business
        Section 10.21.                   Use of Property and Facilities; Environmental, Health and Safety Laws
        Section 10.22.                   Compliance with Laws
        Section 10.23.                   Use of Loan Proceeds
        Section 10.24.                   Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries
SECTION 11.                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
        Section 11.1.                    Events of Default
        Section 11.2.                    Non-Bankruptcy Defaults
        Section 11.3.                    Bankruptcy Defaults
        Section 11.4.                    Collateral for Undrawn Letters of Credit
        Section 11.5.                    Expenses
SECTION 12.                      CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
        Section 12.1.                    Change of Law
        Section 12.2.                    Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain, or Inadequacy of, LIBOR or CD Rate
        Section 12.3.                    Increased Cost and Reduced Return
        Section 12.4.                    Lending Offices
        Section 12.5.                    Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding
SECTION 13.                      THE AGENT
        Section 13.1.                    Appointment and Authorization
        Section 13.2.                    Agent and Affiliates
        Section 13.3.                    Action by Agent
        Section 13.4.                    Consultation with Experts
        Section 13.5.                    Liability of Agent
</TABLE>





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   6

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
        Section 13.6.                    Indemnification
        Section 13.7.                    Credit Decision
        Section 13.8.                    Resignation or Removal of Agent and Successor Agent
        Section 13.9.                    Payments
SECTION 14.                      THE GUARANTEES
        Section 14.1.                    The Guarantees
        Section 14.2.                    Guarantee Unconditional
        Section 14.3.                    Discharge Only Upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances
        Section 14.4.                    Waivers
        Section 14.5.                    Limit on Recovery
        Section 14.6.                    Stay of Acceleration
SECTION 15.                      MISCELLANEOUS
        Section 15.1.                    Withholding Taxes
        Section 15.2.                    No Waiver of Rights
        Section 15.3.                    Non-Business Day
        Section 15.4.                    Documentary Taxes
        Section 15.5.                    Survival of Representations
        Section 15.6.                    Survival of Indemnities
        Section 15.7.                    Sharing of Set-Off
        Section 15.8.                    Notices
        Section 15.9.                    Counterparts
        Section 15.10.                   Successors and Assigns
        Section 15.11.                   Participants
        Section 15.12.                   Assignment Agreements
        Section 15.13.                   Amendments
        Section 15.14.                   Headings
        Section 15.15.                   Legal Fees, Other Costs and Indemnification
        Section 15.16.                   Set Off
        Section 15.17.                   Currency
        Section 15.18.                   Currency Equivalence
        Section 15.19.                   Entire Agreement
        Section 15.20.                   Governing Law
        Section 15.21.                   Personal Jurisdiction
                                         (a)      Exclusive Jurisdiction
                                         (b)      Other Jurisdictions
        Section 15.22.                   Waiver Of Jury Trial
        Section 15.23.                   Waiver Of Bond
        Section 15.24.                   Advice Of Counsel
Signature
Exhibit A-1        Committed Revolving Note (Company only)
Exhibit AA-1       Committed Revolving Note (Both Borrowers)
</TABLE>





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   7

<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
Exhibit A-2        Committed Term Note (Company only)
Exhibit AA-2       Committed Term Note (Both Borrowers)
Exhibit B          Bid Note (Company only)
Exhibit BB         Bid Note (Both Borrowers)
Exhibit C          Bid Loan Request Confirmation
Exhibit D          Invitation to Bid
Exhibit E          Confirmation of Bid
Exhibit F          Notice of Acceptance of Bid
Exhibit G          Notice of Payment Request
Exhibit H          Compliance Certificate
Exhibit I          Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit J          Employee Benefit Plans
Exhibit K          Form of Opinion of Counsel
Exhibit L          Certificates Regarding Projections
Exhibit M          Election to Become a Borrower
Schedule 1.3       Form of Application for Standby Letter of Credit
Schedule 8.2       Subsidiaries of Titan Wheel International, Inc.
Schedule 10.12     Liens
</TABLE>





                                      -1-
<PAGE>   8

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
To each of the Banks signatory hereto
Ladies and Gentlemen:
         The undersigned, Titan Wheel International, Inc., an Illinois
corporation (the "Company") and Subsidiary Borrower (the Company and Subsidiary
Borrower being hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Borrowers" and
individually as a "Borrower"), each applies to you for your several
commitments, subject to all the terms and conditions hereof and on the basis of
the representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, to make available to
each Borrower credit accommodations to be divided into (i) a committed
revolving facility for loans and letters of credit and a discretionary bid
facility available solely for loans, and (ii) a committed term facility
available solely for loans, all as more fully hereinafter set forth.  Each of
you is hereinafter referred to as a "Bank", all of you are hereinafter referred
to collectively as the "Banks" and Harris Trust and Savings Bank ("Harris
Bank") in its capacity as agent hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the
"Agent".

SECTION 1.       THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.

         Section 1.1.     The Revolving Loan Commitments;.  Subject to the
terms and conditions hereof, each Bank, by its acceptance hereof, severally
agrees to extend a revolving credit (the "Revolving Credit") in the form of a
loan or loans (individually a "Committed Revolving Loan" and collectively
"Committed Revolving Loans") to the Borrowers from time to time on a revolving
basis in U.S. Dollars and Alternative Currencies in an aggregate outstanding
Original Dollar Amount up to the amount of its commitment to make Revolving
Loans set forth on the applicable signature page hereof (its "Revolving
Commitment" and cumulatively for all the Banks the "Revolving Commitments"),
which Revolving Commitments on the date hereof total $115,000,000 (subject to
any reductions thereof pursuant to the terms hereof) prior to the Termination
Date.  The sum of the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of outstanding Revolving
Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans or Bid Loans) and L/C Obligations
shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  Each Borrowing of
Committed Revolving Loans shall be made ratably from the Banks in proportion to
their respective Percentages.  As provided in Section 2.3(a) hereof, the
Borrower may elect that each Borrowing of Committed Revolving Loans denominated
in U.S. Dollars be made available by means of (i) Eurocurrency Loans or (ii)
Domestic Rate Loans or (iii) Adjusted CD Rate Loans, or any combination
thereof.  All Committed Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency
shall be Eurocurrency Loans.  Each Borrowing of Committed Revolving Loans may
be repaid and the principal amount thereof reborrowed prior to the Termination
Date, subject to all reductions in the Revolving Commitments and all other
terms and conditions hereof.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, the Borrowers may not request Revolving Credit Loans unless at the
time of such request the Term Credit is fully utilized.

         Section 1.2.     The Term Loan Commitments.  Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, each Bank, by its acceptance hereof, severally agrees to
extend a revolving credit (the "Term Credit") in the form of a loan or loans
(individually a "Committed Term Loan" and collectively the "Committed Term
Loans") to the Borrowers from time to time on a revolving basis in U.S. Dollars
and Alternative Currencies in an aggregate outstanding Original Dollar





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9

Amount for both Borrowers, taken together, up to the amount of its commitment
to make Committed Term Loans set forth on the applicable signature page hereof
(its "Term Commitment" and cumulatively for all the Banks the "Term
Commitments"), which Term Commitments on the date hereof total $60,000,000
(subject to any reductions thereof pursuant to the terms hereof), prior to the
Termination Date.  The sum of the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of
outstanding Committed Term Loans, to both Borrowers, taken together, shall not
exceed the Term Commitments then in effect.  Each Borrowing of Committed Term
Loans shall be made ratably from the Banks in proportion to their respective
Percentages.  As provided in Section 2.3(a) hereof, the Borrowers may elect
that each Borrowing of Committed Term Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars be made
available by means of (i) Eurocurrency Loans or (ii) Domestic Rate Loans or
(iii) Adjusted CD Rate Loans, or any combination thereof.  All Committed Term
Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be Eurocurrency Loans.  Each
Borrowing of Committed Term Loans may be repaid and the principal amount
thereof reborrowed prior to the Termination Date, subject to all reductions in
the Term Commitments and all other terms and conditions hereof.

         Section 1.3.     Letters of Credit.  (a) General Terms.  Subject to
the terms and conditions hereof, as part of the Revolving Credit, the Agent
shall from time to time issue standby letters of credit (each a "Letter of
Credit") for the account of either or both of the Borrowers (whether or not
also for the account of any other Subsidiary of the Company as well) prior to
the Termination Date, in an aggregate undrawn face amount up to the amount of
the L/C Commitment, provided that the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of L/C
Obligations at any time outstanding shall not exceed the difference between the
Revolving Commitments in effect at such time and the aggregate Original Dollar
Amount of Revolving Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans or Bid Loans) then
outstanding.  Each Letter of Credit shall be issued by the Agent, but each Bank
shall be obligated to reimburse the Agent for its Percentage of the amount of
each drawing thereunder and, accordingly, the undrawn face amount of each
Letter of Credit shall constitute usage of the Revolving Commitment of each
Bank pro rata in accordance with each Bank's Percentage.

         (b)     Term.  Each Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall expire not
later than the earlier of (i) one year from the date issued (or be cancelable
not later than one year from the date of issuance and each renewal) or (ii) the
Termination Date.

         (c)     General Characteristics.  Each Letter of Credit issued
hereunder shall be payable in U.S. Dollars or an Available Foreign Currency,
shall conform to the general requirements of the Agent for the issuance of
standby letters of credit as to form and substance and shall be a letter of
credit which the Agent may lawfully issue.

         (d)     Applications.  At the time a Borrower requests the Agent to
issue a Letter of Credit (or prior to the first issuance of a Letter of Credit
with regard to a Borrower, in the case of a continuing application), such
Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent an application for such Letter
of Credit in the form customarily prescribed by the Agent for a Letter of
Credit of the type requested (individually an "Application" and collectively
the "Applications").  The current form of the Agent's Application is attached
as Schedule 1.3 hereto.  The Agent shall provide the Company and each Bank with
copies of any new form of Application that may, from time to time, be adopted
by the Agent.  Notwithstanding anything





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   10

contained in any Application to the contrary, (i) the Borrowers shall be
jointly and severally liable for all obligations in respect of each Letter of
Credit, (ii) the Borrowers shall pay fees in connection with each Letter of
Credit as set forth in Section 5.2 hereof, (iii) before the occurrence of an
Event of Default, the Agent will not call for the funding by a Borrower of any
amount under a Letter of Credit, or any other form of collateral security for
the Borrowers' joint and several obligations in connection with such Letter of
Credit, before being presented with a drawing thereunder, (iv) upon the
occurrence of the Termination Date, the full amount then available for drawing
under all outstanding Letters of Credit shall be immediately due and payable in
the manner described in Section 11.4 hereof, and (v) if the Agent is not timely
reimbursed in accordance with Section 1.3(e) hereof (whether out of the
proceeds of a Loan, including a Committed Revolving Loan made pursuant to
Section 2.3(c) hereof or otherwise) for the amount of any drawing under a
Letter of Credit on the date such drawing is paid, the Borrowers' joint and
several obligation to reimburse the Agent for the amount of such drawing shall
bear interest (which the Borrowers hereby promise to pay) from and after the
date such drawing is paid at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of a
drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars or a Letter of
Credit denominated in an Available Foreign Currency as to which the Agent has
requested that the Borrowers reimburse such drawing in U.S. Dollars, the sum of
2% plus the Applicable Margin for Domestic Rate Loans plus the Domestic Rate
from time to time in effect, and (y) in the case of a drawing under a Letter of
Credit denominated in an Available Foreign Currency as to which the Agent has
requested that the Borrowers reimburse such drawing in such Available Foreign
Currency, the sum of 2% plus the Applicable Margin for Domestic Rate Loans plus
the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate.  If the Agent issues any Letters of Credit
with expiration dates that are automatically extended, unless the Agent gives
notice that the expiration date will not so extend beyond its then scheduled
expiration date, the Agent will give such notice of non-renewal before the time
necessary to prevent such automatic extension if before such required notice
date (i) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit if so extended would be
after the Termination Date, (ii) the Revolving Commitments have been terminated
or (iii) a Default or Event of Default exists and the Required Banks have given
the Agent instructions not to so permit the extension of the expiration date of
such Letter of Credit.  The Agent agrees to issue amendments to the Letter(s)
of Credit increasing the amount, or extending the expiration date, thereof at
the request of the Borrower subject to the conditions of Section 9 and the
other terms of this Section 1.3.  To the extent so required by any Bank, the
Agent shall furnish to such Bank copies of Letters of Credit and modifications
thereof.

         (e)     The Reimbursement Obligations.  Subject to Section 1.3(d)
hereof, the joint and several obligations of the Borrowers to reimburse the
Agent for all drawings under a Letter of Credit (a "Reimbursement Obligation")
shall be governed by the Application related to such Letter of Credit, except
that (i) the reimbursement by the Borrowers of draws made under a Letter of
Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be made in U.S. Dollars and (ii) the
reimbursement by the Borrowers of draws made under a Letter of Credit
denominated in an Available Foreign Currency shall be made by payment in U.S.
Dollars of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent, calculated on the date the Agent paid
such draw, of the amount paid by the Agent





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   11

pursuant to such draw, or, if the Agent shall elect by notice to the Borrowers,
by payment in the Available Foreign Currency which was paid by the Agent
pursuant to such drawing in an amount equal to such drawing and (iii)
reimbursement in U.S. Dollars of a drawing paid shall be made by no later than
1:30 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date when each drawing is paid and
reimbursement in an Available Foreign Currency of a drawing paid shall be made
by no later than 12:00 noon local time at the place of payment or if earlier,
such local time as is necessary for such funds to be received and transferred
to the Agent for same day value on the day such Reimbursement Obligation is
due; any payment of a Reimbursement Obligation received after such time shall
be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the next Business Day.  If the
Borrowers do not make any such reimbursement payment on the date due and the
Participating Banks fund their participations therein in the manner set forth
in Section 1.3(f) below, then all payments thereafter received by the Agent in
discharge of any of the relevant Reimbursement Obligations shall be distributed
in accordance with Section 1.3(f) below.

                 The joint and several obligations of the Borrowers to the
Agent under this Section 1.3 shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional
under any and all circumstances whatsoever (except, without limiting the
Borrowers' joint and several obligations under each Application, to the extent
it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final
non-appealable order that a Borrower is relieved from its obligation to
reimburse the Agent for a drawing under a Letter of Credit because of the
Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining that documents
received under the Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof).

         (f)     The Participating Interests.  Each Bank (other than the Bank
then acting as Agent in issuing Letters of Credit), by its acceptance hereof,
severally agrees to purchase from the Agent, and the Agent hereby agrees to
sell to each such Bank (a "Participating Bank"), an undivided percentage
participating interest (a "Participating Interest"), to the extent of its
Percentage, in each Letter of Credit issued by, and each Reimbursement
Obligation owed to, the Agent.  Upon any failure by the Borrowers to pay any
Reimbursement Obligation at the time required on the date the related drawing
is paid, as set forth in Section 1.3(e) above, or if the Agent is required at
any time to return to a Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator,
custodian or other Person any portion of any payment of any Reimbursement
Obligation, each Participating Bank shall, not later than the Business Day it
receives a certificate in the form of Exhibit G hereto from the Agent to such
effect, if such certificate is received before 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time), or not
later than the following Business Day, if such certificate is received after
such time, pay to the Agent (i) in the case of a Reimbursement Obligation
payable in U.S. Dollars, an amount equal to such Participating Bank's
Percentage of such unpaid or recaptured Reimbursement Obligation, such payment
to be made in lawful money in the United States, in immediately available funds
at the Agent's principal office in Chicago, Illinois, together with interest on
such amount accrued from the date the related payment was made by the Agent to
the date of such payment by such Participating Bank at a rate per annum equal
to (x) from the date the related payment was made by the Agent to the date two
(2) Business Days after payment by such Participating Bank is due hereunder,
the Federal Funds Rate for each such day and (y) from the date two





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   12

(2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Participating
Bank to the date such payment is made by such Participating Bank, the Domestic
Rate in effect for each such day and (ii) in the case of a Reimbursement
Obligation payable in an Available Foreign Currency, an amount equal to such
Participating Bank's Percentage of such unpaid or recaptured Reimbursement
Obligation, such payment to be made in such Available Foreign Currency in such
funds which are then customary for the settlement of international transactions
in such currency, together with interest on such amount accrued from the date
the related payment was made by the Agent to the date of such payment by the
Participating Bank at a rate per annum equal to (x) from the date the related
payment was made by the Agent to the date two (2) Business Days after payment
by such Participating Bank is due hereunder, the Overnight Foreign Currency
Rate for each such day and (y) from the date two (2) Business Days after the
date such payment is due from such Participating Bank to the date such payment
is made by such Participating Bank, the sum of 1% plus the Overnight Foreign
Currency Rate for each such day.  Each such Participating Bank shall thereafter
be entitled to receive its Percentage of each payment received in respect of
the relevant Reimbursement Obligation and of interest paid thereon, with the
Agent retaining its Percentage as a Bank hereunder.

                 The several obligations of the Participating Banks to the
Agent under this Section 1.3 shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional
under any and all circumstances whatsoever (except, without limiting the
Borrowers' joint and several obligations under each Application, to the extent
it is ultimately determined that the Borrowers are relieved from their
obligation to reimburse the Agent for a drawing under a Letter of Credit
because of the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining
that documents received under the Letter of Credit comply with the terms
thereof) and shall not be subject to any set-off, counterclaim or defense to
payment which any Participating Bank may have or have had against the
Borrowers, the Agent, any other Bank or any other Person whatsoever.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, such obligations shall not be
affected by any Default or Event of Default or by any reduction or termination
of any Commitment of any Bank, and each payment by a Participating Bank under
this Section 1.3 shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or
reduction whatsoever.  The Agent shall be entitled to offset amounts received
for the account of a Bank under this Agreement against unpaid amounts due from
such Bank to the Agent hereunder (whether as fundings of participations,
indemnities or otherwise), but shall not be entitled to offset against amounts
owed to the Agent by any Bank arising outside this Agreement.

         (g)     Indemnification.  The Participating Banks shall, to the extent
of their respective Percentages, indemnify the Agent (to the extent not
reimbursed by the Borrowers) against any cost, expense (including reasonable
counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability
(except such as result from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct)
that the Agent may suffer or incur in connection with any Letter of Credit.
The obligations of the Participating Banks under this Section 1.3(g) and all
other parts of this Section 1.3 shall survive termination of this Agreement and
of all other L/C Documents.

         (h)     Outstanding Amount of Letters of Credit.  For all purposes of
this Agreement, Letters of Credit shall be deemed outstanding as of any time in
an amount equal to the





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   13

aggregate undrawn amount then available thereunder (determined in accordance
with Section 2.4 hereof) plus all unpaid Reimbursement Obligations then
outstanding.  For such purposes, the undrawn amount available under a Letter of
Credit shall be the maximum amount which can be drawn thereunder under any
circumstances and over any period of time.

SECTION 2.       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

         Section 2.1.     Applicable Interest Rates.

         (a)     Domestic Rate Loans.  Each Domestic Rate Loan made by a Bank
shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the
case may be, and actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof
from the date such Loan is made until maturity (whether by acceleration or
otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus
the Domestic Rate from time to time in effect, payable on the last day of the
applicable Interest Period and at maturity (whether by acceleration or
otherwise).

                 "Domestic Rate" means for any day the greater of:

                 (i)      the rate of interest announced by the Agent from time
         to time as its prime commercial rate, or equivalent, as in effect on
         such day, with any change in the Domestic Rate resulting from a change
         in said prime commercial rate to be effective as of the date of the
         relevant change in said prime commercial rate; and

                 (ii)     the sum of (x) the rate determined by the Agent in
         good faith to be the prevailing rate per annum (not necessarily the
         arithmetic average, and in any event rounded upward, if necessary, to
         the next higher 1/100 of 1%) quoted to the Agent at approximately
         10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) (or as soon thereafter as is practicable) on
         such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately
         preceding Business Day) by two or more Federal funds brokers selected
         by the Agent for the sale to the Agent at face value of Federal funds
         in an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount owed to the
         Agent for which rate is being determined, plus (y) 1/2 of 1% (0.50%)
         per annum.

         (b)     Adjusted CD Rate Loans.  Each Adjusted CD Rate Loan made by a
Bank shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and
actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such
Loan is made until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate
per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Adjusted CD Rate,
payable on the last day of the applicable Interest Period and at maturity
(whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, if such Interest Period is longer
than 90 days, on the date occurring every 90 days after the date such Loan is
made.

                 "Adjusted CD Rate" means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined in accordance with the
following formula:
                               CD Rate            
                          ------------------------
                                                       +         Assessment Rate
                         
                         
 Adjusted CD Rate =      100%-CD Reserve Percentage

                 "Assessment Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period
for a Borrowing of Adjusted CD Rate Loans, the assessment rate (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) imposed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation for insuring the Agent's





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   14

liability for time deposits, as in effect from time to time.

         "CD Rate" means, with respect to an Interest Period for a Borrowing of
Adjusted CD Rate Loans, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the
arithmetic average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%)
of the rates quoted to the Agent in the secondary market at approximately 10:00
a.m. (Chicago time) on the first day of such Interest Period by three Chicago
or New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by
the Agent for the purchase at face value from the Agent of its certificates of
deposit with a term equal to such Interest Period and in an amount comparable
to the Adjusted CD Rate Loan scheduled to be made by the Agent as part of such
Borrowing.

         "CD Reserve Percentage" means, for any Interest Period for a Borrowing
of Adjusted CD Rate Loans, the daily average for such Interest Period of the
rate of the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any
supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) imposed by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) from time to time on
non-personal time deposits having a maturity equal to the applicable Interest
Period and in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Adjusted CD Rate
Loan made by the Agent for such Interest Period, subject to any amendments of
such reserve requirement by such Board or its successor, taking into account
any transitional adjustments thereto.

         (c)     Eurocurrency Loans.  Each Eurocurrency Loan made by a Bank
shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual
days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is
made until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum
equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Adjusted LIBOR, payable on
the last day of the applicable Interest Period and at maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise), and, if the applicable Interest Period is longer
than three months, on each day occurring every three months after the date such
Loan is made.  All payments of principal and interest on a Loan shall be made
in the same currency as was advanced by the Banks in connection with such Loan.

                 "Adjusted LIBOR" means, for any Borrowing of Eurocurrency
Loans, a rate per annum determined in accordance with the following formula:

                                        LIBOR          
                                        -------------------------------
                  Adjusted LIBOR  =     100% - Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage

                 "LIBOR" means, for each Interest Period, (a) the  LIBOR Index
Rate for such Interest Period, if such rate is available, and (b) if the LIBOR
Index Rate cannot be determined, the arithmetic average of the rate of interest
per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) at which
deposits in U.S. Dollars or the relevant Alternative Currency as appropriate,
in immediately available funds are offered to the Agent at 11:00 a.m. (London,
England time) two Business Days before the beginning of such Interest Period by
at least two major banks in the London interbank eurocurrency market for a
period equal to such Interest Period and in an amount equal or comparable to
the applicable Eurocurrency Loan scheduled to be outstanding from the Agent
during such Interest Period.

         "LIBOR Index Rate" means, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a
percentage point) for





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   15

deposits in U.S. Dollars or the relevant Alternative Currency as appropriate,
for a period equal to such Interest Period which appears on the Applicable
Telerate Page, as appropriate for such currency, as of 11:00 a.m. (London,
England time) on the date two Business Days before the commencement of such
Interest Period.

         "Applicable Telerate Page" means, with regard to Eurocurrency Loans
denominated in U.S. Dollars, the display page designated as "Page 3750" on the
Telerate Service and with regard to each Alternative Currency, the display page
on the Telerate Service as determined by the Agent which displays the
appropriate British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for such
Alternative Currency (or such other page as may replace such pages, as
appropriate, on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the
British Bankers' Association as the information vendor for the purpose of
displaying British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits
in U.S. Dollars or the Alternative Currency, as applicable).

         "Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage" means, for any Borrowing of
Eurocurrency Loans, the daily average for the applicable Interest Period of the
maximum rate at which reserves (including, without limitation, any
supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) are imposed during such Interest
Period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) under Regulation D on "eurocurrency liabilities", as defined in such
Board's Regulation D (or in respect of any other category of liabilities that
includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Loans
is determined or any category of extension of credit or other assets that
include loans by non-United States offices of any Bank to United States
residents), subject to any amendments of such reserve requirement by such Board
or its successor, taking into account any transitional adjustments thereto.
For purposes of this definition, the Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be
"eurocurrency liabilities" as defined in Regulation D without benefit or credit
for any prorations, exemptions or offsets under Regulation D.

         (d)     Applicable Margin;.  With respect to Committed Term Loans, the
"Applicable Margin" shall mean a rate per annum equal to .625%.  With respect
to Committed Revolving Loans and the facility fee payable under Section 5.1
hereof, the "Applicable Margin" shall mean the rate specified for such
Obligation below, subject to quarterly adjustment as hereinafter provided:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  When Following              Applicable               Applicable               Applicable               Applicable
 Status Exists For              Margin                 Margin For                 Margin                   Margin
    any Margin             For Domestic Rate          Eurocurrency            For Adjusted CD           For Facility 
Determination Date             Loans Is:                Loans Is:              Rate Loans Is:               Fee Is:
                                                                                
         <S>                    <C>                      <C>                      <C>                      <C>
         Level I             
Status                           0%                       .250%                    .375%                    .1000%
         Level II  
Status                           0%                       .375%                    .500%                    .1250%
</TABLE>





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   16

<TABLE>
 <S>     <C>                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>                      <C>
         Level III
 Status                              0%                     .500%                    .625%                    .1500%

         Level IV
 Status                              0%                     .625%                    .750%                    .1875%

         Level V 
 Status                              0%                     .750%                    .875%                    .2500%
</TABLE>

provided, however, that all of the foregoing percentages set forth in the chart
above are subject to the following:

                 (i)      on or before the date that is ten (10) Business Days
         after the latest date by which the Company is required to deliver a
         Compliance Certificate to the Agent for a given quarterly accounting
         period pursuant to Section 10.5(b) hereof (each date that is ten
         Business Days after the latest date by which the Company is required
         to deliver a Compliance Certificate to the Agent being herein referred
         to as the "Margin Determination Date"), the Agent shall determine
         whether Level I Status, Level II Status, Level III Status, Level IV
         Status or Level V Status exists as of the close of the applicable
         quarterly accounting period (the "quarterly test period") and shall
         also determine the Interest Coverage Ratio and Debt to Earnings Ratio
         as of such close, in each case based upon such Compliance Certificate
         and the financial statements delivered to the Agent under Section 10.5
         hereof for such quarterly test period, and shall promptly notify the
         Borrowers of such determination and of any change in the Applicable
         Margin resulting therefrom;

                 (ii)     the Applicable Margin for the Committed Revolving
         Loans shall be the rate set forth in the chart above, after giving
         effect to adjustments pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iii) hereof, unless
         the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the close of such quarterly test
         period is less than 2.5 to 1.0.  In such event, the Applicable Margin
         for the Committed Revolving Loans in each case shall be .0625% above
         the rate otherwise specified hereunder (after giving effect to
         adjustments pursuant to such Section 2.1(d)(iii));

                 (iii)    the Applicable Margin for the Committed Revolving
         Loans shall be the rate set forth in the chart above, after giving
         effect to adjustments pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(ii) hereof, unless
         the Debt to Earnings Ratio as of the close of the relevant quarterly
         test period is greater than 3.0 to 1.0.  In such event, the Applicable
         Margin for the Committed Revolving Loans in each case shall be .25%
         above the rate otherwise specified hereunder (after giving effect to
         adjustments pursuant to such Section 2.1(d)(ii)).  Such increase in
         the Applicable Margin shall be effective retroactively from the first
         day of the relevant quarterly testing period immediately following the
         quarterly accounting period in which the Debt to Earnings Ratio was to
         be computed for purposes of this subsection and shall remain in effect
         until the Margin Determination Date first to follow the close of a
         quarterly test period such ratio falls below 3.0 to 1.0.

                 (iv)     any change in the Applicable Margin (except for such
         a change pursuant to Section 2(d)(iii) hereof) shall be effective as
         of such Margin Determination Date, with





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   17

         such new Applicable Margin to continue in effect until the next Margin
         Determination Date.  If the Company has not delivered a Compliance
         Certificate by the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be
         delivered under Section 10.5 hereof, until a Compliance Certificate is
         delivered before the next Margin Determination Date, the Applicable
         Margin shall be the Applicable Margin for Level V Status as if the
         Interest Coverage Ratio as calculated for purposes of Section
         2.1(d)(ii) were less than 2.5 to 1.0 and the Debt to Earnings Ratio as
         calculated for purposes of Section 2.1(d)(iii) were greater than 3.0
         to 1.0.  If the Company subsequently delivers a Compliance Certificate
         before the next Margin Determination Date, the Applicable Margin
         established by such Compliance Certificate shall take effect from the
         date ten (10) Business Days after the date of such delivery and remain
         effective until the next Margin Determination Date;

                 (v)      the initial Applicable Margin in effect through the
         first Margin Determination Date shall be the Applicable Margin for
         Level I Status; and

                 (vi)     if and so long as any Event of Default has occurred
         and is continuing hereunder, notwithstanding anything herein to the
         contrary, the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin for
         Level V Status as if the Interest Coverage Ratio were less than 2.5 to
         1.0 as calculated for purposes of Section 2.1(d)(ii) and the Debt to
         Earnings Ratio as calculated for purposes of Section 2.1(d)(iii) were
         greater than 3.0 to 1.0.

         Section 2.2.     Minimum Borrowing Amounts.  Each Borrowing of
Domestic Rate Loans shall be in an amount not less than $500,000 and in
integral multiples of $100,000, provided that a Borrowing of Domestic Rate
Loans applied to pay a Reimbursement Obligation pursuant to Section 1.3(e)
hereof shall be in an amount equal to such Reimbursement Obligation.  Each
Borrowing of Fixed Rate Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be in an amount
not less than $2,000,000 and any larger amount which is an integral multiple of
$500,000.  Each Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternative
Currency shall be in an amount not less than an Original Dollar Amount of
$2,000,000 and in such integral multiple of 100,000 units of the relevant
currency as would have an Original Dollar Amount most closely approximating
$500,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

         Section 2.3.     Manner of Borrowing Committed Loans.

         (a)     Notice to the Agent.  In order to borrow any Committed Loans,
the applicable Borrower shall give telephonic or telecopy notice to the Agent
(which notice shall be irrevocable once given and, if by telephone, shall be
promptly confirmed in writing) by no later than (i) 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on
the date at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of such requested
Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii)
2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date at least three (3) Business Days prior to
the date of each requested Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans denominated in U.S.
Dollars, (iii) 11:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date at least one (1) Business
Day prior to the date of each requested Borrowing of Adjusted CD Rate Loans,
and (iv) 11:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of any requested Borrowing of
Domestic Rate Loans.  Each such notice shall specify the date of the requested
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested
Borrowing, the type of Loans to comprise such Borrowing, the currency in which
such Loans are to be denominated if such Borrowing is to be comprised of
Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, and, if such
Borrowing is to be comprised of Fixed Rate Loans, the Interest





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   18

Period applicable thereto.  The Borrowers agree that the Agent may rely on any
such telephonic or telecopy notice given by any person who identifies himself
or herself as being an Authorized Representative of a Borrower without the
necessity of independent investigation and, in the event any telephonic or
telecopy notice conflicts with the written confirmation, such telephonic or
telecopy notice shall govern if the Agent has acted in reliance thereon.

         (b)     Notice to the Banks.  The Agent shall give prompt telephonic,
telex or telecopy notice to each Bank of any borrowing request it receives
pursuant to Section 2.3(a) above and, if such notice requests the Banks to make
Fixed Rate Loans, the Agent shall give notice to the applicable Borrower and
each of the Banks by like means of the interest rate applicable thereto (but,
if such notice is given by telephone, the Agent shall confirm such rate in
writing) and, if such Borrowing is denominated in an Alternative Currency, the
Original Dollar Amount thereof, promptly after the Agent has made such
determination.

         (c)     Borrower's Failure to Notify.  In the event a Borrower fails
to give notice pursuant to Section 2.3(a) above of the reborrowing of the
principal amount of any maturing Borrowing of Committed Loans denominated in
U.S. Dollars and has not notified the Agent by (i) 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on
the day such Borrowing matures, if such Borrowing was comprised of Domestic
Rate Loans, Adjusted CD Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Loans denominated in U.S.
Dollars and 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day four (4) Business Days prior to the
day such Borrowing matures if such Borrowing was comprised of Eurocurrency
Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency that it intends to repay such
Borrowing, then (i) if such Borrowing was denominated in U.S. Dollars such
Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Domestic Rate Loans
on such day in the amount of the maturing Borrowing of Committed Loans and (ii)
if such Borrowing was denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower
shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing in such Alternative Currency with
an Interest Period of one month, all subject to Section 9.2 hereof.  In the
event the Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Section 2.3(a) above of a
Borrowing equal to the amount of a Reimbursement Obligation and has not
notified the Agent by 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day such Reimbursement
Obligation becomes due that it intends to repay such Reimbursement Obligation
through funds not borrowed under this Agreement, the Borrower shall be deemed
to have requested a Borrowing of Domestic Rate Loans on such day in the amount
of the Reimbursement Obligation then due, subject to Section 9 hereof, which
Borrowing shall be applied to pay the Reimbursement Obligation then due.

         (d)     Disbursement of Committed Loans.  Not later than 1:00 p.m.
(Chicago time) on the date of any Borrowing, each Bank shall make available its
Committed Loan in funds immediately available in Chicago, Illinois at the
principal office of the Agent, except to the extent such Borrowing is a
reborrowing, in whole or in part, of the principal amount of a maturing
Borrowing of Committed Loans (a "Refunding Borrowing"), in which case each Bank
shall record the Committed Loan made by it as a part of such Refunding
Borrowing on its books and records or on a schedule to its Committed Loan Note,
as provided in Section 4.5(d) hereof, and shall effect the repayment, in whole
or in part, as appropriate, of its maturing Committed Loan through the proceeds
of such new Committed Loan.  Subject to Section 9 hereof, the Agent shall make
the proceeds of each non-Refunding Borrowing available to the applicable
Borrower at the Agent's principal office in Chicago, Illinois.





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   19

         Section 2.4.     Rate and Currency Determinations.  The Agent shall
determine each interest rate applicable to Obligations (other than interest
rates applicable to Bid Loans) and the Original Dollar Amount of all
Obligations, and a determination thereof by the Agent shall be conclusive and
binding except in the case of manifest error.  The Original Dollar Amount of a
Loan shall be determined or redetermined, as applicable, effective as of the
first day of each Interest Period for such Loan.  The Original Dollar Amount of
a Reimbursement Obligation shall be calculated on the date of the Agent's
payment of the drawing giving rise to such Reimbursement Obligation and on the
last day of each calendar quarter.  The Original Dollar Amount of each Letter
of Credit shall be determined or redetermined, as applicable, on the date of
issuance, increase or extension of such Letter of Credit and on the last day of
each calendar quarter.  At the request of any Bank, the Agent shall redetermine
the Original Dollar Amount of any Obligation at such times, and from time to
time, as may be requested for such Obligation.

SECTION 3.       THE COMPETITIVE BID FACILITY.

         Section 3.1.     The Bid Loans.  Either Borrower may request the Banks
to offer to make uncommitted loans (each a "Bid Loan" and collectively the "Bid
Loans") in U.S. Dollars in the manner set forth in this Section 3 and in
amounts such that the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of all outstanding
Revolving Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans or Bid Loans) and L/C
Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  The
Banks may, but shall have no obligation to, make such offers and the Borrowers
may, but shall have no obligation to, accept any such offers in the manner set
forth in this Section 3.  Each Bank may offer to make Bid Loans in any amount
(whether greater than, equal to, or less than its Revolving Commitment),
subject to the limitations that (x) the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of all
Revolving Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans or Bid Loans) and L/C
Obligations outstanding at any time shall not at any time exceed the Revolving
Commitments then in effect, (y) no Bid Loan shall be made if at the time
thereof or immediately after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal
amount of Bid Loans then outstanding would exceed the lesser of the unused
Revolving Commitments or the Bid Loan Limit and (z) subject to the other
conditions of this Section 3.

         Section 3.2.     Requests for Bid Loans.

         (a)     Requests and Confirmations.  In order to request a Borrowing
of Bid Loans (a "Bid Loan Request"), a Borrower shall give telephonic notice to
the Agent no later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) one (1) Business Day before
the proposed date of such borrowing, which must be a Business Day (the
"Borrowing Date"), followed on the same day by a duly completed Bid Loan
Request Confirmation, delivered by telecopier or other means of facsimile
communication, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto or otherwise
containing the information required by this Section (a "Bid Loan Request
Confirmation"), to be received by the Agent no later than 2:30 p.m. (Chicago
time) on such day.  Bid Loan Request Confirmations that do not conform
substantially to the format of Exhibit C or otherwise contain the information
required by this Section 3.2 shall be rejected by the Agent, and the Agent
shall give telephonic notice to the Company of such rejection promptly after it
determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that the Bid Loan Request
Confirmation does not substantially conform to the format of Exhibit C or
otherwise contain the information required by this Section 3.2.  Requests for
Bid Loans shall in each case refer to this





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   20

Agreement and specify (i) the proposed Borrowing Date (which must be a Business
Day), (ii) the aggregate principal amount thereof (which shall not be less than
$2,000,000 and shall be an integral multiple of $500,000, except as provided in
Section 3.4(ii) hereof), (iii) the Borrower requesting such Bid Loan and (iv)
up to three (3) Interest Periods of 7-180 days with respect to the entire
amount specified in such Bid Loan Request (and, if so desired by the such
Borrower, specifying the maximum amount such Borrower would borrow for any
specific Interest Period).

         (b)     Invitation to Bid.  Upon receipt by the Agent of a Bid Loan
Request Confirmation that conforms substantially to the format of Exhibit C
hereto or otherwise contains the information required by this Section 3.2, the
Agent shall, by telephone (no later than 3:00 p.m.  (Chicago time) on the same
day the Agent receives a Bid Loan Request Confirmation), promptly confirmed by
a telecopy or other form of facsimile communication in the form of Exhibit D
hereto, invite each Bank to bid, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
to make Bid Loans pursuant to the Bid Loan Request.

         (c)     Bids.  Each Bank may, in its sole discretion, offer to make a
Bid Loan or Loans (a "Bid") to such Borrower responsive to the Bid Loan
Request.  Each Bid by a Bank must be received by the Agent by telephone not
later than 9:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the proposed Borrowing Date promptly
confirmed in writing by a duly completed Confirmation of Bid delivered by
telecopier or other means of facsimile communication substantially in the form
of Exhibit E hereto or otherwise containing the information required by this
subsection (c) (a "Confirmation of Bid"), to be received by the Agent on the
same day; provided, however, that any Bid made by the Agent must be made by
telephone to the Borrower by no later than 9:15 a.m. (Chicago time).  Each Bid
and each Confirmation of Bid shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the
principal amount (which shall not be less than $2,000,000 and shall be an
integral multiple of $500,000) of each Bid Loan that the Bank is willing to
make to such Borrower, (ii) the interest rate (which shall be computed on the
basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed for a period equal to the
Interest Period applicable thereto) at which the Bank is prepared to make each
Bid Loan and (iii) the Interest Period applicable to each such offered Bid
Loan.  The Agent shall reject any Bid if such Bid (i) does not specify all of
the information specified in the immediately preceding sentence, (ii) contains
any qualifying, conditional, or similar language, (iii) proposes terms other
than or in addition to those set forth in the Bid Loan Request to which it
responds, or (iv) is received by the Agent later than 9:30 a.m. (Chicago time).
Any Bid submitted by a Bank pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be irrevocable
and shall be promptly confirmed by a telecopy or other form of facsimile
communication in the form of Exhibit E; provided that in all events the
telephone Bid received by the Agent shall be binding on the relevant Bank and
shall not be altered, modified, or in any other manner affected by any
inconsistent terms contained in, or terms missing from, the Bank's Confirmation
of Bid.  Each offer contained in a Bid to make a Bid Loan in a certain amount,
at a certain interest rate, and for a certain Interest Period is referred to
herein as an "Offer".

         Section 3.3.     Notice of Bids; Advice of Rate.  The Agent shall give
telephonic notice to the Borrower no later than 10:00 a.m.  (Chicago time) on
the proposed Borrowing Date of the number of Bids made, the interest rate(s)
and Interest Period(s) applicable to each





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   21

Bid, the maximum principal amount bid at each interest rate for each Interest
Period, and the identity of the Bank making such Bid.  The Agent shall send a
written summary of all Bids received by it to the Company on the same day.

         Section 3.4.     Acceptance or Rejection of Bids.  The Borrower who
request such Offers may in its sole and absolute discretion, subject only to
the provisions of this Section 3.4, irrevocably accept or reject, in whole or
in part, any Offer contained in a Bid.  No later than 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time)
on the proposed Borrowing Date, such Borrower shall give telephonic notice to
the Agent of whether and to what extent it has decided to accept or reject any
or all of the Offers contained in the Bids made in response to a Bid Loan
Request, which notice shall be promptly confirmed by a telecopy or other form
of facsimile communication to be received by the Agent on the proposed
Borrowing Date; provided, however, that in the event any Offers are accepted
(i) such Borrower shall accept Offers for any of the Interest Periods specified
by such Borrower in its Bid Loan Request Confirmation solely on the basis of
ascending interest rates for each such Interest Period, (ii) if such Borrower
accepts an Offer for a Bid Loan at a particular interest rate for a particular
Interest Period but declines to borrow, or is in such event restricted by any
other condition hereof from borrowing, the maximum principal amount of Bid
Loans in respect of which Offers at such particular interest rate for such
particular Interest Period have been made, then such Borrower shall accept a
pro rata portion of each such Offer at such rate and for such Interest Period,
based as nearly as possible on the ratio of the maximum aggregate principal
amounts of Bid Loans for which each such Offer was made by each Bank (provided
that, if the available principal amount of Bid Loans to be so allocated is not
sufficient to enable Bid Loans to be so allocated to each relevant Bank in
integral multiples of $1,000,000, then such Borrower may round allocations up
or down in integral multiples not less than $500,000 as it shall deem
appropriate), (iii) the aggregate principal amount of all Offers accepted by
such Borrower shall not exceed the maximum amount contained in the related Bid
Loan Request Confirmation, (iv) no Offer of a Bid Loan shall be accepted in a
principal amount less than $2,000,000, except as provided in the immediately
preceding clause (ii) and (v) no Offer shall be accepted if after giving effect
to the Bid Loans to be made pursuant to such Offer the Bid Loans then
outstanding would exceed the lesser of the unused Revolving Commitments or the
Bid Loan Limit.  Any telephone notice given by such Borrower pursuant to this
Section 3.4 shall be irrevocable and shall not be altered, modified, or in any
other manner affected by any inconsistent terms contained in, or terms missing
from, any written confirmation of such notice.

         Section 3.5.     Notice of Acceptance or Rejection of Bids.

         (a)     Notice to Banks Making Bids.  The Agent shall give telephonic
notice to each Bank whether any of the Offers contained in its Bid has been
accepted (and if so, in what amount, at what interest rate and for what
Interest Period) no later than 10:45 a.m. (Chicago time) on the proposed
Borrowing Date, and each successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject
to Section 9 and the other applicable conditions hereof, to make the Bid
Loan(s) in respect of which its Bid has been accepted.  As soon as practicable
thereafter the Agent shall send written notice substantially in the form of
Exhibit F hereto to each such successful bidder; provided, however, that
failure to give such notice shall not affect the obligation of such successful
bidder to disburse its Bid Loans as herein required.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   22

         (b)     Disbursement of Bid Loans.  Not later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago
time) on the Borrowing Date for each Borrowing of a Bid Loan(s), each Bank
bound to make a Bid Loan(s) in accordance with Section 3.5(a) shall make
available to the Agent the principal amount of each such Bid Loan in
immediately available funds at the Agent's principal office in Chicago,
Illinois.  The Agent shall promptly thereafter make available to the applicable
Borrower like funds as received from each Bank, at such office of the Agent in
Chicago, Illinois.

         (c)     Notice to the Banks.  As soon as practicable after each
Borrowing Date for Bid Loans, the Agent shall notify each Bank of the aggregate
amount of Bid Loans advanced pursuant to a Bid Loan Request on such Borrowing
Date, the Interest Period(s) therefor, and the lowest and highest interest
rates at which Bid Loans were made for each Interest Period.

         Section 3.6.     Interest on Bid Loans.  The Borrowers shall pay
interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Bid Loan so accepted from the
applicable Borrowing Date to the maturity thereof at the rate of interest
applicable to such Bid Loan as determined pursuant to the above provisions
(calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days
elapsed) payable on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Bid
Loan and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise), and, if the
applicable Interest Period is longer than 90 days, on each day occurring every
90 days after the date such Loan is made.

         Section 3.7.     Telephonic Notice.  Each Bank's telephonic notice to
the Agent of its Bid pursuant to Section 3.2(c), and a Borrower's telephonic
acceptance of any Offer contained in a Bid pursuant to Section 3.4, shall be
irrevocable and binding on such Bank and the Borrowers and shall not be
altered, modified, or in any other manner affected by any inconsistent terms
contained in, or missing from, any telecopy or other confirmation of such
telephonic notice.  It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the
Agent shall be entitled to act, or to fail to act, hereunder in reliance on its
records of any telephonic notices provided for herein and that the Agent shall
not incur any liability to any Person in so doing if its records conflict with
any telecopy or other confirmation of a telephone notice or otherwise, provided
that the Agent has acted, or failed to act, in good faith.  It is further
understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the times of day as set forth
in this Section 3 are for the convenience of all the parties for providing
notices and that no party shall incur any liability or other responsibility for
any failure to provide such notices within the specified times; provided,
however, that the Agent shall have no obligation to notify a Borrower of any
Bid received by it later than 9:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the proposed
Borrowing Date, and no acceptance by a Borrower of any Offer contained in a Bid
shall be effective to bind any Bank to make a Bid Loan, nor shall the Agent be
under any obligation to notify any Person of an acceptance, if notice of such
acceptance is received by the Agent later than 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the
proposed Borrowing Date.

SECTION 4.       GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LOANS.

         Section 4.1.     Interest Periods.  As provided in Section 2.3 hereof,
in the case of Committed Loans, and Section 3.2 hereof, in the case of Bid
Loans, at the time of each request for the Borrowing of Loans hereunder the
Borrower requesting such Borrowing shall select an Interest Period applicable
to such Loans from among the available options.  The term "Interest Period"
means the period commencing on the date a Borrowing of Loans is





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   23

made and ending, (a) in the case of Domestic Rate Loans, on the last day of the
calendar quarter in which such Loan is made (i.e. the first to occur of March
31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 following the date such Borrowing is
made); (b) in the case of Adjusted CD Rate Loans, the date, as such Borrower
may select, 30, 60, 90 or 180 days thereafter, or if all Banks so consent, 360
days thereafter, (c) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, the date, as such
Borrower may select, 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, or if all Banks so
consent, 12 months thereafter; and (d) in the case of Bid Loans, the date, as
such Borrower may select, 7-180 days thereafter; provided, however, that:

                 (a)      any Interest Period for a Borrowing of Domestic Rate
         Loans commencing less than 90 days before the Termination Date shall
         end on the Termination Date;

                 (b)      with respect to any Borrowing of Fixed Rate Loans,
         the Borrowers may not select an Interest Period that extends beyond
         the Termination Date;

                 (c)      whenever the last day of any Interest Period would
         otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, the last day of such
         Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day,
         provided that, in the case of an Interest Period for a Borrowing of
         Eurocurrency Loans, if such extension would cause the last day of such
         Interest Period to occur in the following calendar month, the last day
         of such Interest Period shall be the immediately preceding Business
         Day; and

                 (d)      for purposes of determining the Interest Period for a
         Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans, a month means a period starting on
         one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically
         corresponding day in the next calendar month; provided, however, that
         if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which
         such an Interest Period is to end or if such an Interest Period begins
         on the last Business Day of a calendar month, then such Interest
         Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in
         which such Interest Period is to end.

         Section 4.2.     Maturity of Loans.  Each Loan shall mature and become
due and payable on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

         Section 4.3.     Voluntary Prepayments.

         (a)     Committed Loans.  Each Borrower shall have the privilege of
prepaying without premium or penalty any Borrowing of Domestic Rate Loans in
whole or in part (but, if in part, then in an amount not less than $500,000 and
in integral multiples of $100,000) and (ii) at any time upon prior notice to
the Agent (which shall advise each Bank thereof promptly thereafter) which
notice shall specify whether the Domestic Rate Loan being prepaid is a
Committed Revolving Loan or a Committed Term Loan, such prepayment to be made
by the payment of the principal amount to be prepaid and accrued interest
thereon to the date fixed for prepayment.  The Borrower may not prepay any
Fixed Rate Loan before its maturity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Committed Term Loans may only be prepaid if there are no Revolving Loans and
L/C Obligations outstanding.

         (b)     Bid Loans.  The Borrower may not prepay any Bid Loan before
its maturity.

         (c)     Reborrowings.  Any amount paid or prepaid before the
Termination Date may, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be
borrowed, repaid and borrowed again.





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   24

         Section 4.4.     Default Rate.  If any payment of principal on any
Loan is not made when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), such Loan
shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual
days elapsed) from the date such payment was due until paid in full, payable on
demand, at a rate per annum equal to:

                 (a)      with respect to any Domestic Rate Loan, the sum of
         two percent (2%) plus the Domestic Rate from time to time in effect
         plus the Applicable Margin;

                 (b)      with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan the sum of two
         percent (2%) plus the rate of interest in effect thereon at the time
         of such default (including the effect of any increase to Level V
         Status as a result of such default) until the end of the Interest
         Period applicable thereto and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal
         to (i) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars the
         sum of two percent (2%) plus the Domestic Rate from time to time in
         effect plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate
         Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, the sum of two percent
         (2%) plus the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate from time to time in
         effect plus the Applicable Margin.

         Section 4.5.     The Notes.  (a) (i) All Committed Revolving Loans
made to the Company by a Bank shall be evidenced by a promissory note of the
Company, in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (individually, along with any
substitute promissory note delivered pursuant to clause (a)(ii) below, a
"Committed Revolving Note" and collectively the "Committed Revolving Notes"),
each such Committed Revolving Note to be dated the date hereof, payable to the
order of the applicable Bank and otherwise in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.
(ii) All Committed Revolving Loans made to the Borrowers by a Bank on and after
the date the Subsidiary Borrower has delivered the documents required to become
a Borrower in accordance with the first paragraph of this Agreement shall be
evidenced by a Committed Revolving Note of the Borrowers, jointly and
severally, in the form of Exhibit AA-1 hereto, each such Committed Revolving
Note to be dated and delivered the date the Subsidiary Borrower becomes a
Borrower hereunder, payable to the order of the applicable Bank and otherwise
in the form of Exhibit AA-1 hereto.  Each Bank, upon its receipt of the
Committed Revolving Note to be delivered pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above,
shall return to the Company the Committed Revolving Note it received pursuant
to clause (a)(i) above marked canceled.

         (b)(i)  All Committed Term Loans made to the Company by a Bank shall
be evidenced by a promissory note of the Company, in the form of Exhibit A-2
hereto (individually, along with any substitute promissory note delivered
pursuant to clause (b)(ii) below, a "Committed Term Note" and collectively the
"Committed Term Notes"), each such Committed Term Note to be dated the date
hereof, payable to the order of the applicable Bank and otherwise in the form
of Exhibit A-2 hereto. (ii) All Committed Term Loans made to the Borrowers by a
Bank on and after the date Subsidiary Borrower has delivered the documents
required to become a Borrower in accordance with the first paragraph of this
Agreement shall be evidenced by a Committed Term Note of the Borrowers, jointly
and severally, in the form of Exhibit AA-2 hereto, each such Committed Term
Note to be dated and delivered the date the Subsidiary Borrower becomes a
Borrower hereunder, payable to the order of the applicable Bank and otherwise
in the form of Exhibit AA-2 hereto.  Each Bank, upon its receipt of the
Committed Term Note to be delivered pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above,





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   25

shall return to the Company the Committed Term Note it received pursuant to
clause (b)(i) above marked canceled.

         (c)(i)  All Bid Loans made to the Company by a Bank shall be evidenced
by a promissory note of the Company, in the form of Exhibit B hereto
(individually, along with any substitute promissory note delivered pursuant to
clause (c)(ii) below, a "Bid Note" and collectively the "Bid Notes"), each such
Bid Note to be dated the date hereof, payable to the order of the applicable
Bank and otherwise in the form of Exhibit B hereto. (ii) All Bid Loans made to
the Borrowers by a Bank on and after the date Subsidiary Borrower has delivered
the documents required to become a Borrower in accordance with the first
paragraph of this Agreement shall be evidenced by a Bid Note of the Borrowers,
jointly and severally, in the form of Exhibit BB hereto, each such Bid Note to
be dated and delivered the date the Subsidiary Borrower becomes a Borrower
hereunder, payable to the order of the applicable Bank and otherwise in the
form of Exhibit BB hereto.  Each Bank, upon its receipt of the Bid Note to be
delivered pursuant to clause (c)(ii) above, shall return to the Company the Bid
Note it received pursuant to clause (c)(i) above marked canceled.

         (d)     Each Bank shall record on its books and records or on a
schedule to the appropriate Note the amount of each Loan made by it to the
Borrowers, the Borrower to whom such Loan was made, the Interest Period and
currency thereof, all payments of principal and interest and the principal
balance from time to time outstanding thereon, in respect of any Fixed Rate
Loan, the interest rate applicable thereto and, in respect of any Committed
Loan, the type of such Loan.  The record thereof, whether shown on such books
and records of a Bank or on a schedule to any Note, shall be prima facie
evidence as to all such matters; provided, however, that the failure of any
Bank to record any of the foregoing or any error in any such record shall not
limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay all Loans
made to them hereunder together with accrued interest thereon.  At the request
of any Bank and upon such Bank tendering to the Borrowers the Note to be
replaced, the Borrowers shall furnish a new Note to such Bank to replace any
outstanding Note and at such time the first notation appearing on a schedule on
the reverse side of, or attached to, such Note shall set forth the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of all Loans, if any, then outstanding thereon.

         Section 4.6.     Commitment Terminations.  The Company shall have the
right at any time and from time to time, upon three (3) Business Days' prior
written notice to the Agent, to terminate without premium or penalty, in whole
or in part, the Commitments, any partial termination to be made in an amount
not less than $1,000,000 or any larger amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000, and to reduce ratably each Bank's Commitment; provided that (i) no
portion of the Term Commitments may be terminated unless all Revolving
Commitments have been terminated, (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments may not
be reduced to an amount less than the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of
Committed Revolving Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans or Bid Loans) and
L/C Obligations then outstanding and (iii) the Term Credit Commitment may not
be reduced to an amount less than the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of
Committed Term Loans then outstanding.  Any termination of Commitments pursuant
to this Section 4.6 may not be reinstated.  No Facility Fee shall accrue on any
portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments that has been





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   26

terminated.

         Section 4.7.     Mandatory Prepayment.  (a) If, within thirty (30)
days after receiving notice under Section 10.5 of a Change of Control Event,
the Required Banks notify the Borrowers that they require prepayment of the
Notes, on the date set forth in such notice (which date shall be no earlier
than (x) five (5) days after such notice is given or (y) the day on which
either Borrower repays any other Debt before its original scheduled due date,
whichever day is earlier), the Borrowers shall pay in full all Obligations then
outstanding, including the prepayment of L/C Obligations in the manner
contemplated by Section 11.4 hereof, and the Commitments shall terminate in
full.

         (b)     If the aggregate Original Dollar Amount of (i) outstanding
Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations shall at any time for any reason exceed the
Revolving Commitments then in effect, or (ii) outstanding Committed Term Loans
shall at any time for any reason exceed the Term Commitments then in effect,
the Company shall, within three (3) Business Days, pay the amount of such
excess to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Banks as a prepayment of
Loans (to be applied to such Loan as the Company shall direct at the time of
such payment) and, if necessary, a prefunding of Letters of Credit.
Immediately upon determining the need to make any such prepayment the Company
shall notify the Agent of such required prepayment.  Each such prepayment shall
be accompanied by a payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans
prepaid and shall be subject to Section 4.8.

         Section 4.8.     Funding Indemnity.  In the event any Bank shall incur
any loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, any loss of profit,
and any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or
re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Bank to fund or
maintain any Fixed Rate Loan or the relending or reinvesting of such deposits
or amounts paid or prepaid to such Bank) as a result of:

                 (a)      any payment or prepayment of a Fixed Rate Loan on a
         date other than the last day of its Interest Period for any reason,
         whether before or after default, and whether or not such payment is
         required by any provisions of this Agreement, or

                 (b)      any failure (because of a failure to meet the
         conditions of Section 9 or otherwise) by a Borrower to borrow a Fixed
         Rate Loan on the date specified in a notice given pursuant to Section
         2.3 or 3.4 hereof,

then, upon the demand of such Bank, the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank such
amount as will reimburse such Bank for such loss, cost or expense.  If any Bank
makes such a claim for compensation, it shall provide to the Borrowers, with a
copy to the Agent, a certificate executed by an officer of such Bank setting
forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable detail (including
an explanation of the basis for and the computation of such loss, cost or
expense) and the amounts shown on such certificate if reasonably calculated
shall be conclusive.

         Section 4.9.     Subsidiary Borrower as a Borrower hereunder:
Appointment of Company as Agent for Subsidiary Borrower.  (a) Subsidiary
Borrower shall be a party hereto from and after such time as it shall have
delivered an Election to Become a Borrower along with the documentation similar
to that described in Section 9.1(a) and (b) in form and substance satisfactory
to the Banks along with the substitute Notes required pursuant to Section 4.5
hereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until such time as





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   27

Subsidiary Borrower shall have delivered an Election to Become a Borrower,
along with documentation similar to that described in Section 9.1(a) and (b) in
form and substance satisfactory to the Banks along with the substitute Notes
required pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof, Subsidiary Borrower shall not be
deemed to be a Borrower under this Agreement.  Upon its delivery of such
documents, the Subsidiary Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to be a direct
signatory to this Agreement.

         (b)     Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as
its agent hereunder to make any and all requests on Subsidiary Borrower's
behalf, including without limitation requests under Section 1, 2 or 3 hereof
for Loans or Letters of Credit to be made to Subsidiary Borrower, to give and
receive any and all notices under the Loan Documents, to accept amounts on
behalf of Subsidiary Borrower and to take any other action contemplated by the
Loan Documents with respect to credit extended hereunder to Subsidiary
Borrower.  The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to conclusively presume
that any action by the Company under the Loan Documents is taken on behalf of
Subsidiary Borrower whether or not the Company so indicates and that any notice
delivered to the Company has also been delivered to Subsidiary Borrower.

SECTION 5.       FEES.

         Section 5.1.     Facility Fee.  The Company shall pay to the Agent for
the ratable account of the Banks in accordance with their Percentages a
facility fee at the rate per annum equal to the percentage set forth in the
applicable row of the last column of the chart set forth in Section 2.1(d)
hereof (as then determined and computed) in effect on each day of the
applicable quarter on the average daily amount of the Revolving Commitments
hereunder (whether used or unused), payable quarterly in arrears on the last
day of each March, June, September, and December, commencing with the first of
such dates after the date hereof, and on the Termination Date.

         Section 5.2.     Letter of Credit Fees.  On the date of issuance or
extension, or increase in the amount, of any Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 1.3 hereof, the Company shall pay to the Agent, for the sole benefit of
the Agent, an issuance fee equal to 1/8 of 1% (0.125) of the face amount of (or
of the increase in the face amount of) such Letter of Credit.  In addition,
quarterly in arrears, on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing on
the first of such dates after the date hereof, the Company shall pay to the
Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Banks in accordance with their
Percentages, (i) a letter of credit fee at a rate per annum equal to the
Applicable Margin for Committed Revolving Loans which are Eurocurrency Loans in
effect during each day of such quarter applied to the daily average face amount
of Financial Letters of Credit outstanding during such quarter and (ii) a
letter of credit fee at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) fifty
percent (50%) of the Applicable Margin for Committed Revolving Loans which are
Eurocurrency Loans in effect during each day of such quarter and (y) 0.25%,
applied to the daily average face amount of Performance Letters of Credit
outstanding during such quarter.

         Section 5.3.     Commitment Fee.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent
for the ratable account of the Banks in accordance with their Percentages a
commitment fee at the rate per annum equal to 0.10% per annum on the average
daily unused amount of the Term Commitments hereunder, payable quarterly in
arrears on last day of each March, June,





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   28

September, and December, commencing with the first of such dates after the date
hereof, and on the Termination Date.

         Section 5.4.     Bid Loan Fee.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent
for its own account an administrative fee of $250 for each Bid Loan Request by
the Borrowers in excess of six in any given calendar month, such fee to be
payable no later than 3:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date each such Bid Loan
Request is received and to be deemed fully earned whether or not any Bid Loan
is made pursuant to such Bid Loan Request.

         Section 5.5.     Agent Fees.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent the
fees agreed to in a letter exchanged between them dated August 1, 1996.

         Section 5.6.     Fee Calculations.  All fees payable hereunder shall
be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, for the
actual number of days elapsed.

SECTION 6.       PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.

         Section 6.1.     Place and Application of Payments.  All payments of
principal of and interest on the Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations, and
of all other amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, shall be
made to the Agent by no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) at the principal
office of the Agent in Chicago, Illinois (or such other location in the State
of Illinois as the Agent may designate to the Company) or, if such payment is
to be made in an Agreement Currency, no later than 12:00 noon local time at the
place of payment (or such earlier local time as is necessary for such funds to
be received and transferred to the Agent for same day value on the day such
Obligation is due) to such office as the Agent has previously specified in a
notice to the Borrower for the benefit of the Person or Persons entitled
thereto.  Any payments received after such time shall be deemed to have been
received by the Agent on the next Business Day.  All such payments shall be
made (i) in U.S. Dollars, in immediately available funds at the place of
payment, or (ii) in the case of any Loans denominated in an Alternative
Currency or any Reimbursement Obligations payable in an Available Foreign
Currency, in such Alternative Currency or such Available Foreign Currency, as
applicable, in such funds as are then customary for the settlement of
international transactions in such currency.  Any payment by the Borrowers to
the Agent for account of the Banks in accordance with the terms hereof shall,
to the extent of such payment, discharge the Borrowers' obligation to make such
a payment to the Banks, provided that if any such payment is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored or returned, the Borrowers' obligations to the Banks with
respect to such payment shall be reinstated as if such payment had never been
made.  All such payments shall be made, in all cases, without setoff or
counterclaim and without reduction for, and free from, any and all present or
future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, charges, deductions, withholdings,
restrictions or conditions of any nature imposed by any government or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof (but excluding any taxes
imposed or measured by the net income of any Bank).  The Agent will promptly
thereafter (and in any case before the close of business on the day the Agent
receives such funds, if timely received by the Agent) cause to be distributed
like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest on Committed Loans
or fees ratably to the Banks and like funds relating to the payment of any
other amount payable to any Bank to such Bank, in each case to be applied in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If the Agent fails to distribute
such payments to any Bank by such times, the Agent shall pay to





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   29

such Bank interest on the amount not paid in respect of each day during the
period commencing on the date such payment was received by the Agent (or the
following Business Day in the case of payments received after 12:00 noon
(Chicago time)) and ending on but excluding the date the Agent pays such amount
at a rate per annum equal to (i) if such payment was received by the Agent on
account of an Obligation denominated in U.S. Dollars, the effective rate
charged to the Agent for overnight federal funds transactions with member banks
of the federal reserve system for each day as determined by the Agent (or in
the case of a day which is not a Business Day, then for the preceding day) and
(ii) if such payment was received by the Agent on account of an Obligation
denominated in an Agreement Currency, at the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate.

                 Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, all
payments and collections received in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by
the Notes and Applications received, in each instance, by the Agent or any of
the Banks after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be remitted to the
Agent and distributed as follows:

                 (a)      first, to the payment of any reasonable outstanding
         costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in protecting, preserving or
         enforcing rights under this Agreement, the Notes and the Applications
         and in any event including all reasonable costs and expenses of a
         character which the Borrowers have agreed to pay under Sections 11.5
         and 15.15 hereof (such funds to be retained by the Agent for its own
         account unless it has previously been reimbursed for such costs and
         expenses by the Banks, in which event such amounts shall be remitted
         to the Banks to reimburse them for payments theretofore made to the
         Agent);

                 (b)      second, to the payment of any outstanding interest or
         other fees or indemnification amounts due under the Notes, the
         Applications or this Agreement other than for principal, ratably as
         among the Agent and the Banks in accord with the amount of such
         interest and other fees or amounts owing each;

                 (c)      third, to the payment of (i) the principal of the
         Committed Term Note first, (ii) the principal of the other Notes next
         and (iii) after all amounts in clause (i) and (ii) have been paid, to
         any liabilities in respect of unpaid drawings under the Letters of
         Credit and to the Agent to be held as collateral security for any
         undrawn Letters of Credit (until the Agent is holding an amount of
         cash equal to the then outstanding amount of all such Letters of
         Credit), the aggregate amount paid to or held as collateral security
         for the Banks to be allocated pro rata as among the Banks in accord
         with the then respective aggregate unpaid principal balances of the
         Notes as to which such payments relate and the Letters of Credit;

                 (d)      fourth, to the Agent and the Banks ratably in accord
         with the amounts of other Obligations owing to each of them (other
         than those described above) unless and until all such indebtedness,
         obligations and liabilities have been fully paid and satisfied; and

                 (e)      fifth, to the Borrowers or whoever may be lawfully
         entitled thereto.

SECTION 7.       DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION.

         Section 7.1.     Definitions.  The following terms when used herein
have the following meanings:





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   30

                 "Adjusted CD Rate" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         "Adjusted CD Rate Loan" means a Loan bearing interest at the rate
specified in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         "Adjusted LIBOR" is defined in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

         "Affiliate" shall mean any Person (i) which directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, the Borrower, (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 5% or
more of any class of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or (iii) 5% or more of
the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 5% or
more of the equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or held by the
Borrower or a Subsidiary.  The term "control" means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by
contract or otherwise.

         "Agent" means Harris Trust and Savings Bank and any successor pursuant
to Section 13.8 hereof.

         "Agreement Currency" means and includes Available Foreign Currency and
Alternative Currency.

         "Alternative Currency" means French Francs, Pounds Sterling, Deutsche
Marks and Lira.

         "Applicable Margin" is defined in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

         "Applicable Telerate Page" is defined in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

         "Armstrong Acquisition" means the acquisition by Titan Tire
Corporation of certain assets of PATC.

         "Assessment Rate" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         "Authorized Representative" means those persons shown on the list of
officers provided by the Company pursuant to Section 9.1(d) hereof or on any
update of any such list provided by the Company to the Agent, or any further or
different officer(s) or employee(s) of the Company so named by any Authorized
Representative of the Company in a written notice to the Agent.  Any Authorized
Representative of the Company shall for all purposes be conclusively deemed to
be an Authorized Representative of Subsidiary Borrower.

         "Available Foreign Currency" shall mean any currency other than United
States Dollars, so long as such currencies are freely transferable and
convertible into United States Dollars and are traded and readily available to
each Bank in the London interbank market.

         "Bank" means each bank signatory hereto and its successors, and any
assignee of a Bank pursuant to Section 15.12 hereof.

         "Bid" is defined in Section 3.2(c) hereof.

         "Bid Loan" is defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

         "Bid Loan Limit" shall mean an amount equal to the Revolving
Commitments if and so long as Level I, Level II or Level III exist and equal at
all other times to 50% of the Revolving Commitments.

         "Bid Loan Request" is defined in Section 3.2(a) hereof.

         "Bid Loan Request Confirmation" is defined in Section 3.2(a) hereof.

         "Bid Note" is defined in Section 4.5(c) hereof.

         "Borrowers" is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof, with (i)
the term





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   31

"Borrowers" to mean the Borrowers, collectively, and, also, each individually,
and (ii) all promises and covenants (including promises to pay) and
representations and warranties of and by the Borrowers made in the Loan
Documents or any instruments or documents delivered pursuant thereto to be and
constitute the joint and several promises, covenants, representations and
warranties of and by each and all of such corporations.  The term "Borrower"
appearing in such singular form shall be deemed a reference to any of the
Borrowers unless the context in which such term is used shall otherwise
require.

         "Borrowing" means the total of Loans of a single type made by one or
more Banks on a single date and for a single Interest Period.  Borrowings of
Committed Loans are made and maintained ratably from each of the Banks
according to their Percentages.  Borrowings of Bid Loans are made from a Bank
or Banks in accordance with the procedures of Section 3 hereof.

         "Borrowing Date" is defined in Section 3.2(a) hereof.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which
(w) banks are not authorized or required to close in Chicago, Illinois or New
York, New York and (x) the Federal Reserve Bank for such cities is generally
open for transaction of its business and (y) if the applicable Business Day
relates to the borrowing or payment of a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in U.S.
Dollars, on which banks are dealing in U.S. Dollar deposits in the interbank
market in London, England and, (z) if the applicable Business Day relates to
the borrowing or payment of a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in an Alternative
Currency, on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for business in
the city where disbursements of or payments on such Loan are to be made.

         "Capital Lease" means any lease of Property which in accordance with
GAAP is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee.

         "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means, for any Person, the amount of
such Person's liabilities under Capitalized Leases determined at any date in
accordance with GAAP.

         "CD Rate" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         "CD Reserve Percentage" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         "CERCLA" is defined in Section 8.12(b) hereof.

         "Change of Control Event" means (i) any Person or two or more Persons
acting in concert shall have acquired after the date hereof beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly
of securities of the Company (or other securities convertible into such
securities) representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all
securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, (ii)
during any period of 24 consecutive months, commencing before or after the date
of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such 24 month period
were directors of the Company (the "Initial Directors") shall cease for any
reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company unless any subsequent or other members of such Board
are nominated by a majority of the Initial Directors, (iii) any Person or two
or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired after the date hereof by
contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement
that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of control
over securities of the Company (or other securities convertible into such
securities) representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all
securities





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   32

of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, or (iv) Taylor,
for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days, shall
cease to be a director or executive officer of the Company for any reason,
including without limitation death, resignation, retirement or incapacity, and
an individual acceptable to the Required Banks shall not be performing the
duties and functions of such director or executive officer of the Company
within said 180-day period provided that such acceptance of such director or
executive officer by the Required Banks shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Committed Loans" means and includes Committed Revolving Loans and
Committed Term Loans.

         "Commitments" means the Revolving Commitments and the Term
Commitments.

         "Committed Loan Note" means the Committed Revolving Note and the
Committed Term Note.

         "Committed Revolving Loan" is defined in Section 1.1 hereof.

         "Committed Revolving Note" is defined in Section 4.5(a) hereof.

         "Committed Term Note" is defined in Section 4.5(b) hereof.

         "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate in the form of Exhibit H
hereto.

         "Confirmation of Bid" is defined in Section 3.2(c) hereof.

         "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (or
net loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period computed on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

         "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking
to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

         "Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group of
corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under
common control which, together with the Company or any Subsidiary, are treated
as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

         "Convertible Subordinated Notes" shall mean those certain Convertible
Subordinated Debentures Due 2000 issued by the Company in an aggregate face
principal amount of $103,500,000 and bearing interest at a rate of 4.75% per
annum and otherwise as described in the Form S-1 Registration Statement
therefor as filed with the SEC on October 8, 1993  as modified by the Amendment
No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on November 4,
1993.

         "Credit Event" means the advancing of any Loan, including any
Refunding Borrowing, or the issuance of, or extension of the expiration date or
increase in the amount of, any Letter of Credit.

         "Debt" means, for any Person, any Indebtedness of such Person only of
the types described in clauses (i) through (vii) of the definition of such
term.

         "Debt to Earnings Ratio" means, as of any time the same is to be
determined, the ratio of Total Funded Debt at such time to EBITDA for the four
fiscal quarters of the Company then ended.

         "Default" means any event or condition the occurrence of which would,
with the 





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   33

passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an Event of
Default.                                                                    

         "Deutsche Mark" means the lawful currency of the Federal Republic of
Germany.

         "Domestic Rate" is defined in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

         "Domestic Rate Loan" means a Loan bearing interest at the rate
specified in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

         "Domestic Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary which is not a Foreign
Subsidiary.

         "EBIT" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus all amounts deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income amount
for such period for Interest Expense and for foreign, federal, state and local
income tax expense.

         "EBITDA" means, for any period, EBIT for such period plus all amounts
deducted in arriving at such EBIT in respect of all amounts properly charged
for depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets during
such period on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

         "Election to Become a Borrower" means an Election to Become a Borrower
in the form of Exhibit M hereto.

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

         "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any (i) corporation which is a member of
the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b)
of the Code) as the Company, (ii) partnership or other trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of
Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company, and (iii) member of the same
affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code) as
the Company, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any partnership
or trade or business described in clause (ii) above.

         "Eurocurrency Loan" means a Loan bearing interest at the rate
specified in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

         "Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage" is defined in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

         "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances specified
in Section 10.1 hereof.

         "Existing Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated as of
July 14, 1994, among the Company and the banks referred to therein and the
Agent, as agent, as amended and supplemented.

         "Facility Fee" means the fee payable by the Company to the Banks under
Section 5.1 hereof.

         "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean the Federal funds rate described in
clause (x) of Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.

         "Financial Letter of Credit" shall mean any standby Letter of Credit
which represents an irrevocable obligation to the beneficiary on the part of
the Agent (i) to repay money borrowed by or advanced to or for the account of
the account party or (ii) to make any payment on account of any indebtedness
undertaken by the account party, in the event the account party fails to
fulfill its obligation to the beneficiary and any other standby Letter of
Credit which is not a Performance Letter of Credit.

         "Fixed Rate Loan" means Adjusted CD Rate Loans, Eurocurrency Loans and
Bid





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   34

Loans.

         "Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean each Subsidiary which is organized
under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any
State thereof or more than 80% of the sales, earnings or assets (determined on
a consolidated basis) of such Subsidiary are located or derived from operations
in territories of the United States of America and jurisdictions outside the
United States of America.

         "French Franc" means the lawful currency of the Republic of France.

         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time, applied by the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
basis consistent with the preparation of the Company's most recent financial
statements furnished to the Banks pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

         "Guarantor" means the Company and in addition includes each Subsidiary
of the Company that executes and delivers to the Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee
Agreement in the form of Exhibit I hereto along with the accompanying closing
documents required by Sections 9.1 or 10.15 hereof, as applicable.

         "Guaranty" by any Person means all obligations (other than
endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing
any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation (including, without limitation,
limited or full recourse obligations in connection with sales of receivables or
any other Property) of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner,
whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations
incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:  (i) to
purchase such Indebtedness or obligation or any Property or assets constituting
security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (x) for the purchase or
payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (y) to maintain working capital
or other balance sheet condition, or otherwise to advance or make available
funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (iii)
to lease property or to purchase Securities or other property or services
primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or
obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of the
Indebtedness or obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure the owner of the
Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in respect
thereof.  For the purpose of all computations made under this Agreement, the
amount of a Guaranty in respect of any obligation shall be deemed to be equal
to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation or, if the Guaranty is
limited to less than the full amount of such obligation, the maximum aggregate
potential liability under the terms of the Guaranty.

         "Hazardous Material" means and includes (a) any asbestos, PCBs or
dioxins or insulation or other material composed of or containing asbestos,
PCBs or dioxins and (b) any petroleum product or derivative or other
hydrocarbon, and any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined as
such in (or for purposes of) CERCLA, any so-called "Superfund" or "Superlien"
law, or any other applicable federal, state, local or other statute, law,
ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating or pertaining to
any such waste, substance or material, as now or at any time hereinafter in
effect.

         "Indebtedness" means and includes, for any Person, all obligations of
such Person, without duplication, which are required by GAAP to be shown as
liabilities on its balance





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   35

sheet, and in any event shall include all of the following whether or not so
shown as liabilities (i) obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii)
obligations of such Person representing the deferred purchase price of property
or services other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business on terms customary in the trade, (iii) obligations of such Person
evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments of such Person or arising
out of letters of credit issued for such Person's account, (iv) obligations,
whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or
production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (v)
Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) obligations for which such
Person is obligated pursuant to a Guaranty and (vii) obligations arising out of
or relating to any interest rate or foreign currency swap, cap, collar, option,
forward or similar agreements entered into by such Person (it being understood
that for purposes of this Agreement the amount of Indebtedness attributable to
such agreement shall be an amount equal to the highest termination payment, if
any, that would be payable by such Person upon termination of such agreement
for any reason, on the date of determination).

         "Interest Coverage Ratio" means, for any period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters of the Company ending with the most recently completed such
fiscal quarter, the ratio of EBIT to Interest Expense for such period.

         "Interest Expense" means, for any period, the sum of all interest
charges minus the sum of all interest income of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.  Computations of Interest Expense on a pro forma basis for
Indebtedness having a variable interest rate shall be calculated at the rate
for such Indebtedness in effect on the date of any determination.

         "Interest Period" is defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

         "Investments" is defined in Section 10.10 hereof.

         "L/C Commitment" means $30,000,000.

         "L/C Documents" means the Letters of Credit, any draft or other
document presented in connection with a drawing thereunder, the Applications
and this Agreement.

         "L/C Obligations" means the aggregate undrawn face amounts of all
outstanding Letters of Credit and all unpaid Reimbursement Obligations.

         "Lending Office" is defined in Section 12.4 hereof.

         "Letter of Credit" is defined in Section 1.3(a) hereof.

         "Leverage Ratio" means, as of any time the same is to be determined,
the ratio of Total Funded Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries to Total
Capitalization of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

         "Level I Status" shall mean, for any Margin Determination Date, that
as of the close of the quarterly test period with reference to which such
Margin Determination Date was set, the Pricing Leverage Ratio is less than or
equal to 25%.

         "Level II Status" shall mean, for any Margin Determination Date, that
as of the close of the quarterly test period with reference to which such
Margin Determination Date was set, the Pricing Leverage Ratio is greater than
25% but less than or equal to 35%.

         "Level III Status" shall mean, for any Margin Determination Date, that
as of the close





                                      -29-
<PAGE>   36

of the quarterly test period with reference to which such Margin Determination
Date was set, the Pricing Leverage Ratio is greater than 35% but less than or
equal to 45%.

         "Level IV Status" shall mean, for any Margin Determination Date, that
as of the close of the quarterly test period with reference to which such
Margin Determination Date was set, the Pricing Leverage Ratio is greater than
45% but less than or equal to 55%.

         "Level V Status" shall mean, for any Margin Determination Date, that
as of the close of the quarterly test period with reference to which such
Margin Determination Date was set, the Pricing Leverage Ratio is greater than
55%.

         "LIBOR" is defined in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

         "Lien" means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to,
or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such
interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, including, but not
limited to, the security interest lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance,
pledge, conditional sale, security agreement or trust receipt, or a lease,
consignment or bailment for security purposes.  The term "Lien" shall also
include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way,
covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and
encumbrances affecting Property.  For the purposes of this definition, a Person
shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds
subject to a conditional sale agreement, Capitalized Lease or other arrangement
pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some
other Person for security purposes, and such retention of title shall
constitute a "Lien."

         "Lira" means the lawful currency of the Republic of Italy.

         "Loan" means and includes Committed Loans and Bid Loans, and each of
them singly, and the term "type" of Loan refers to its status as a Committed
Loan or Bid Loan or, if a Committed Loan, to its status as a Domestic Rate
Loan, Adjusted CD Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Loan.

         "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Applications,
the Letters of Credit, the Election to Become a Borrower, when delivered, and
each Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Agent pursuant to Sections
9.1 or 10.15 hereof, as applicable.

         "Margin Determination Date" is defined in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

         "Material Plan" is defined in Section 11.1(f) hereof.

         "Note" means and includes the Committed Loan Notes and the Bid Notes
and each individually, unless the context in which such term is used shall
otherwise require.

         "Obligations" means all fees payable hereunder, all obligations of the
Borrowers to pay principal or interest on Loans and Reimbursement Obligations,
and all other payment obligations of the Borrowers arising under or in relation
to any Loan Document.

         "Offer" is defined in Section 3.2(c) hereof.

         "Original Dollar Amount" means (i) the amount of any Obligation, if
such Obligation is denominated in U.S. Dollars and, (ii) in relation to any
Obligation denominated in an Agreement Currency, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of
such Obligation on the day such amount is being computed.

         "Overnight Foreign Currency Rate" shall mean for any amount payable in
a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the rate of interest per annum as
determined by the Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole
multiple of one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16 of





                                      -30-
<PAGE>   37

1%)) at which overnight or weekend deposits of the appropriate currency for
delivery in immediately available and freely transferable funds would be
offered by the Agent to major banks in the interbank market upon request of
such major banks for the applicable period as determined above and in an amount
comparable to the unpaid principal amount of the related Loan or Reimbursement
Obligation (or, if the Agent is not placing deposits in such currency in the
interbank market, then the Agent's cost of funds in such currency for such
period).

         "Participating Bank" is defined in Section 1.3(f) hereof.

         "PATC" is defined in Section 10.10(n) hereof.

         "PBGC" is defined in Section 10.17 hereof.

         "Percentage" means, for each Bank, the percentage of the Commitments
represented by such Bank's Commitment or, if the Commitments have been
terminated, the percentage held by such Bank (including through participation
interests in Reimbursement Obligations) of the aggregate principal amount of
all outstanding Obligations.

         "Performance Letter of Credit" shall mean any standby Letter of Credit
which represents an irrevocable obligation to the beneficiary on the part of
the Agent to make payment on account of any default by the account party in the
performance of a nonfinancial or commercial obligation.

         "Permitted Company Redemption" shall mean the redemption by the
Company after the date hereof of not more than 30% of the issued and
outstanding common stock which constitutes Voting Stock of the Company on the
date hereof on a fully diluted basis provided the amount expended on and after
the date hereof for such redemptions aggregates (on a cumulative basis) not
more than $100,000,000.

         "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or
agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Plan" means, with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary at any
time, an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and
either (i) is maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of a
member of the Controlled Group of which the Company or such Subsidiary is a
part, (ii) is maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement or any
other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to
which a member of the Controlled Group of which the Company or such Subsidiary
is a part is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has
within the preceding five plan years made contributions, or (iii) under which a
member of the Controlled Group of which the Company or such Subsidiary is a
part has any liability, including any liability by reason of having been a
substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time
during the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed a contribution
sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

         "Pounds Sterling" means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

         "Pricing Leverage Ratio" means, as of any time the same is to be
determined, the ratio of Total Funded Debt less Subordinated Debt to Total
Capitalization of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.

         "Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset,
whether real, personal





                                      -31-
<PAGE>   38

or mixed, or tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

         "Refunding Borrowing" is defined in Section 2.3(d) hereof.

         "Reimbursement Obligation" is defined in Section 1.3(e) hereof.

         "Required Banks" means, as of the date of determination thereof, Banks
holding at least 51% of the Percentages.

         "Restricted Payment" is defined in Section 10.13 hereof.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which the Company has
irrevocably designated in writing to the Agent, which shall promptly deliver
copies of such designation to the Banks, as being a "restricted subsidiary" for
purposes of this Agreement and any subsidiaries of any such Subsidiary.

         "Revolving Commitments" is defined in Section 1.1 hereof.

         "Revolving Loans" means and includes Committed Revolving Loans and Bid
Loans.

         "Security" has the same meaning as in Section 2(l) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Set-Off" is defined in Section 15.7 hereof.

         "Shareholder's Equity" means, as of any date the same is to be
determined, the total shareholder's equity (including capital stock, additional
paid-in-capital and retained earnings after deducting treasury stock, but
excluding minority interests in Subsidiaries) which would appear on a balance
sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, for the purposes of determining Shareholder's
Equity, no value shall be attributed to any Restricted Subsidiary or any
Investment therein.

         "Subordinated Debt" means the Convertible Subordinated Notes and all
other unsecured Debt of the Company that is expressly subordinated and made
junior to the payment and performance in full of the obligations of the Company
hereunder to the Banks and Agent, and evidenced by a subordination agreement or
other written instrument approved by the Agent and the Required Banks in their
sole discretion, pursuant to documentation, containing interest rates, payment
terms, maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults, remedies,
subordination provisions and other material terms in each case in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent and Required Banks in their discretion.

         "Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement" means a letter to the Agent in the
form of Exhibit I hereto executed by a Subsidiary whereby it acknowledges it is
party hereto as a Guarantor.

         "Subsidiary Borrower" means any one Wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
Company organized and existing under the laws of Ireland.

         The term "subsidiary" shall mean, as to any particular parent Person,
any Person of which more than 50% (by number of votes) of the Voting Stock
shall be owned by such parent Person and/or one or more Persons which are
themselves subsidiaries of such parent Person.  The term "Subsidiary" shall
mean a subsidiary of the Company and shall include any subsidiaries of any such
Subsidiary.

         "Tangible Net Worth" means, as of any time the same is to be
determined, the Shareholders' Equity less the sum of (i) the aggregate book
value of all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP,
including, without limitation, goodwill, patents,





                                      -32-
<PAGE>   39

trademarks, trade names, copyrights, franchises and deferred charges
(including, without limitation, unamortized debt discount and expense,
organization costs and deferred research and development expense) and similar
assets and (ii) the write-up of assets above cost.

         "Taylor" shall mean Maurice Taylor, Jr., an individual of Heathrow,
Florida.

         "Telerate Service" means the Dow Jones Telerate Service.

         "Term Commitments" is defined in Section 1.2 hereof.

         "Termination Date" means September 19, 2001 or such earlier date on
which the Commitments are terminated in whole pursuant to Sections 4.6, 4.7,
11.2 or 11.3 hereof.

         "Titan Tire" means Titan Tire, Inc., a corporation organized under the
laws of Illinois.

         "Titan Tire Indebtedness" means indebtedness of Titan Tire in the
aggregate principal amount of $11,500,000 owing to The CIT Group/Business
Credit Inc. outstanding on the date hereof.

         "Total Capitalization" means the sum of Total Funded Debt and Tangible
Net Worth.

         "Total Funded Debt" means, without duplication on a consolidated
basis, obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted
Subsidiaries) for (i) borrowed money and (ii) arising out of letters of credit,
issued for the account of the Company or such Subsidiary (provided that up to
$10,000,000 of such obligations attributable to the undrawn portion of such
letters of credit shall not be included in calculating Total Funded Debt), less
the sum of cash and marketable securities of the Company in excess of
$5,000,000.

         "Unfunded Vested Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any
time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the present value of all vested
nonforfeitable accrued benefits under such Plan exceeds (ii) the fair market
value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the
then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such
excess represents a potential liability of a member of the Controlled Group to
the PBGC or such Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company which is
not a Restricted Subsidiary.

         "U.S. Dollar Equivalent" shall mean the amount of United States
Dollars which would be realized by converting a foreign currency into United
States Dollars in the spot market at the exchange rate quoted by the Agent at
9:00 a.m. Chicago time on the date of determination to prime banks in the
London interbank foreign exchange market for the purchase of United States
Dollars with such foreign currency.

         "U.S. Dollars" and "$" each means the lawful currency of the United
States of America.

         "Voting Stock" shall mean Securities of any class or classes the
holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to
elect a majority of the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar
functions).

         "Wholly-owned" when used in connection with any Subsidiary shall mean
a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock (except
shares required as directors' qualifying shares) and all Indebtedness shall be
owned by the Company and/or one or more of its Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

         Section 7.2.     Interpretation.  The foregoing definitions shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
All references to times of day





                                      -33-
<PAGE>   40

herein shall be references to Chicago, Illinois time unless otherwise
specifically provided.  Where the character or amount of any asset or liability
or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation
or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this
Agreement, the same shall be done in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,
except where such principles are inconsistent with the specific provisions of
this Agreement.

         Section 7.3.     Restricted Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, the term "Subsidiaries" as used in the definitions of
the terms "Consolidated Net Income", "Debt to Earnings Ratio", "EBIT",
"EBITDA", "Interest Expense", "Leverage Ratio", "Pricing Leverage Ratio",
"Shareholder's Equity", "Tangible Net Worth" and "Total Funded Debt" shall
exclude Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 8.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                 The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to each Bank as to
themselves and, where the following representations and warranties apply to
Subsidiaries, as to each Subsidiary, as follows:

         Section 8.1.     Corporate Organization and Authority.  Each Borrower
is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation; has all necessary corporate power to carry
on its present business; and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or
the nature of the Property owned or leased by it makes such licensing or
qualification necessary and in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified
would materially and adversely affect its financial condition, business,
operations, Properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects.

         Section 8.2.     Subsidiaries.  Schedule 8.2 (as updated from time to
time pursuant to Sections 10.5(a)(viii) and 10.15) hereto identifies each
Subsidiary, the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case
may be, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its
capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Company and the
Subsidiaries and, if such percentage is not 100% (excluding directors'
qualifying shares as required by law), a description of each class of its
authorized capital stock and other equity interests and the number of shares of
each class issued and outstanding.  Each Subsidiary is duly incorporated and
existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction
of its incorporation, has all necessary corporate power to carry on its present
business, and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the nature
of the Property owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification
necessary and in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, or the Property, business
or operations, of such Subsidiary.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding and fully
paid and nonassessable.  As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has not
designated any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.  All such shares owned by
the Company are owned beneficially, and of record, free of any Lien.

         Section 8.3.     Corporate Authority and Validity of Obligations.
Each Borrower has full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to which





                                      -34-
<PAGE>   41

it is a party, to make the borrowings herein provided for, to issue its Notes
in evidence thereof, to apply for the issuance of the Letters of Credit, and to
perform all of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.
Each Guarantor has full right and authority to enter into its Subsidiary
Guaranty Agreement and to perform all of its obligations thereunder.  Each Loan
Document to which it is a party has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by each Borrower and each Guarantor and constitutes valid and binding
obligations of each Borrower and each Guarantor enforceable in accordance with
its terms.  No Loan Document, nor the performance or observance by either
Borrower or any Guarantor of any of the matters or things therein provided for,
contravenes any provision of law or any charter or by-law provision of either
Borrower or any Guarantor or (individually or in the aggregate) any material
Contractual Obligation of or affecting either Borrower or any Guarantor or any
of their respective Properties or results in or requires the creation or
imposition of any Lien on any of the Properties or revenues of either Borrower
or any Guarantor.

         Section 8.4.     Financial Statements.  The audit report of the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1995, including a consolidated balance
sheet as of December 31, 1995 and a consolidated statement of profit and loss
and consolidated statement of cash flows for the 12 months ended said date,
certified by Price Waterhouse, and the interim consolidated and consolidating
balance sheets of the Company and the Subsidiaries as at March 31, 1996 and
June 30, 1996 and consolidated and consolidating statements of profit and loss
for the respective three and six months then ended prepared by the Company and
heretofore furnished to the Banks, all as heretofore presented to the Banks,
fairly present the financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries as
at said dates and the results of operations for the periods covered thereby.
As of the date hereof, the Company and the Subsidiaries have no known
contingent liabilities which are material to the Company or any Subsidiary
other than as indicated on the financial statements accompanying said audit
report.

         Section 8.5.     Material Adverse Change.  Since June 30, 1996, there
have been no material adverse changes in the business, operations, Properties,
condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         Section 8.6.     No Litigation; No Labor Controversies.  (a) There is
no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the
Borrowers or any Guarantor threatened, against the Borrowers or any Subsidiary
which, if adversely determined, could (individually or in the aggregate)
materially adversely affect the financial, or other condition, operations,
business, Property or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

         (b)     There are no labor controversies pending or, to the knowledge
of the Borrowers or any Guarantor threatened, against the Company or any
Subsidiary which could (insofar as the Company may reasonably foresee)
materially adversely affect the business, operations, Property, financial or
other condition or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

         Section 8.7.     Taxes.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed
all United States federal tax returns, and all other tax returns, required to
be filed and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to
any assessment received by the Company or any





                                      -35-
<PAGE>   42

Subsidiary, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and
for which adequate reserves have been provided.  No notices of tax liens have
been filed and no claims are being asserted concerning any such taxes, which
liens or claims are material to the financial condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis taken as a whole.  The charges, accruals
and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any taxes or
other governmental charges are adequate.

         Section 8.8.     Approvals.  No authorization, consent, license,
exemption, filing or registration with any court or governmental department,
agency or instrumentality, nor any approval or consent of the stockholders of
the Company or any Subsidiary or from any other Person, is necessary to the
valid execution, delivery or performance by the Company or any Subsidiary of
any Loan Document to which it is a party, except for such thereof as have been
obtained and are in full force and effect.

         Section 8.9.     ERISA.  The Company and its ERISA Affiliates are in
compliance in all material respects with the Code and ERISA to the extent
applicable to them and have received no notice to the contrary from the
Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC"); as of December 31, 1995, the liability of the
Company and its ERISA Affiliates to the PBGC in respect of unfunded employee
benefit plan liabilities would not have been in excess of $1,600,000 if all
employee benefit plans covering any officers or employees of the Company and
its ERISA Affiliates had been terminated as of such date.  Neither the Company
nor any ERISA Affiliate has (i) failed to make a required contribution or
payment of a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA)
or (ii) made a complete or partial withdrawal under Sections 4203 or 4205 of
ERISA from a multiemployer plan.  Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate
maintains or contributes to any employee welfare benefit plan within the
meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA which provides benefits to employees after
termination of employment (other than as required under Section 601 of ERISA)
which could result in a material obligation to pay money, except for such plans
as are listed in Exhibit J hereto.

         Section 8.10.    Government Regulation.  Neither Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is an "investment company" nor a company "controlled" by an
"investment company organized or otherwise created under the laws of the United
States or of a State" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, or a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"
of a "holding company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, as amended.

         Section 8.11.    Margin Stock.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying margin stock ("margin stock" to have the same meaning herein as in
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  Neither
Borrower will use the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit in a manner that
violates any provision of Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.

         Section 8.12.    Licenses and Authorizations; Compliance with Laws.
(a) The Company and each Subsidiary has all necessary licenses, permits and
governmental authorizations to own and operate its Properties and to carry on
its business as currently





                                      -36-
<PAGE>   43

conducted and contemplated.

         (b)     The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable state and federal environmental, health
and safety statutes and regulations, including, without limitation, regulations
promulgated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C.
Section Section 6901 et seq. and, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, have
not acquired, incurred or assumed, directly or indirectly, any material
contingent liability in connection with the release of any toxic or hazardous
waste or substance into the environment.  Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary is the subject of any evaluation under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by
the Specified Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. Section
Section 9601 et seq ("CERCLA").

         Section 8.13.    Ownership of Property; Liens.  As of the date hereof,
the Company and the Subsidiaries have good and defensible title to their
respective assets as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and the Subsidiaries dated as of June 30, 1996 (except for sales by the
Borrower and such Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective
businesses), subject to no Liens or encumbrances other than such thereof as are
permitted by Section 10.12 hereof.

         Section 8.14.    No Burdensome Restrictions; Compliance with
Agreements.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (a) party or subject to
any law, regulation, rule or order, or any Contractual Obligation that
(individually or in the aggregate) materially adversely affects, or (insofar as
the Borrowers may reasonably foresee) may so affect, the business, operations,
Property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and
the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) in default in the performance,
observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions
contained in any agreement to which it is a party, which default materially
adversely affects, or (insofar as the Borrowers may reasonably foresee) may so
affect, the business, operations, Property, financial or other condition, or
prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         Section 8.15.    Full Disclosure.  All information heretofore
furnished by the Borrowers to the Agent or any Bank for purposes of or in
connection with the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated thereby is,
and all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrowers to the Agent or
any Bank will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading
on the date as of which such information is stated or certified.

SECTION 9.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

                 The obligation of each Bank to make any Loan, or of the Agent
to issue, extend the expiration date (including by not giving notice of
non-renewal) of or increase the amount of any Letter of Credit, shall be
subject to the following conditions precedent:

         Section 9.1.     Initial Borrowing.  Prior to the initial Credit
Event:

                 (a)      The Agent shall have received for each Bank the
         favorable written opinion of Schmiedeskamp, Robertson, Neu & Mitchell,
         counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, in substantially the form
         of Exhibit K hereto, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory
         to the Required Banks;

                 (b)      The Agent shall have received for each Bank (i)
         certified copies of





                                      -37-
<PAGE>   44

         resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and each
         Guarantor authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of, and
         indicating the authorized signers of, the Loan Documents to which it
         is a party and all other documents relating thereto and the specimen
         signatures of such signers, (ii) copies of the Articles of
         Incorporation and by-laws for the Company and each Guarantor certified
         by its Secretary or other appropriate officer, together with a
         certificate of good standing certified by the appropriate governmental
         officer in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and (iii) the duly
         executed and delivered Loan Documents (other than Loan Documents which
         are not required to be delivered until the Subsidiary Borrower elects
         to become a Borrower hereunder);

                 (c)      The Agent shall have received a Subsidiary Guaranty
         Agreement from each Subsidiary (except as set forth in Section 10.15
         hereof);

                 (d)      The Agent shall have received from the Company a list
         of its Authorized Representatives;

                 (e)      Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the proceeds
         of such initial Credit Event shall be used to repay all borrowings
         other than "Bid Loans" (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit
         Agreement) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.  All "Bid
         Loans" outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall, upon the
         initial Credit Event, for all purposes be deemed to be Bid Loans
         outstanding hereunder.  Upon such Credit Event, the Company and Banks
         agree that the Existing Credit Agreement has been terminated so that
         no additional borrowings, or rollovers of borrowings outstanding
         thereunder, will be permitted (the Borrowers hereby irrevocably
         authorizing and directing the Banks to disburse the proceeds of the
         first Borrowing hereunder to repay all borrowings outstanding
         thereunder); and

                 (f)      Certificates, signed by Authorized Representatives of
         the Company, stating that on the date hereof no Default or Event of
         Default has occurred and is continuing.

         Section 9.2.     All Loans.  As of the time of each Credit Event
hereunder (including the initial Credit Event):

                 (a)      The Agent shall have received (i) in the case of any
         Loan, the Notes of the Borrowers for each Bank required to be
         delivered pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof and the notice required by
         Section 2.3 or 3.5 hereof, as applicable, (ii) in the case of the
         issuance of any Letter of Credit, a duly completed Application for
         such Letter of Credit and, (iii) in the case of an extension or
         increase in the amount of a Letter of Credit, a written request
         therefor, in a form acceptable to the Agent;

                 (b)      Each of the representations and warranties of the
         applicable Borrowers set forth in Section 8 (other than Section 8.5)
         hereof shall be true and correct as of said time, except to the extent
         that any such representation or warranty relates solely to an earlier
         date;

                 (c)      The Borrowers shall be in full compliance with all of
         the terms and conditions hereof, and no Default or Event of Default
         shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of
         making such Credit Event;

                 (d)      After giving effect to the Credit Event, the
         aggregate Original Dollar





                                      -38-
<PAGE>   45

         Amount of (i) all Revolving Loans (whether Committed Revolving Loans
         or Bid Loans) and L/C Obligations outstanding hereunder shall not
         exceed the Revolving Commitments, (ii) all Bid Loans outstanding
         hereunder shall not exceed the lesser of the unused Revolving
         Commitments or the Bid Loan Limit, (iii) all Committed Term Loans
         outstanding hereunder shall not exceed the Term Commitments and (iv)
         all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the L/C Commitment;

                 (e)      Such Credit Event shall not violate any order,
         judgment or decree of any court or other authority or any provision of
         law or regulation applicable to any Bank (including, without
         limitation, Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
         Reserve System) as then in effect;

Each request for a Borrowing hereunder and each request for the issuance of,
increase in the amount of, or extension of the expiration date of, a Letter of
Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on
the date of such Borrowing as to the facts specified in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this Section 9.2.

         Section 9.3.     Additional Conditions to Loans other than Refunding
Borrowings.  In addition to the conditions set forth in Sections 9.1 and 9.2
hereof, as of the time of each Borrowing other than a Refunding Borrowing, the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.5 hereof shall be true as
of said time (except that the date referenced therein shall be deemed a
reference to the date as of which the most recent financial statements
furnished to the Banks pursuant to Section 10.5(a)(i) or 10.5(a)(iii) were
prepared), and the request for such Borrowing, as referred to in Section
9.2(a), shall be and constitute a representation and warranty as to such
matters specified in Section 8.5 hereof (after giving effect to such
notification in the date referenced therein).

         Section 9.4.     Replacement of Bank.  In the event the condition
precedent to extending credit hereunder set forth in Section 9.2(e) hereof has
not been satisfied by reason of circumstances which do not similarly affect the
Required Banks, then the Borrowers may request other Banks hereunder not
affected by such circumstances to assume in full the Commitment then in effect
of each Bank affected by such circumstances (such Bank in such case being
herein referred to as the "Replaceable Bank"), and to purchase the Notes issued
to the Replaceable Bank and its participation in Letters of Credit at a price
equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the Replaceable
Bank's share of unpaid Reimbursement Obligations in respect of the Letters of
Credit plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes and Reimbursement
Obligations plus accrued and unpaid facility and letter of credit fees owed to
the Replaceable Bank, and if any Bank or Banks in their sole discretion agree
so to assume in full the Commitment of the Replaceable Bank (each an "Assuming
Bank"), and after payment by the Borrowers to the Replaceable Bank of all
amounts due under the Loan Documents to such Bank (including any amount
specified as due in a certificate submitted under Section 4.8 or 12.3 hereof)
not so paid by the Assuming Bank, then such assumption shall take place in the
manner set forth in subsection (b) below.  In the event more than one Bank
agrees to so assume the Commitment of the Replaceable Bank, such Assuming Banks
shall effect such assumption ratably in accordance with their existing
Commitments (but in any event rounded, to the extent possible, to the nearest
$1,000,000).  In the event no Bank or Banks agrees to assume in full the
Commitment of the





                                      -39-
<PAGE>   46
Replaceable Bank, then the Borrowers may nominate one or more
banks not then party to this Agreement so to assume in full the Commitment of
the Replaceable Bank, and if such nominated bank or banks are acceptable to the
Required Banks (excluding the Replaceable Bank), such assumption shall take
place in the manner set forth in subsection (b) below and each such bank or
banks shall become a Bank hereunder (each a "New Bank") and the Replaceable
Bank shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights hereunder, except as
set forth in Section 15.15 hereof.

         (b)     In the event a Replaceable Bank's Commitment is to be assumed
in full by an Assuming Bank or Banks or a New Bank, then such assumption shall
take place on a date acceptable to the Borrowers, the Replaceable Bank and the
Assuming Bank or New Bank, as the case may be, and such assumption shall take
place through the payment of all amounts due under the Loan Documents to the
Replaceable Bank and the execution of such instruments and documents as shall, 
in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, be reasonably necessary or appropriate 
for the Assuming Bank or New Bank to assume in full the Commitment of the 
Replaceable Bank (including, without limitation, the issuance of new Notes and 
the execution of an amendment hereto making any New Bank a party hereto). 
In the event no Assuming Bank or New Bank agrees to assume in full the
Commitment of the Replaceable Bank, then such Replaceable Bank shall remain a
party hereto and its Commitment shall remain in effect on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement (including the conditions precedent set
forth in Section 9.2 hereof).

         Section 9.5.     Initial Credit Event of Subsidiary Borrower.  (a)
Prior to the initial Credit Event relating to Subsidiary Borrower:

                 (i)      The Subsidiary Borrower shall have executed and
         delivered to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank, an
         Election to Become a Borrower;

                 (ii)     The Subsidiary Borrower shall have delivered, or
         caused to be delivered, documentation similar to that described in
         Section 9.1(a) and (b) hereof in form and substance satisfactory to
         the Banks;

                 (iii)    As of the time of the initial Credit Event relating
         to the Subsidiary Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrower shall be deemed to
         represent and warrant that the representations and warranties set
         forth in Section 8 hereof are true and correct, including the
         representation and warranty that since June 30, 1996, there have been
         no material adverse changes in its business, operations, Properties,
         condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects.

SECTION 10.      COVENANTS.

                 The Borrowers agree that, so long as any Note or L/C
Obligation is outstanding hereunder or any credit is available to or in use by
a Borrower hereunder, except to the extent compliance in any case or cases is
waived in writing by the Required Banks:

         Section 10.1.    Maintenance of Business.  (a)  Each Borrower will
preserve and keep in force and effect its corporate existence and all material
leases, licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct of its business,
subject to provisions of Section 10.14 hereof.  (b) The Company will cause each
Subsidiary to preserve and keep in force and effect, its corporate existence
and all material leases, licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct
of its business, subject to provisions of Section 10.14 hereof.





                                      -40-
<PAGE>   47

         Section 10.2.    Maintenance of Property.  The Company will maintain,
preserve and keep its plant, Properties and equipment in reasonable repair,
working order and condition in all material respects (except for equipment or
other property no longer used or useful in the conduct of its business or the
business of the Subsidiaries) and will from time to time make all needful and
proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and betterments thereto so
that at all times the overall efficiency thereof shall be preserved and
maintained and the Company will cause each Subsidiary to do so in respect of
its plant, Properties and equipment.

         Section 10.3.    Taxes.  The Company will duly pay and discharge, and
will cause each Subsidiary to duly pay and discharge, all taxes, rates,
assessments, fees and governmental charges upon or against the Company or
Subsidiary or against their respective properties, in each case before the same
become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent
that the same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
which prevent enforcement of the matter under contest.

         Section 10.4.    Insurance.  The Company will insure and keep insured,
and will cause each Subsidiary to insure and keep insured, with good and
responsible insurance companies, all insurable property owned by it which is of
a character usually insured by companies similarly situated and in amounts
usually insured by companies similarly situated and operating like properties;
and the Company will insure, and will cause each Subsidiary to insure, such
other hazards and risks (including employers' and public and product liability
risks) with good and responsible insurance companies as and to the extent
usually insured by companies similarly situated and conducting similar
businesses.  The Company will upon request of the Agent furnish a certificate
setting forth in summary form the nature and extent of the insurance maintained
pursuant to this Section 10.4.

         Section 10.5.    Financial Reports and Rights of Inspection.  (a) The
Company will maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to develop and maintain,
a system of accounting in accordance with GAAP and will furnish to the Agent
and each Bank such information respecting the business, financial condition,
assets and liabilities (whether absolute or contingent) of the Company and the
Subsidiaries as the Agent or such Bank may reasonably request; and without any
request, will furnish to the Agent (which shall promptly provide copies to the
Banks):

                 (i)      within 50 days after the end of each of the first
         three quarterly fiscal periods of the Company, a copy of the Company's
         Form 10-Q Report filed with the SEC;

                 (ii)     within 50 days after the end of each of the first
         three quarterly fiscal periods of the Company, the consolidated
         balance sheet of the Company and the Subsidiaries (other than the
         Restricted Subsidiaries and in any event attributing no value to the
         Restricted Subsidiaries and any Investments therein) as of the end of
         such quarterly period and a related consolidated income statement and
         statement of cash flows of the Company and the Subsidiaries (other
         than the Restricted Subsidiaries and in any event excluding any income
         of the Restricted Subsidiaries except to the extent distributed in
         cash actually paid to the Company) for such quarterly fiscal period
         and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day
         of such quarterly





                                      -41-
<PAGE>   48

         period, all of which shall be certified by the Treasurer of the
         Company as being prepared, to the best of his knowledge, in accordance
         with GAAP consistently applied subject to normal year-end adjustments
         and provided that such statements may omit footnote disclosures
         required by GAAP;

                 (iii)    within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of
         the Company, a copy of the Company's Form 10-K Report filed with the
         SEC, including a copy of the annual audit report of the Company and
         the Subsidiaries for such year with accompanying financial statements,
         prepared by the Company and certified by Price Waterhouse or any other
         independent public accountants of recognized standing selected by the
         Company and satisfactory to the Required Banks, in accordance with
         GAAP;

                 (iv)     within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of
         the Company, the consolidating schedules presenting a consolidated
         balance sheet of the Company and the Subsidiaries (other than the
         Restricted Subsidiaries and in any event attributing no value to the
         Restricted Subsidiaries and any Investments therein) as of the end of
         such fiscal year and the related consolidated income statement and
         statement of cash flows of the Company (other than the Restricted
         Subsidiaries and in any event excluding any income of the Restricted
         Subsidiaries except to the extent distributed in cash actually paid to
         the Company) prepared by and accompanied by a certificate from the
         same public accountants which prepared the audit report for the
         Company for such year, to the effect that the deletion of the
         Restricted Subsidiaries from the audited statement for such year was
         in substantial conformity with GAAP;

                 (v)      as soon as available, and in any event no less than
         30 days following the commencement of each fiscal year of the Company,
         a copy of a business and financial plan for the Company and its
         Subsidiaries (other than the Restricted Subsidiaries) for such fiscal
         year, month by month, on a consolidated basis (other than the
         Restricted Subsidiaries and in any event (x) attributing no value to
         the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Investment therein and (y)
         excluding any income of the Restricted Subsidiaries except to the
         extent distributed in cash actually paid to the Company), together
         with such supporting schedules and details as the Required Banks may
         reasonably request but in any event including projected balance
         sheets, projected cash flow (including details of cash disbursements)
         and a projected income statement in each case for each of the
         following 12 months;

                 (vi)     not later than 10 days after the receipt thereof, a
         copy of any final management letters on internal accounting controls
         for the Company or any Subsidiary prepared by its independent public
         accountants;

                 (vii)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies
         of all proxy statements, financial statements and reports which the
         Company sends to its shareholders, and copies of all other regular,
         periodic and special reports and all registration statements which the
         Company files with the SEC or any successor thereto, or with any
         national securities exchange; and

                 (viii)   an updated Schedule 8.2 along with the financial
         statements delivered under subsection (ii) or (iv) above, as
         applicable, for any calendar quarter during





                                      -42-
<PAGE>   49

         which there is a change in any of the facts specified in Schedule 8.2
         hereto, as then most recently updated.

         (b)     Each Report required by Section 10.5(a)(ii) or (iv) shall be
accompanied by a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H signed on
behalf of the Company by its Chairman, President or Treasurer setting forth
compliance in reasonable detail with Sections 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10.10 and
10.13 hereof and stating that no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder
as of the date of such certificate, or if such Default or Event of Default
exists the nature thereof shall be specified.  Each audit report called for by
Section 10.5(a)(iii) hereof shall be accompanied by a statement of the
accountants certifying such statements to the effect that in the course of
their audit (conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards) they have obtained no knowledge that a Default or Event of Default
has occurred hereunder or, if they have obtained any such knowledge, describing
the same.  In the event the Company is no longer required to file Form 10-Q and
10-K Reports with the SEC, the Company need not furnish such Reports to the
Agent, but shall nonetheless provide the Agent the financial statements
previously contained in such Reports by the times required by subsections
(a)(i) and (iii) above.

         (c)     Each projection furnished to the Bank pursuant to Section
10.5(a)(v) shall be accompanied by a written certificate in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit L signed on behalf of the Company by its Controller,
Treasurer or President to the effect that (i) such projection has been prepared
on a basis consistent with the Company's historical financial statements and
records, together with the assumptions set forth in such projection, and (ii)
such projection reflects the reasonable analysis of the Company's management
and does not reflect results or financial conditions which are more favorable
in any material respect than such management's reasonable expectations as to
the matters set forth therein.

         (d)     The Borrowers will promptly (and in any event within three
Business Days after knowledge thereof shall have come to the attention of any
responsible officer of the Borrower) give written notice to the Agent and each
Bank:

                 (i)      of the occurrence of any Change of Control Event,

                 (ii)     of any Default or Event of Default,

                 (iii)    of any threatened or pending litigation, governmental
         proceeding or labor dispute against the Company or any Subsidiary
         which if adversely determined would materially adversely affect the
         business, Properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects
         of the Company or any Subsidiary;

                 (iv)     of any material development in any such litigation,
         proceeding or dispute (whether or not previously disclosed to the
         Banks pursuant to the terms hereof) which in any case has a reasonable
         possibility of such an effect;

                 (v)      of any default in the payment of rent due under any
         lease necessary to the proper conduct of the business of the Company
         or any Subsidiary or any action to terminate any such lease or of the
         receipt of any notice of any alleged breach of the terms of any such
         lease; and

                 (vi)     of the receipt of any notice of any alleged breach of
         the terms of, or default under, any Contractual Obligation and of any
         notice of alleged material noncompliance with any laws or regulations
         of the type described in Section 8.12





                                      -43-
<PAGE>   50

         hereof.

         (e)     Upon reasonable notice from the Agent or any Bank, each
Borrower will permit the Agent, such Bank and their representatives during
normal business hours to visit and inspect, under such Borrower's guidance, any
of the properties of such Borrower or any Subsidiary, to examine all of their
books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and
extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and
accounts with their respective officers, employees and independent public
accountants (and by this provision each Borrower authorizes such accountants to
discuss with the Banks (and such Persons as any Bank may designate) the
finances and affairs of such Borrower and the Subsidiaries) all at such
reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested.

         Section 10.6.    Leverage Ratio.  The Company will at all times
maintain its Leverage Ratio at not more than 65%, provided that if and so long
as the aggregate amount of Convertible Subordinated Notes outstanding is less
than $10,000,000, the Company will maintain its Leverage Ratio at not more than
60%.

         Section 10.7.    Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  The Company will at all
times maintain its Tangible Net Worth at not less than the Required Amount.
For purposes of this Section, the term "Required Amount" shall mean the Base
Amount plus (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal year (if
positive for such year) commencing with the fiscal year beginning on January 1,
1997 and (ii) 75% of (a) cash proceeds from a public offering of the common
capital stock or preferred stock of the Company after the date of this
Agreement (such proceeds to be net of seller's and underwriting discounts,
accounting, legal and printing fees and other costs directly incurred and
payable as a result of such offering and also net of repurchases) and (b) the
principal amount of any convertible Subordinated Debt which is converted into
common or preferred shares of the Company.  For purposes of this Section, the
term "Base Amount" shall mean as of any time, the greater of (i) $100,000,000
or (ii) the difference between $150,000,000 and the aggregate amount
theretofore expended for Permitted Company Redemptions.

         Section 10.8.    Interest Coverage Ratio.  The Company will as of the
end of each calendar quarter maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio for the four
calendar quarters then ended of not less than 2.0 to 1.0.

         Section 10.9.    Debt to Earnings Ratio.  The Company will as of the
end of each calendar quarter maintain the Debt to Earnings Ratio at not more
than 3.5 to 1.0.

         Section 10.10.   Investments, Loans, Advances and Guaranties.  The
Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, make, retain or have outstanding any investments (whether through
purchase of stock or obligations or otherwise) in, or loans or advances to, any
other Person, or be or become liable as endorser, guarantor, surety or
otherwise for any debt, obligation or undertaking of any other Person, or
otherwise agree to provide funds for payment of the obligations of another, or
supply funds thereto or invest therein or otherwise assure a creditor of
another against loss or apply for or become liable to the issuer of a letter of
credit which supports an obligation of another or subordinate any claim or
demand it may have to the claim or demand of any other Person (cumulatively,
all of the foregoing, being "Investments"); provided, however, that the
foregoing provisions shall not apply to nor operate to prevent:





                                      -44-
<PAGE>   51

                 (a)      investments in direct obligations of the United
         States of America or of any agency or instrumentality thereof whose
         obligations constitute full faith and credit obligations of the United
         States of America provided that any such obligation matures within one
         year from the date it is acquired by the Borrower or Subsidiary;

                 (b)      investments in commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody's
         Investors Services, Inc. or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a
         division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. maturing within one year
         of its date of issuance;

                 (c)      investments in certificates of deposit issued by any
         United States commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less
         than $200,000,000 or by any Bank in each case maturing within one year
         from the date of issuance thereof or in eurodollar time deposits
         maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof
         placed with any Bank or other such commercial bank or in banker's
         acceptances endorsed by any Bank or other such commercial bank and
         maturing within six months of the date of acceptance;

                 (d)      investments in repurchase obligations with a term of
         not more than seven (7) days for underlying securities of the types
         described in subsection (a) above entered into with any bank meeting
         the qualifications specified in subsection (c) above, provided all
         such agreements require physical delivery of the securities securing
         such repurchase agreement, except those delivered through the Federal
         Reserve Book Entry System;

                 (e)      investments in money market funds that invest solely,
         and which are restricted by their respective charters to invest
         solely, in investments of the type described in the immediately
         preceding subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;

                 (f)      ownership of stock, obligations or securities
         received in settlement of debts (created in the ordinary course of
         business) owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

                 (g)      endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection
         in the ordinary course of business;

                 (h)      liabilities in respect of letters of credit issued by
         the Agent or any Bank;

                 (i)      the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements;

                 (j)      loans and advances to employees in the ordinary
         course of business for travel, relocation, and similar purposes;

                 (k)      acquisitions of all or substantially all of the
         assets or business of any other Person or division thereof, or of all
         or substantially all the Voting Stock of a Person, so long as (i) no
         Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect
         to such acquisition, (ii) the Board of Directors or other governing
         body of such Person whose Property or Voting Stock is being so
         acquired has approved the terms of such acquisition, (iii) the Company
         can demonstrate that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such
         acquisition it will continue to comply through the term of this
         Agreement with all the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents and
         (iv) the Company has provided to the Banks such financial and other
         information regarding the Person whose Property or Voting Stock is
         being so acquired, including historical financial statements, and a
         description of such Person, as the Agent or the Required





                                      -45-
<PAGE>   52

         Banks have reasonably requested;

                 (l)      Investments by the Company in Subsidiaries (other
         than the Restricted Subsidiaries), provided that Investments in such
         Subsidiaries that become Subsidiaries through an acquisition must
         comply with the provisions of subsection (k) above;

                 (m)      loans and advances by Wholly-owned Subsidiaries to
         the Company and other Wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than the
         Restricted Subsidiaries); and

                 (n)      a guaranty from Dyneer Corporation to Pierelli
         Armstrong Tire Corporation ("PATC") guaranteeing obligations assumed
         by Titan Tire Corporation as part of the Armstrong Acquisition to
         remediate any environmental conditions existing at PATC's facility in
         Des Moines, Iowa, provided that the right to recover on such guaranty
         is expressly limited to $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

                 (o)      Investments by the Company in Restricted
         Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments
         outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of
         Tangible Net Worth and (ii) $15,000,000.

                 The Company acknowledges and agrees that neither it nor any
Subsidiary may make any Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary except as
permitted in (o) above.  In determining the amount of Investments,
acquisitions, loans, advances and guarantees permitted under this Section
10.10, Investments and acquisitions shall always be taken at the original cost
thereof (regardless of any subsequent appreciation or depreciation therein),
loans and advances shall be taken at the principal amount thereof then
remaining unpaid, and guarantees shall be taken at the amount of obligations
guaranteed thereby.

         Section 10.11.   Subsidiary Debt.  No Subsidiary shall have
outstanding at any time any Debt other than:

                 (a)      Debt of Wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the Company or
         to other Wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than Restricted
         Subsidiaries);

                 (b)      Debt of Subsidiary Borrower outstanding hereunder;

                 (c)      Debt of Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by this
         Section aggregating not more than $40,000,000 at any one time
         outstanding;

                 (d)      Debt of Titan Tire in an amount not to exceed
         $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding, provided that after September
         30, 1996 no Debt of Titan Tire shall be permitted to be outstanding
         pursuant to this Section 10.11(d); and

                 (e)      Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries.

         Section 10.12.   Liens.   The Company will not nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to create, incur, permit to exist or to be incurred any Lien of any
kind on any Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however,
that this Section 10.12 shall not apply to nor operate to prevent:

                 (a)      the currently existing Liens set forth on Schedule
         10.12 attached hereto;

                 (b)      Liens in connection with worker's compensation,
         unemployment insurance, old age benefits, social security obligations,
         taxes, assessments, statutory obligations or other similar charges,
         good faith deposits in connection with tenders, contracts or leases to
         which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party (other than contracts
         for borrowed money), or other deposits required to be made in the
         ordinary course of business; provided that in each case the obligation
         secured is not overdue or,





                                      -46-
<PAGE>   53

         if overdue, is being contested in good faith by appropriate
         proceedings and adequate reserves have been established therefor;

                 (c)      mechanics', workmen's, materialmen's, landlords',
         carriers' or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of
         business with respect to obligations which are not due or which are
         being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate
         reserves have been established therefor;

                 (d)      Liens arising out of judgments or awards against the
         Company or any Subsidiary with respect to which the Company or such
         Subsidiary shall be prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review and
         with respect to which it shall have obtained a stay of execution
         pending such appeal or proceeding for review; provided that the
         aggregate amount of liabilities (including interest and penalties, if
         any) of the Company and the Subsidiaries secured by such Liens shall
         not exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

                 (e)      Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties
         for nonpayment, or survey exceptions, encumbrances, mineral or royalty
         reservations, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
         rights of way, sewers, electric lines, pipe lines, telegraph and
         telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
         restrictions as to the use of its properties, which exceptions,
         encumbrances, easements, reservations, rights and restrictions do not
         in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties
         or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the
         Company and its Subsidiaries;

                 (f)      Liens upon any Property acquired by the Company or
         any Subsidiary after the date hereof (A) to secure the payment of all
         or any part of the purchase price of such Property upon the
         acquisition thereof by the Company or such Subsidiary, or (B) to
         secure any indebtedness issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Company
         or any Subsidiary prior to, at the time of, or within 90 days after
         the acquisition of such Property, which indebtedness is issued,
         assumed or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of
         the purchase price of such Property, provided that (i) in the case of
         any such acquisition the Lien shall not apply to any Property other
         than the Property so acquired or purchased and (ii) the aggregate
         amount of indebtedness so secured by such Liens shall not exceed
         $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

                 (g)      Liens of or upon any Property (other than inventory
         and accounts receivable) existing at the time of acquisition thereof
         by the Company or any Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of
         such acquisition;

                 (h)      Liens of or upon any Property of a corporation
         existing at the time such corporation is merged with or into or
         consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary or existing at the
         time of a sale or transfer of the properties of a corporation (or
         division thereof) as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to
         the Company or any Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such
         transaction, provided that (i) the Lien shall not apply to any
         Property not subject thereto immediately prior to such merger,
         consolidation, sale or transfer and (ii) any Lien of or upon any
         Property existing at the time of acquisition thereof complies with
         subsection (g) above;





                                      -47-
<PAGE>   54

                 (i)      Liens to secure indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the
         Company or to another Subsidiary so long as the indebtedness so
         secured is not related to any indebtedness (other than indebtedness
         hereunder) of the Company or such other Subsidiary to any Person other
         than the Company or such other Subsidiary;

                 (j)      Liens in favor of the United States of America or any
         State thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or
         political subdivision of the United States of America or any State
         thereof, or in favor of any other country or political subdivision, to
         secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any
         contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred or
         guaranteed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part
         of the purchase price of the Property subject to such Liens, or the
         cost of constructing or improving the Property subject to such
         mortgages (including, without limitation, mortgages incurred in
         connection with pollution control, industrial revenue or similar
         financings);

                 (k)      Liens upon any Property of Foreign Subsidiaries
         (excluding the Subsidiary Borrower) securing indebtedness permitted by
         Section 10.11(c) hereof if and so long as such Subsidiaries are not
         required to provide Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements hereunder and
         provided the proceeds of such indebtedness were used to finance their
         general working capital requirements (including capital expenditures)
         and their acquisitions to the extent permitted by Section 10.10(k)
         hereof;

                 (l)      any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive
         extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien
         referred to in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (k), inclusive,
         provided, however, that the principal amount of indebtedness secured
         thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of indebtedness so
         secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and
         that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to the
         Property which was subject to the Lien so extended, renewed or
         replaced;

                 (m)      Liens not otherwise permitted under this Section
         10.12 on Property (other than (i) Property of the Company, (ii) shares
         of capital stock in any Subsidiary and (iii) accounts receivable,
         inventory and similar working capital assets) securing Indebtedness in
         an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $3,000,000 at any time
         outstanding;

                 (n)      Liens upon any property of Titan Tire to secure
         credit extended to Titan Tire to finance its general working capital
         requirements (including capital expenditures), provided that (i) prior
         to September 30, 1996 the Company shall cause each holder of such
         Liens to deliver a pay-out letter to the Agent indicating that such
         Liens will be released upon the payment of the indebtedness secured by
         such Liens, such letter to be in form and substance satisfactory to
         the Agent and (ii) such Liens are released no later than September 30,
         1996; and

                 (o)      Liens upon Property of a Restricted Subsidiary to
         secure credit extended to such Restricted Subsidiary to finance its
         general working capital requirements (including capital expenditures).

         Section 10.13.   Dividends and Certain Other Restricted Payments.  The
Company will not during any calendar year (a) declare or pay any dividends on
or make any other





                                      -48-
<PAGE>   55

distributions in respect of any class of its capital stock or any warrant to
acquire any such capital stock (other than dividends payable solely in its
capital stock) or (b) directly or indirectly or through any Subsidiary
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital stock or any
warrant to acquire any such capital stock (except out of the proceeds of, or in
exchange for, a substantially concurrent issue and sale of its capital stock)
(each such non-excepted declarations or payments of dividends, purchases,
redemptions, retirements and distributions in respect to capital stock being
herein collectively called a "Restricted Payment") if at the time of such
Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) any Event of
Default or Default shall occur or be continuing or (ii) the amount of all
Restricted Payments made since the date hereof would exceed 50% of Consolidated
Net Income for the period (taken as a single accounting period) commencing on
the date hereof and terminating at the last fiscal quarter preceding the date
of the Restricted Payment at issue.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Section shall not apply to nor prohibit the Permitted Company Redemption if at
the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of
Default or Default shall occur or be continuing.

         Section 10.14.   Mergers, Consolidations, Leases and Sales.  (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, of or
otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its property, assets or
business, or in any event sell or discount (with or without recourse) any of
its notes or accounts receivable or be or become liable as lessee of any
property theretofore owned by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however,
that this Section shall not apply to nor prohibit the sale by the Company or
any Subsidiary of assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of their
respective businesses or from selling inventory in the ordinary course of its
business.

                 A sale or disposition of assets of the Company shall be deemed
substantial for the foregoing purposes (i) if such assets are sold below the
book value of such assets, such assets constituted 10% or more of the total
assets of the Company or (ii) such assets constituted 20% or more of the total
assets of the Company.

         (b)     The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
be a party to any merger or consolidation, provided, however that this Section
shall not apply to nor prohibit the merger of any Subsidiary (other than
Subsidiary Borrower) or any other Person acquired as a result of or created to
effect an acquisition permitted by Section 10.10(k) hereof into the Company or
any other Subsidiary as to which the Company holds either directly or
indirectly at least the same percentage equity ownership.

         Section 10.15.   Maintenance of Subsidiaries.  The Company will not
assign, sell or transfer, or permit any Subsidiary to issue, assign, sell or
transfer, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary other than to the Company
or another Wholly-owned Subsidiary, provided that this Section shall not apply
to nor operate to prevent:

                 (a)      the transfer of shares of capital stock of the
         Borrower or any Subsidiary as consideration to the transferor in any
         acquisition permitted by Section 10.10(k) hereof, provided that
         notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall
         maintain Subsidiary Borrower as a Wholly-owned Subsidiary (except for
         shares of capital stock of Subsidiary Borrower issued, sold or
         transferred pursuant to Section 10.15(b)); and





                                      -49-
<PAGE>   56

                 (b)      the issuance, sale and transfer to any Person of any
         shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary solely for the purpose of
         qualifying, and to the extent legally necessary to qualify, such
         Person as a director of such Subsidiary.

                 As a condition to establishing or acquiring any Subsidiary,
unless the Required Banks otherwise agree, the Company shall (i) cause such
Subsidiary to execute a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, (ii) cause such
Subsidiary to deliver documentation similar to that described in Section 9.1(a)
and (b) relating to the authorization for, execution and delivery of, and
validity of such Subsidiary's obligations as a Guarantor hereunder and under
the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
Required Banks (including an opinion of counsel from the jurisdiction in which
such Subsidiary is organized) and (iii) deliver an updated Schedule 8.2 to
reflect the new Subsidiary.  Upon its delivery of such Subsidiary Guarantee
Agreement, such Subsidiary shall be conclusively deemed to be a direct
signatory hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary Guarantee
Agreement shall be required from (i) any Foreign Subsidiary if and so long as
(x) its assets do not exceed an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of
Shareholder's Equity as of the close of the then most recently completed
calendar year and (y) the aggregate of Investments by the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries in such Foreign Subsidiary after the date hereof do not exceed
$20,000,000 at any one time outstanding and (ii) Restricted Subsidiaries.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall have 60 days
from the date hereof to deliver an executed Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement of
Sirmac Officine Meccaniche SpA.  If any Foreign Subsidiary (other than Sirmac
Officine Meccaniche SpA) required to execute a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
is unable to execute such a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement without causing the
undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary (as determined for Federal
income tax purposes) to be treated as a deemed dividend to the Company for
Federal income tax purposes, such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to
execute a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement but instead the Company shall pledge
2/3 of the stock of such Foreign Subsidiary as security for the Obligations,
such pledge to be made pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Agent.

         Section 10.16.   Company as Operating Company.  Notwithstanding
Sections 10.10 and 10.14 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Company
will at all times remain an operating company, and the assets owned directly by
the Company and its Wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than Restricted
Subsidiaries) which are Domestic Subsidiaries (without regard to their
ownership of equity interests in Subsidiaries) shall at all times constitute
the majority of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.

         Section 10.17.   ERISA.  The Company will, and will cause each ERISA
Affiliate to, promptly pay and discharge all obligations and liabilities
arising under the Code or ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed
would result in the imposition of a lien against any of their respective
properties or assets or a material obligation to pay money (including, but not
limited to any liability to a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA), will promptly notify the Banks when the Company becomes
aware of the occurrence of any Reportable Event (as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA) which could result in the termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") of any employee benefit plan covering any officers or
employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, any benefits





                                      -50-
<PAGE>   57

of which are, or are required to be, guaranteed by the PBGC (a "Plan") or of
receipt of any notice from the PBGC of its intention to seek termination of any
such Plan or appointment of a trustee therefor.  The Company will, and will
cause each ERISA Affiliate to, notify the Bank of its or any ERISA Affiliate's
intention to terminate any Plan and will not, and will not permit any ERISA
Affiliate to, terminate any such Plan, the termination of which will result in
a material liability to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, unless the Company
and its ERISA Affiliates shall be in compliance with all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement after giving effect to any estimated liability to
the PBGC (as determined by the Plan's independent actuaries) resulting from
such termination or withdrawal.

         Section 10.18.   Burdensome Contracts with Affiliates.  The Company
will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into (x) any contract,
agreement or business arrangement with an Affiliate on terms and conditions
which in the aggregate would be reasonably likely to materially adversely
affect the business, condition (financial or otherwise), Properties or
operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) any
contract, agreement or business arrangement with a Restricted Subsidiary on
terms and conditions which are less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary
than would be usual and customary in similar contracts, agreements or business
arrangements between persons not affiliated with each other (other than the
sale of inventory to a Restricted Subsidiary utilizing the Company's standard
transfer pricing methods for divisional and intercompany sales as currently
utilized by the Company in the ordinary course of the Company's business as
presently conducted).

         Section 10.19.   Change in Fiscal Year.  The Company will not change
its fiscal year.

         Section 10.20.   Change in the Nature of Business.  The Company will
not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business or activity
if as a result the general nature of the business of the Company or any
Subsidiary would be changed in any material respect from the general nature of
the business engaged in by the Company or such Subsidiary on the date of this
Agreement.

         Section 10.21.   Use of Property and Facilities; Environmental, Health
and Safety Laws.  The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
comply in all material respects with the requirements of all federal, state and
local environmental and health and safety laws, rules, regulations and orders
applicable to or pertaining to the Properties or business operations of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.  Without limiting the foregoing, the
Company will not, and will not permit any Person to, except in accordance with
applicable law, dispose of any Hazardous Material into, onto or from any real
property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  The
Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, promptly provide the Banks
with copies of any notice it receives, or is required to give, with respect to
any material non-compliance (or alleged non-compliance) with any such
environmental, health or safety laws, rules, regulations or orders.

         Section 10.22.   Compliance with Laws.  Without limiting any of the
other covenants of the Company in this Section 10, the Company will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business, and otherwise be, in
compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and orders of any
governmental or judicial authorities; provided, however, that neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to comply with





                                      -51-
<PAGE>   58

any such law, regulation, ordinance or order, including any relating to
environmental, health or safety, if (x) it shall be contesting such law,
regulation, ordinance or order in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided therefor on the books of
the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (y) the failure to
comply therewith could not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on
the business, operations, Property or financial or other condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         Section 10.23.   Use of Loan Proceeds.  The Borrowers will use all
credit under this Agreement solely (i) to finance general working capital
needs, (ii) for general corporate purposes including without limitation
acquisitions permitted by Section 10.10(k) hereof, (iii) for repurchases of the
Company's common stock permitted hereunder and (iv) to refinance indebtedness
of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof.

         Section 10.24.   Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Company
will not designate a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately
prior to such designation no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Company can demonstrate that on a pro forma basis after
giving effect to such designation it will continue to comply through the term
of this Agreement with all the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 11.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

         Section 11.1.    Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following
shall constitute an Event of Default:

                 (a)      (i) default in the payment when due of any principal
         on any Note or any Loan evidenced thereby or any Reimbursement
         Obligation, whether at the stated maturity thereof or at any other
         time provided in any Loan Document; or (ii) default in the payment
         when due of interest on any Note or any Loan evidenced thereby or any
         Reimbursement Obligation or in the payment when due of any fee or
         other Obligation;

                 (b)      default by a Borrower in the observance or
         performance of any covenant set forth in Sections 10.1(a), 10.5(d)(i)
         or (ii), 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14,
         10.15, 10.16, 10.17, 10.18, 10.19, 10.23 or 10.24 hereof or default
         after notice to the Company in the observance of any other covenant
         set forth in Section 10.5 hereof;

                 (c)      default by either Borrower in the observance or
         performance of any other provision hereof not mentioned in (a) or (b)
         above, which is not remedied within thirty (30) days after notice
         thereof to the Company by the Agent or any Bank;

                 (d)      any representation or warranty made herein by either
         Borrower, or in any statement or certificate furnished pursuant hereto
         by either Borrower, or in connection with any Loan made hereunder,
         proves untrue in any material respect as of the date of the issuance
         or making thereof;

                 (e)      the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail within sixty
         (60) days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any judgment or order
         for the payment of money in excess of $4,000,000 (other than any
         judgment for which a financially sound and reputable insurer has
         admitted liability), which is not stayed on appeal or otherwise





                                      -52-
<PAGE>   59

         being appropriately contested in good faith in a manner that stays
         execution on such judgment;

                 (f)      the Company or any other member of its Controlled
         Group shall fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in
         excess of $500,000 which it shall have become liable to pay to the
         PBGC or to a Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to
         terminate a Plan or Plans having aggregate Unfunded Vested Liabilities
         in excess of $500,000 (collectively, a "Material Plan") shall be filed
         under Title IV of ERISA by the Company or any other member of its
         Controlled Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the
         foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of
         ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer
         any Material Plan or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary
         of any Material Plan against the Company or any member of its
         Controlled Group to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA and
         such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within ninety (90) days
         thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the  PBGC
         would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Material
         Plan must be terminated;

                 (g)      (A) default shall occur in the payment when due
         (subject to any applicable grace period) of any indebtedness for
         borrowed money aggregating in excess of $4,000,000 which was incurred,
         assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a
         Restricted Subsidiary), or (B) default or the happening of any event
         shall occur under any indenture, agreement or other instrument under
         which any indebtedness for borrowed money aggregating in excess of
         $4,000,000 was incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any
         Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) if the effect of such
         default is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity
         of such indebtedness and such default or event continues uncured,
         unremedied and unwaived beyond any applicable period of grace, or (C)
         default shall occur in the payment when due (whether at the stated
         maturity or by acceleration or mandatory prepayment in full but not
         otherwise) of any indebtedness for borrowed money aggregating in
         excess of $4,000,000 which was incurred, assumed or guaranteed by any
         one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries if the Required Banks, in
         good faith, believe such default could materially and adversely affect
         the financial condition, business, operations, Properties, condition
         (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries (other than the Restricted Subsidiaries) taken as a
         whole;

                 (h)      any party obligated on any guarantee of any
         Obligations shall purport to disavow, revoke, repudiate or terminate
         such guarantee or such guarantee shall be determined to be
         unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or shall otherwise
         cease to be in full force and effect other than in accordance with its
         terms;

                 (i)      any agreement purporting to subordinate payment of
         any indebtedness to the prior payment of the Notes or any other
         Obligations shall be terminated or shall otherwise cease to have any
         force or effect;

                 (j)      the Company or any Subsidiary makes any payment on
         account of the principal of or interest on any indebtedness which
         payment is prohibited under the





                                      -53-
<PAGE>   60

         terms of any agreement or other instrument subordinating such
         indebtedness to the Notes or any other Obligations;

                 (k)      any payment or distribution of principal or interest
         shall be made on or in respect of, or the Company or any Subsidiary
         shall acquire, prepay or retire, any indebtedness subordinated to the
         prior payment of the Notes or other Obligations, in each case prior to
         the stated maturity thereof or prior to any other times required for
         payment thereof as are in force and effect as of the date hereof;

                 (l)      the Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) have entered
         involuntarily against it an order for relief under the United States
         Bankruptcy Code, as amended, (ii) not pay, or admit in writing its
         inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make
         an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) apply for, seek,
         consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian,
         trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any
         substantial part of its property, (v) institute any proceeding seeking
         to have entered against it an order for relief under the United States
         Bankruptcy Code, as amended, to adjudicate it insolvent, or seeking
         dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement,
         adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
         bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail
         to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations
         of any such proceeding filed against it, or (vi) fail to contest in
         good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 11.1(m)
         hereof; or

                 (m)      a custodian, receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator
         or similar official shall be appointed for the Company or any
         Subsidiary or any substantial part of any of their Property, or a
         proceeding described in Section 11.1(l)(v) shall be instituted against
         the Company or any Subsidiary, and such appointment continues
         undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for
         a period of sixty (60) days.

         Section 11.2.    Non-Bankruptcy Defaults.  When any Event of Default
other than those described in Sections 11.1(l) or (m) has occurred and is
continuing, the Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, (a) if so directed by
the Required Banks, terminate the remaining Commitments of the Banks hereunder
on the date stated in such notice (which may be the date thereof); and (b) if
so directed by the Banks holding more than 51% of the aggregate Original Dollar
Amount of all Loans then outstanding, (1) declare the principal of and the
accrued interest on all outstanding Loans to be forthwith due and payable and
thereupon all Obligations payable hereunder shall be and become immediately due
and payable without further demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind
and (2) enforce any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Loan
Documents or applicable law.  The Agent, after giving notice to the Borrowers
pursuant to Section 11.1 or this Section 11.2, shall also promptly send a copy
of such notice to the other Banks, but the failure to do so shall not impair or
annul the effect of such notice.

         Section 11.3.    Bankruptcy Defaults.  When any Event of Default
described in subsections (l) or (m) of Section 11.1 hereof has occurred and is
continuing, then all outstanding Obligations payable hereunder shall
immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or
notice of any kind, and the obligation of the Banks to extend further credit
pursuant to any of the terms hereof shall immediately terminate.





                                      -54-
<PAGE>   61

         Section 11.4.    Collateral for Undrawn Letters of Credit.  (a) If the
prepayment of the amount available for drawing under any or all outstanding
Letters of Credit is required under Section 4.7 or under Section 11.2 or 11.3
above, the Borrowers shall forthwith pay the amount required to be so prepaid,
to be held by the Agent as provided in subsection (b) below.  Such prepayment
shall be made in U.S. Dollars, unless the Agent elects by notice to the
Borrowers, that such prepayment with regard to a Letter of Credit denominated
in an Alternative Available Currency be made in such Alternative Available
Currency.

         (b)     All amounts prepaid pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be
held by the Agent in a separate collateral account (such account, and the
credit balances, properties and any investments from time to time held therein,
and any substitutions for such account, any certificate of deposit or other
instrument evidencing any of the foregoing and all proceeds of and earnings on
any of the foregoing being collectively called the "Account") as security for,
and for application by the Agent (to the extent available) to, the
reimbursement of any payment under any Letter of Credit then or thereafter made
by the Agent and the Banks, and to the payment of the unpaid balance of any
Loans and all other Obligations.  The Account shall be held in the name of and
subject to the exclusive dominion and control of the Agent for the benefit of
the Agent and the Banks.  If and when requested by the Company, the Agent shall
invest funds held in the Account from time to time in direct obligations of, or
obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally
guaranteed by, the United States of America with a remaining maturity of one
year or less, provided that the Agent is irrevocably authorized to sell
investments held in the Account when and as required to make payments out of
the Account for application to amounts due and owing from the Borrowers to the
Agent or Banks under the Loan Documents; provided, however, that if (i) the
Borrowers shall have made payment of all such obligations referred to in
subsection (a) above, (ii) all relevant preference or other disgorgement
periods relating to the receipt of such payments have passed, and (iii) no
Letters of Credit, Commitments, Loans or other Obligations remain outstanding
hereunder, then the Agent shall repay to the Company any remaining amounts held
in the Account.

         Section 11.5.    Expenses.  The Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent
and each Bank, or any other holder of any Note outstanding hereunder, all costs
and expenses incurred or paid by the Agent and such Bank or any such holder,
including reasonable attorneys' fees (which may include allocated costs of
in-house counsel) and court costs, in connection with any Default or Event of
Default hereunder or in connection with the enforcement of any of the terms
hereof or of any Note.

SECTION 12.      CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.

         Section 12.1.    Change of Law.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Agreement or any Note, if at any time after the date hereof any change
in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration
thereof makes it unlawful for any Bank to make or continue to maintain
Eurocurrency Loans or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby,
such Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrowers, with a copy to
the Agent, and such Bank's obligations to make or maintain Eurocurrency Loans
under this Agreement shall terminate until it is no longer unlawful for such
Bank to make or maintain such Eurocurrency Loans.  The Borrowers shall prepay
on demand the outstanding





                                      -55-
<PAGE>   62

principal amount of any such affected Eurocurrency Loans, together with all
interest accrued thereon and all other amounts then due and payable to such
Bank under this Agreement; provided, however, that if the affected Eurocurrency
Loan was denominated in U.S. Dollars and subject to all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, the Borrowers may then elect to borrow the
principal amount of the affected Eurocurrency Loan from such Bank by means of a
Domestic Rate Loan or Adjusted CD Rate Loan from such Bank that shall not be
made ratably by the Banks but only from such affected Bank and payments whereon
shall be made contemporaneously with payments on the relevant Borrowing of
Eurocurrency Loans.

         Section 12.2.    Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain,
or Inadequacy of, LIBOR or CD Rate.  If on or prior to the first day of any
Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans or Adjusted CD Rate
Loans:

                 (a)      the Agent determines that deposits in United States
         Dollars or Agreement Currencies in the applicable amounts are not
         being offered to it in the off-shore Eurocurrency market or domestic
         certificate of deposit market, as applicable, for such Interest
         Period, or

                 (b)      any Bank shall advise the Agent that LIBOR or the CD
         Rate as determined by the Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect
         the cost to such Bank of funding its Eurocurrency Loans or Adjusted CD
         Rate Loans, as applicable, for such Interest Period,

then the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the
Banks, whereupon, until the Agent notifies the Borrowers that the circumstances
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Banks to
make Eurocurrency Loans or Adjusted CD Rate Loans, as applicable, shall be
suspended.  The Banks shall promptly give notice to the Agent, who will
promptly give notice to the Borrower, if the circumstances giving rise to such
suspension cease to exist.

         Section 12.3.    Increased Cost and Reduced Return.  (a) If on or
after (x) the date hereof, in the case of any obligation to make Committed
Loans, or (y) the date of the related Bid, in the case of any Bid Loan, the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or
any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its Lending Office) with
any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law if of the type
generally complied with by such Bank in accordance with its banking practices)
of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

                 (i)      shall subject any Bank (or its Lending Office) to any
         tax, duty or other charge with respect to its Fixed Rate Loans, its
         Notes or its obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans or its obligation to
         issue or participate in Letters of Credit, or shall change the basis
         of taxation of payments to any Bank (or its Lending Office) of the
         principal of or interest on its Fixed Rate Loans or any other amounts
         due under this Agreement in respect of its Fixed Rate Loans or its
         obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans or its obligation to issue or
         participate in Letters of Credit (except for changes in the rate of
         tax on the overall net income of such Bank or its Lending Office
         imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Bank's principal executive
         office or Lending Office is





                                      -56-
<PAGE>   63

         located); or

                 (ii)     shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
         special deposit or similar requirements (including, without
         limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of
         the Federal Reserve System, such as, for example, a change in official
         reserve requirements, but excluding (A) with respect to any Adjusted
         CD Rate Loan, any such requirement to the extent included in the CD
         Reserve Percentage used in computing the Adjusted CD Rate for such
         Loan and (B) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, any such
         requirement to the extent included in the Eurocurrency Reserve
         Percentage used in computing the Adjusted LIBOR for such Loan) against
         assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by,
         any Bank (or its Lending Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or its
         Lending Office) or on the United States market for certificates of
         deposit or the interbank market any other condition affecting its
         Fixed Rate Loans, its Notes or its obligation to make Fixed Rate
         Loans;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or
its Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan or its
obligation to issue or participate in Letters of Credit, or to reduce the
amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its Lending Office)
under this Agreement or under its Notes with respect thereto, by an amount
deemed by such Bank to be material, then after demand by such Bank (with a copy
to the Agent), the Borrowers shall promptly pay to such Bank such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or
reduction.  In determining such amount, the Bank may use any reasonable
averaging and attribution methods.

         (b)     If any Bank shall determine that the adoption after the date
hereof of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or
any change in any existing law, rule or regulation, or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central
bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by such Bank (or any of its branches) with any request
or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of
law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would
have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Bank or
any Person controlling such Bank as a consequence of such Bank's obligations
hereunder or for the credit which is the subject matter hereof to a level below
that which such Bank could have achieved but for such adoption, change or
compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Bank or any Person
controlling such Bank with respect to liquidity and capital adequacy) by an
amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, within
fifteen (15) days after demand by such Bank, the Borrowers shall pay to the
Agent for the account of such Bank such additional amount or amounts reasonably
determined by such Bank as will compensate such Bank for such reduction.

         Section 12.4.    Lending Offices.  Each Bank may, at its option, elect
to make its Loans hereunder at the branch, office or affiliate specified on the
appropriate signature page hereof (each a "Lending Office") for each type of
Loan available hereunder or at such other of its branches, offices or
affiliates as it may from time to time elect and  designate in a notice to the
Borrower and the Agent.

         Section 12.5.    Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding.  
Notwithstanding any





                                      -57-
<PAGE>   64

other provision of this Agreement, each Bank shall be entitled to fund and
maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it sees fit,
it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all
determinations hereunder shall be made as if each Bank had actually funded and
maintained each Fixed Rate Loan that is a Committed Loan through the purchase
of deposits in the relevant market having a maturity corresponding to such
Loan's Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to LIBOR or the CD
Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period.

SECTION 13.      THE AGENT.

         Section 13.1.    Appointment and Authorization.  Each Bank hereby
irrevocably appoints Harris Trust and Savings Bank as Agent for the Banks under
this Agreement and hereby authorizes the Agent to take such action as Agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto.  The relationship between the Agent and the Banks is and
shall be that of Agent and principal only, and nothing contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed to constitute the Agent
as a trustee or fiduciary for any Bank, Borrower or Guarantor.

         Section 13.2.    Agent and Affiliates.  In its capacity as a lender
hereunder, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement
as any other Bank and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as
though it were not an Agent, and the Agent and its affiliates may accept
deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with
the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrowers as if it were not
the Agent hereunder.  The terms Bank and Banks as used in the Loan Documents,
unless the context otherwise clearly requires, include the Agent in its
individual capacity as a Bank.

         Section 13.3.    Action by Agent.  Except for action expressly
required of the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall in all cases be fully
justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder unless the Agent shall be
indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Banks against any and all
liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action.  In all cases in which this Agreement does
not require the Agent to take certain actions, the Agent shall be fully
justified in using its discretion in failing to take or in taking any action
hereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall
not be required to take any action with respect to any Event of Default, except
as expressly provided in Section 11.2.  The Agent shall be acting as an
independent contractor hereunder and nothing herein shall be deemed to impose
on the Agent any fiduciary obligations to the Banks or the Borrowers.

         Section 13.4.    Consultation with Experts.  The Agent may consult
with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected
by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or
experts.

         Section 13.5.    Liability of Agent.  Neither the Agent nor any of its
directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken
or not taken by it in connection herewith (i) with the consent or at the
request of the Required Banks or (ii) in the absence of its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to
ascertain,





                                      -58-
<PAGE>   65

inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in
connection with this Agreement or any borrowing hereunder; (ii) the performance
or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrowers; (iii) the
satisfaction of any condition specified in Section 9, except receipt of items
required to be delivered to the Agent; or (iv) the validity, effectiveness or
genuineness of this Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument or writing
furnished in connection herewith.  The Agent shall not incur any liability by
acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate, request or statement
(whether written or oral) or other document believed by it to be genuine or to
be signed or sent by the proper party or parties and, in the case of legal
matters, in relying on the advice of counsel (including counsel for the
Borrowers).  The Agent may treat the Banks that are named herein as the holders
of the Notes and the indebtedness contemplated herein unless and until the
Agent receives notice of the assignment of the Note and the indebtedness held
by a Bank hereunder pursuant to an assignment contemplated by Section 15.12
hereof.

         Section 13.6.    Indemnification.  Each Bank shall, ratably in
accordance with its Commitment (or, if the Commitments have been terminated in
whole, ratably in accordance with its outstanding Loans), indemnify the Agent
(to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers) against any cost, expenses
(including reasonable counsels' fees and disbursements), claims, demands,
actions, losses, obligations, damages, penalties, judgments, suits or liability
(except such as result from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct)
that the Agent may suffer or incur in connection with this Agreement or any
action taken or omitted by the Agent hereunder.

         Section 13.7.    Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Bank also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking any action under this Agreement.

         Section 13.8.    Resignation or Removal of Agent and Successor Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided
below, the Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the
Banks and the Borrowers at any time and may be removed by the Required Banks
upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent.  Upon any such
resignation or removal of the Agent, the Required Banks shall have the right to
appoint, with the consent of the Borrowers (and in the case of removal, with
the consent of the Bank being removed as Agent, whose consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have
been so appointed by the Required Banks, and shall have accepted such
appointment, within thirty (30) days after, as the case may be, the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation or if appropriate, the removed Agent's
receipt of notice of removal, then the retiring or removed Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any state
thereof that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $200,000,000.  Upon
the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such
successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and





                                      -59-
<PAGE>   66

become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring or removed Agent,
and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations hereunder.  After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as
Agent or any Agent's removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section
13 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by
it while it was Agent.

         Section 13.9.    Payments.  Unless the Agent shall have been notified
by a Bank prior to the date on which such Bank is scheduled to make payment to
the Agent of the proceeds of a Loan (which notice shall be effective upon
receipt) that such Bank does not intend to make such payment, the Agent may
assume that such Bank has made such payment when due and the Agent may in
reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to
the Borrowers the proceeds of the Loan to be made by such Bank and, if any Bank
has not in fact made such payment to the Agent, such Bank shall, on demand, pay
to the Agent the amount made available to the Borrowers attributable to such
Bank together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period
commencing on the date such amount was made available to the Borrowers and
ending on (but excluding) the date such Bank pays such amount to the Agent at a
rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  If such amount is not received
from such Bank by the Agent immediately upon demand, the Borrowers will, on
demand, repay to the Agent the proceeds of the Loan attributable to such Bank
with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable
to the relevant Loan, but without such payment being considered a payment or
prepayment of a Loan, so that the Borrowers will have no liability under
Section 4.8 hereof with respect to such payment.  If any Bank shall fail to
fund a Loan which it is obligated hereunder to fund, such Bank shall pay the
reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Borrower in enforcing its right to
borrow such a Loan.  However, if it is determined that such Bank was not
obligated to fund such Loan, the Borrower shall pay to such Bank any reasonable
attorneys' fees incurred by such Bank in defending such an action.

SECTION 14.      THE GUARANTEES.

         Section 14.1.    The Guarantees.  To induce the Banks to provide the
credits described herein and in consideration of benefits expected to accrue to
each Guarantor and each Borrower by reason of the Commitments and for other
good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each
Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees it is jointly and
severally liable for, and guarantees jointly and severally, and each Guarantor
hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally to the
Agent and the Banks, and each other holder of the indebtedness guaranteed
hereby, the due and punctual payment of all present and future indebtedness of
the Borrowers evidenced by or arising out of the Loan Documents, including, but
not limited to, the due and punctual payment of principal of and interest on
the Loans, on the Notes and on the Reimbursement Obligations and the due and
punctual payment of all other Obligations now or hereafter owed by the
Borrowers under the Loan Documents as and when the same shall become due and
payable, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to
the terms hereof and thereof.  In case of failure by any Borrower punctually to
pay any indebtedness or other obligations guaranteed hereby, each Guarantor and
each Borrower hereby unconditionally agrees jointly and severally to make such
payment or to cause such payment





                                      -60-
<PAGE>   67

to be made punctually as and when the same shall become due and payable,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and as if such
payment were made by the defaulting Borrower.

         Section 14.2.    Guarantee Unconditional.  The obligations of each
Guarantor and each Borrower as a guarantor under this Section 14 shall be
unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

                 (a)      any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise,
         waiver or release in respect of any obligation of any other Borrower
         or of any other Guarantor under this Agreement or any other Loan
         Document or by operation of law or otherwise;

                 (b)      any modification or amendment of or supplement to
         this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

                 (c)      any change in the corporate existence, structure or
         ownership of, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other
         similar proceeding affecting, any other Borrower, any other Guarantor,
         or any of their respective assets, or any resulting release or
         discharge of any obligation of any other Borrower or of any other
         Guarantor contained in any Loan Document;

                 (d)      the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights
         which any Borrower or any Guarantor may have at any time against the
         Agent, any Bank or any other Person, whether or not arising in
         connection herewith;

                 (e)      any failure to assert, or any assertion of, any claim
         or demand or any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights or
         remedies against any other Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other
         Person or Property;

                 (f)      any application of any sums by whomsoever paid or
         howsoever realized to any obligation of any Borrower, regardless of
         what obligations of the Borrowers remain unpaid;

                 (g)      any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or
         against any other Borrower or any other Guarantor for any reason of
         this Agreement or of any other Loan Document or any provision of
         applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by any
         other Borrower or any other Guarantor of the principal of or interest
         on any Note or any other amount payable by it under the Loan
         Documents; or

                 (h)      any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind
         by the Agent, any Bank or any other Person or any other circumstance
         whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this paragraph,
         constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the obligations of the
         Borrowers or the Guarantor under this Section 14.

         Section 14.3.    Discharge Only Upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in
Certain Circumstances.  Each Borrower's and each Guarantor's obligations under
this Section 14 shall remain in full force and effect until the Commitments are
terminated and the principal of and interest on the Notes and all other amounts
payable by any Borrower under this Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall
have been paid in full.  If at any time any payment of the principal of or
interest on any Note or any other amount payable by any Borrower under the Loan
Documents is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the
insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of either Borrower or of a Guarantor,
or





                                      -61-
<PAGE>   68

otherwise, each Borrower's and each Guarantor's obligations under this Section
14 with respect to such payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such
payment had become due but had not been made at such time.

         Section 14.4.    Waivers.  (a)  General.  Each Borrower and each
Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest
and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any
time any action be taken by the Agent, any Bank or any other Person against
another Borrower, another Guarantor or any other Person.

         (b)     Subrogation and Contribution.  Each Guarantor and each
Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other right it may now or
hereafter acquire against any other Borrower or any other Guarantor that arises
from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor's
obligations under this Section 14 or any other Loan Document, including,
without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration,
contribution, indemnification, or any right to participate in any claim or
remedy of the Agent, any Bank or any other holder of the indebtedness
guaranteed hereby against any other Borrower or any other Guarantor whether or
not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or
common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from
any other Borrower or any other Guarantor directly or indirectly, in cash or
other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on
account of such claim or other right.

         Section 14.5.    Limit on Recovery.  Notwithstanding any other
provision hereof, the right to recovery of the Agent and the Banks against each
Guarantor under this Section 14 shall not exceed $1.00 less than the amount
which would render such Guarantor's obligations under this Section 14 void or
voidable under applicable law, including without limitation fraudulent
conveyance law.

         Section 14.6.    Stay of Acceleration.  If acceleration of the time
for payment of any amount payable by any Borrower under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization
of such Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the
terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall nonetheless be
payable jointly and severally by the Guarantors and the other Borrowers
hereunder forthwith on demand by the Agent made at the request of the Required
Banks.

SECTION 15.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         Section 15.1.    Withholding Taxes.  (a) Payments Free of Withholding.
Except as otherwise required by law and subject to Section 15.1(b) hereof, each
payment by the Borrowers and the Guarantors under this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents or in respect of the Letters of Credit shall be made without
withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes (other than
overall net income taxes on the recipient) imposed by or within the
jurisdiction in which either Borrower or any Guarantor is domiciled, any
jurisdiction from which either Borrower or any Guarantor makes any payment, or
(in each case) any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein.  If any such withholding is so required, the Borrowers or such
Guarantors, as applicable shall make the withholding, pay the amount withheld
to the appropriate governmental authority before penalties attach





                                      -62-
<PAGE>   69

thereto or interest accrues thereon and forthwith pay such additional amount as
may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by each Bank
and the Agent free and clear of such taxes (including such taxes on such
additional amount) is equal to the amount which that Bank or the Agent (as the
case may be) would have received had such withholding not been made.  If the
Agent or any Bank pays any amount in respect of any such taxes, penalties or
interest the Borrowers and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Agent or that
Bank for that payment on demand in the currency in which such payment was made.
If the Borrowers or the Guarantors pay any such taxes, penalties or interest,
it shall deliver official tax receipts evidencing that payment or certified
copies thereof to the Bank or Agent on whose account such withholding was made
(with a copy to the Agent if not the recipient of the original) on or before
the thirtieth day after payment.  If any Bank or the Agent determines it has
received or been granted a credit against or relief or remission for, or
repayment of, any taxes paid or payable by it because of any taxes, penalties
or interest paid by the Borrowers or the Guarantors and evidenced by such a tax
receipt, such Bank or Agent shall, to the extent it can do so without prejudice
to the retention of the amount of such credit, relief, remission or repayment,
pay to the Borrowers or such Guarantor, as applicable, such amount as such Bank
or Agent determines is attributable to such deduction or withholding and which
will leave such Bank or Agent (after such payment) in no better or worse
position than it would have been in if the Borrowers had not been required to
make such deduction or withholding.  Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere
with the right of each Bank and the Agent to arrange its tax affairs in
whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Bank or the Agent to disclose any
information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in connection with
such taxes.

         (b)     U.S. Withholding Tax Exemptions.  Each Bank that is not a
United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the
Code) shall submit to the Company and the Agent on or before the earlier of the
date the initial Borrowing is made hereunder and thirty (30) days after the
date hereof, two duly completed and signed copies of either Form 1001 (relating
to such Bank and entitling it to a complete exemption from withholding under
the Code on all amounts to be received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant
to the Loan Documents and the Loans) or Form 4224 (relating to all amounts to
be received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to the Loan Documents and
the Loans) of the United States Internal Revenue Service.  Thereafter and from
time to time, each Bank shall submit to the Company and the Agent such
additional duly completed and signed copies of one or the other of such Forms
(or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant
United States taxing authorities) as may be (i) requested by the Company in a
written notice, directly or through the Agent, to such Bank and (ii) required
under then-current United States law or regulations to avoid or reduce United
States withholding taxes on payments in respect of all amounts to be received
by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to the Loan Documents or the Loans or
the Letters of Credit.  Upon the request of the Company, each Bank that is a
United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the
Code) shall submit to the Company and the Agent a certificate to the effect
that it is such United States person.

         (c)     Inability of Bank to Submit Forms.  If any Bank determines, as
a result of any





                                      -63-
<PAGE>   70

change in applicable law, regulation or treaty, or in any official application
or interpretation thereof, that it is unable to submit to the Company or Agent
any form or certificate that such Bank is obligated to submit pursuant to
subsection (b) of this Section 15.1. or that such Bank is required to withdraw
or cancel any such form or certificate previously submitted or any such form or
certificate otherwise becomes ineffective or inaccurate, such Bank shall
promptly notify the Company and Agent of such fact and the Bank shall to that
extent not be obligated to provide any such form or certificate and will be
entitled to withdraw or cancel any affected form or certificate, as applicable.

         Section 15.2.    No Waiver of Rights.  No delay or failure on the part
of the Agent or any Bank or on the part of the holder or holders of any Note in
the exercise of any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other
power or right, and the rights and remedies hereunder of the Agent, the Banks
and the holder or holders of any Notes are cumulative to, and not exclusive of,
any rights or remedies which any of them would otherwise have.

         Section 15.3.    Non-Business Day.  If any payment of principal or
interest on any Note or any fees shall fall due on a day which is not a
Business Day, (i) interest at the rate such Note bears for the period prior to
maturity shall continue to accrue on such principal from the stated due date
thereof to and including the next succeeding Business Day and (ii) such
principal, interest and fees shall be payable on such next succeeding Business
Day

         Section 15.4.    Documentary Taxes.  The Borrowers agree that they
will pay any documentary, stamp or similar taxes payable in respect to any Loan
Document, the Applications or the Letters of Credit, including interest and
penalties, in the event any such taxes are assessed, irrespective of when such
assessment is made and whether or not any credit is then in use or available
hereunder.

         Section 15.5.    Survival of Representations.  All representations and
warranties made herein or in certificates given pursuant hereto shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and
shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the date as of which
they were made as long as any credit is in use or available hereunder.

         Section 15.6.    Survival of Indemnities.  All indemnities and all
other provisions relative to reimbursement to the Banks of amounts sufficient
to protect the yield of the Banks with respect to the Loans, including, but not
limited to, Section 4.8, Section 12.3 and Section 15.15 hereof, shall survive
the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the payment
of the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder.

         Section 15.7.    Sharing of Set-Off.  Each Bank agrees with each other
Bank a party hereto that if such Bank shall receive and retain any payment,
whether by set-off or application of deposit balances or otherwise ("Set-off"),
on any of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in excess of its ratable share
of payments on all such obligations then outstanding to the Banks, then such
Bank shall purchase for cash at face value, but without recourse, ratably from
each of the other Banks such amount of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations,
or participations therein, held by each such other Banks (or interest therein)
as shall be necessary to cause such Bank to share such excess payment ratably





                                      -64-
<PAGE>   71

with all the other Banks; provided, however, that if any such purchase is made
by any Bank, and if such excess payment or part thereof is thereafter recovered
from such purchasing Bank, the related purchases from the other Banks shall be
rescinded ratably and the purchase price restored as to the portion of such
excess payment so recovered, but without interest.  For purposes of this
Section 15.7, amounts owed to or recovered by, the Agent in connection with
Reimbursement Obligations in which Banks have been required to fund their
participation shall be treated as amounts owed to or recovered by the Agent as
a Bank hereunder.

         Section 15.8.    Notices.  Except as otherwise specified herein, all
notices under the Loan Documents shall be in writing (including cable,
telecopy, telex or other electronic communication) and shall be given to a
party hereunder at its address, telecopier number or telex number set forth
below or such other address, telecopier number or telex number as such party
may hereafter specify by notice to the Agent and the Borrowers, given by
courier, by United States certified or registered mail, or by other
telecommunication device capable of creating a written record of such notice
and its receipt.  Notices under the Loan Documents to the Banks and the Agent
shall be addressed to their respective addresses, telecopier, telex, or
telephone numbers set forth on the signature pages hereof, and to the Borrowers
and the Guarantors to:


                 Titan Wheel International
                 2701 Spruce Street
                 Quincy, Illinois  62301
                 Attention:  General Counsel
                 Telecopy:  (217) 228-3040
                 Telephone:  (217) 228-6011

                 with a copy to:

                 Schmiedeskamp, Robertson, Neu & Mitchell
                 525 Jersey
                 P.O. Box 1069
                 Quincy, Illinois  62306
                 Attention:  William M. McCleery, Jr.

         Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective
(i) if given by telecopier, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopier
number specified in this Section 15.8 or on the signature pages hereof and a
confirmation of receipt of such telecopy has been received by the sender, (ii)
if given by telex, when such telex is transmitted to the telex number specified
in this Section 15.8 or on the signature pages hereof and the answerback is
received by sender, (iii) if given by courier, when delivered, (iv) if given by
mail, three Business Days after such communication is deposited in the mail,
registered with return receipt requested, addressed as aforesaid or (v) if
given by any other means, when delivered at the addresses specified in this
Section 15.8 or on the signature pages hereof; provided that any notice given
pursuant to Section 1 hereof shall be effective only upon receipt and notices





                                      -65-
<PAGE>   72

described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (v) above that are received after
normal business hours will be deemed received at the opening of business on the
next Business Day.

         Section 15.9.    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterpart signature pages, and by the different parties on
different counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original
but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         Section 15.10.   Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be
binding upon the Borrowers and their successors and assigns, and shall inure to
the benefit of each of the Banks and the benefit of their respective successors
and assigns, including any subsequent holder of any Note.  The Borrowers may
not assign any of their rights or obligations under any Loan Document without
the written consent of all of the Banks.

         Section 15.11.   Participants.  Each Bank shall have the right at its
own cost to grant participations (to be evidenced by one or more agreements or
certificates of participation) in the Loans made and Reimbursement Obligations
and/or Commitments held by such Bank at any time and from time to time to one
or more other Persons; provided that (i) no such participation shall relieve
any Bank of any of its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) no Bank shall
agree with such participant not to exercise any of its rights hereunder without
the consent of such participant except for rights which under the terms hereof
may only be exercised by all Banks and (iii) no such participant shall have any
direct rights under this Agreement except as provided in this Section 15.11,
and the Agent shall have no obligation or responsibility to such participant.
Any agreement pursuant to which such participation  is granted shall provide
that the granting Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to
enforce the obligations of the Borrowers and Guarantors under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents including, without limitation, the right to
approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan
Documents, except that such agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree
to any modification, amendment or waiver of the Loan Documents that would
reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date for payment of any Obligation
in which such participant has an interest.  Any party to which such a
participation has been granted shall have the benefits of Section 4.8 and
Section 12.3 hereof.  Each Borrower and each Guarantor authorizes each Bank to
disclose to any participant or prospective participant under this Section 15.11
any financial or other information pertaining to the Borrowers or any
Guarantor.

         Section 15.12.   Assignment Agreements.  Each Bank may, from time to
time upon at least five Business Days' notice to the Agent, assign to other
commercial lenders or a Federal Reserve Bank part of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement (including without limitation the indebtedness evidenced
by the Notes then owned by such assigning Bank, together with an equivalent
proportion of its obligation to make loans and advances and participate in
Letters of Credit hereunder) pursuant to written agreements executed by such
assigning Bank, such assignee lender or lenders, the Borrowers and the Agent,
which agreements shall specify in each instance the portion of the indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes which is to be assigned to each such assignee lender and
the portion of the Commitments of the assigning Bank to be assumed by it (the
"Assignment Agreements"); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment
shall be of a constant, and not a varying,





                                      -66-
<PAGE>   73

percentage of the assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement
and the assignment shall cover the same percentage of such Bank's Revolving
Commitments, Term Commitments, Loans, Notes and interests in Letters of Credit;
(ii) unless the Agent and the Company otherwise consent, the aggregate amount
of the Commitments, Loans, Notes and interests in the Letters of Credit of the
assigning Bank being assigned to such assignee lender pursuant to each such
assignment (determined as of the effective date of the relevant Assignment
Agreement) shall in no event be less than $10,000,000 and shall be an integral
multiple of $5,000,000; (iii) each Bank shall maintain for its own account at
least $10,000,000 of its Commitment or assign all of its Commitment; (iv) the
Agent and the Company must each consent (except for assignments to a Federal
Reserve Bank), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to each such
assignment to a party which was not an original signatory of this Agreement or
an Affiliate of such a signatory; and (v) the assignee lender must pay to the
Agent a processing and recordation fee of $2,500.  Upon the execution of each
Assignment Agreement by the assigning Bank thereunder, the assignee lender
thereunder, the Company and the Agent and payment to such assigning Bank by
such assignee lender of the purchase price for the portion of the indebtedness
of the Borrowers being acquired by it, (i) such assignee lender shall thereupon
become a "Bank" for all purposes of this Agreement with Commitments in the
amounts set forth in such Assignment Agreement and with all the rights, powers
and obligations afforded a Bank hereunder, (ii) such assigning Bank shall have
no further liability for funding the portion of its Commitments assumed by such
other Bank and (iii) the address for notices to such assignee Bank shall be as
specified in the Assignment Agreement executed by it.  Concurrently with the
execution and delivery of such Assignment Agreement, the Borrowers shall
execute and deliver Notes to the assignee Bank in the amount of its Revolving
Commitment and Term Commitment and new Notes to the assigning Bank in the
amounts of its Revolving Commitment and Term Commitment after giving effect to
the reduction occasioned by such assignment, such Notes to constitute "Notes"
for all purposes of this Agreement.  Upon its receipt of such Notes, the
assigning Bank shall return its old Notes to the Borrower marked cancelled.

         Section 15.13.   Amendments.  Any provision of the Loan Documents may
be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing
and is signed by (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Required Banks, and (c) if the
rights or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, the Agent; provided that:

                 (i)      no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 15.13
         shall (A) increase the Commitment of any Bank without the consent of
         such Bank or (B) reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date for
         payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan or Reimbursement
         Obligation or of any fee payable hereunder or (C) extend the
         Termination Date without the consent of each Bank; and

                 (ii)     no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 15.13
         shall, unless signed by each Bank, change any provision of Section 9,
         Section 11, this Section 15.13, or the definition of Required Banks,
         or affect the number of Banks required to take any action under the
         Loan Documents.

         Section 15.14.   Headings.  Section headings used in this Agreement
are for reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.





                                      -67-
<PAGE>   74

         Section 15.15.   Legal Fees, Other Costs and Indemnification.  The
Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent in
connection with the preparation and execution of and any amendment, waiver or
consent related to the Loan Documents.  The Borrowers further agree to
indemnify each Bank, the Agent, and their respective directors, officers and
employees, against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments,
liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, all expenses of
litigation or preparation therefor, whether or not the indemnified Person is a
party thereto) which any of them may incur or reasonably pay arising out of or
relating to any Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby
or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds
of any Loan or Letter of Credit, other than (i) those which arise from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party claiming indemnification or
(ii) for costs or liabilities incurred in suits which are exclusively among the
Banks or the Banks and the Agent regarding damages not caused by the Borrowers
or any Guarantor.  The Borrowers, upon demand by the Agent or a Bank at any
time, shall reimburse the Agent or Bank for any legal or other expenses
incurred in connection with investigating or defending against any of the
foregoing, except if the same is directly due to the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified or is for such a suit
exclusively among the Banks or the Banks and the Agent.

         Section 15.16.   Set Off.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter
granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights,
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each Bank and each subsequent
holder of any Note is hereby authorized by each Borrower and each Guarantor at
any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrowers, to the
Guarantors or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly
waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits
(general or special, including, but not limited to, Indebtedness evidenced by
certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust
accounts, and in whatever currency denominated) and any other indebtedness at
any time held or owing by that Bank (or any affiliate thereof) or that
subsequent holder to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any
Guarantor, whether or not matured, against and on account of the obligations
and liabilities of the either Borrower or any Guarantor to that Bank or that
subsequent holder under the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all
claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with the Loan
Documents, irrespective of whether or not (a) that Bank or that subsequent
holder shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the
interest on the Loans or Notes and other amounts due hereunder shall have
become due and payable pursuant to Section 9 and although said obligations and
liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured.

         Section 15.17.   Currency.  Each reference in this Agreement to U.S.
Dollars or to an Agreement Currency (the "relevant currency") is of the
essence.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligation of the
Borrowers in respect of any amount due in the relevant currency under this
Agreement shall, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether
pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), be discharged only to the extent of the
amount in the relevant currency that the Bank entitled to receive such payment
may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase with the sum paid
in such other currency (after any





                                      -68-
<PAGE>   75

premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately following the
day on which such party receives such payment.  If the amount in the relevant
currency that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount
originally due, the Borrowers shall pay such additional amounts, in the
relevant currency, as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall.  Any
obligations of the Borrowers not discharged by such payment shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be due as a separate and
independent obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, shall continue
in full force and effect.

         Section 15.18.   Currency Equivalence.  If for the purposes of
obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from a
Borrower hereunder or under the Applications in the currency expressed to be
payable herein or under the Applications (the "specified currency") into
another currency, the parties agree that the rate of exchange used shall be
that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could
purchase the specified currency with such other currency on the Business Day
preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the
Borrowers in respect of any such sum due to any Bank or the Agent hereunder or
under any Note shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the
specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day
following receipt, such Bank or the Agent, as applicable, may in accordance
with normal banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other
currency.  If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than
the sum originally due to such Bank or the Agent in the specified currency, the
Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such
judgment, to indemnify such Bank and the Agent against such loss, and if the
amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds the sum of (a) the amount
originally due to the applicable Bank or the Agent in the specified currency
plus (b) any amounts shared with other Banks as a result of allocations of such
excess as a disproportionate payment to such Bank under Section 15.7 hereof,
such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the
Borrowers.

         Section 15.19.   Entire Agreement.  The Loan Documents constitute the
entire understanding of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter
thereof and any prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral,
with respect thereto are superseded thereby.

         Section 15.20.   Governing Law.  This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, and the rights and duties of the parties hereto, shall be construed
and determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

         Section 15.21.   PERSONAL JURISDICTION.

         (a)     EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION.  EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SUBSECTION (B),
THE AGENT, THE BANKS, THE BORROWERS AND THE GUARANTORS AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES
AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE
RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED ONLY BY STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN COOK
COUNTY, ILLINOIS, BUT EACH OF THE AGENT, THE BANKS, THE BORROWERS AND THE
GUARANTORS ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD
BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.  THE BORROWERS AND





                                      -69-
<PAGE>   76

THE GUARANTORS WAIVE IN ALL DISPUTES ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY HAVE TO THE
LOCATION OF THE COURT CONSIDERING THE DISPUTE.

         (b)     OTHER JURISDICTIONS.  THE BORROWERS AND THE GUARANTORS AGREE
THAT THE AGENT AND EACH OF THE BANKS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO PROCEED AGAINST
THE BORROWERS AND THE GUARANTORS OR THEIR PROPERTY IN A COURT IN ANY LOCATION
TO ENABLE THE AGENT OR ANY BANK TO REALIZE ON PROPERTY, OR TO ENFORCE A
JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER ENTERED IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT OR ANY BANK.  THE
BORROWERS AND THE GUARANTORS AGREE THAT THEY WILL NOT ASSERT ANY PERMISSIVE
COUNTERCLAIMS IN ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PROVISION BY
THE AGENT OR ANY BANK TO REALIZE ON PROPERTY, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER
COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT OR ANY BANK.  THE BORROWERS AND THE
GUARANTORS WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY HAVE TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT
IN WHICH THE AGENT OR ANY BANK HAS COMMENCED A PROCEEDING DESCRIBED IN THIS
SUBSECTION.

         SECTION 15.22.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH BORROWER, EACH GUARANTOR,
THE AGENT AND EACH BANK EACH WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN
RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE,
BETWEEN THE AGENT OR ANY BANK AND ANY BORROWER OR ANY GUARANTOR ARISING OUT OF,
CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG
THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER
INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH
OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.  EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS,
THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND
THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT
WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE
WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

         SECTION 15.23.   WAIVER OF BOND.  EACH BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR
WAIVES THE POSTING OF ANY BOND OTHERWISE REQUIRED OF THE AGENT OR ANY BANK IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY JUDICIAL PROCESS OR PROCEEDING TO OBTAIN POSSESSION OF,
REPLEVY, ATTACH OR LEVY UPON ANY SECURITY FOR THE NOTES AND ANY OTHER
OBLIGATIONS, TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER ENTERED IN FAVOR OF
THE AGENT OR ANY BANK, OR TO ENFORCE BY SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, TEMPORARY
RESTRAINING ORDER, OR PRELIMINARY OR PERMANENT INJUNCTION, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT BETWEEN THE AGENT OR ANY
BANK AND ANY BORROWER OR GUARANTOR.

         SECTION 15.24.   ADVICE OF COUNSEL.  EACH BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR
REPRESENTS TO THE AGENT AND EACH BANK THAT IT HAS DISCUSSED THIS AGREEMENT WITH
ITS LAWYERS.





                                      -70-
<PAGE>   77

                 Upon your acceptance hereof in the manner hereinafter set
forth, this Agreement shall be a contract between us for the purposes
hereinabove set forth.

         Signature;Dated as of this 19th day of September, 1996.

                                        Titan Wheel International, Inc.


                                        By Cheri T. Holley
                                        Name: Cheri T. Holley
                                        Title: Secretary





                                      -71-
<PAGE>   78

              Accepted and Agreed to as of the day and year last above written.

111 West Monroe Street                     HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
Chicago, Illinois  60690                     in its individual capacity as a 
                                             Bank and
Attention:  James H. Colley                  as Agent
Telecopy:  (312) 461-2591
Telephone:  (312) 461-6876
                                           By James H. Colley
Revolving Commitment:  $23,000,000           Name: James H. Colley
Term Commitment:  $12,000,000                Title:   Vice President


Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         111 West Monroe Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60690

 Eurocurrency Loans:                         Nassau Branch
                                             c/o 111 West Monroe Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60690

Bid Loans:                                   111 West Monroe Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60690

CD Rate Loans:                               111 West Monroe Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60690





                                      -72-
<PAGE>   79


One First National Plaza                  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
Mail Suite 0088
Chicago, Illinois  60670
Attention:  Cory Olson
Telecopy:  (312) 732-5161                 By Cory M. Olsen
Telephone:  (312) 732-1706                   Name: Cory M. Olsen
                                             Title: Vice President

Revolving Commitment: $23,000,000
Term Commitment: $12,000,000

Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         One First National Plaza
                                             Mail Suite 0088
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60670

Eurocurrency Loans:                          One First National Plaza
                                             Mail Suite 0088
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60670

Bid Loans:                                   One First National Plaza
                                             Mail Suite 0088
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60670

CD Rate Loans:                               One First National Plaza
                                             Mail Suite 0088
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60670





                                      -73-
<PAGE>   80


233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2800              NATIONSBANK, N.A.
Chicago, Illinois  60606
Attention:  Matthew Walters
Telecopy:  (312) 234-5601                    By  Mary Carol Daly
Telephone:  (312) 234-5640                      Name:  Mary Carol Daly
                                                Title: Vice President 
                                                  
                                                  
Revolving Commitment: $23,000,000
Term Commitment: $12,000,000


Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         Independence Center   
                                             101 N. Tryon Street
                                             NC 1-001-15-03
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina  28255
                                             Attention:  Jennifer Sawdey

Eurocurrency Loans:                          Independence Center
                                             101 N. Tryon Street
                                             NC 1-001-15-03
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina  28255
                                             Attention:  Jennifer Sawdey

Bid Loans:                                   Independence Center              
                                             101 N. Tryon Street
                                             NC 1-001-15-03
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina  28255
                                             Attention:  Jennifer Sawdey

CD Rate Loans:                               Independence Center             
                                             101 N. Tryon Street
                                             NC 1-001-15-03
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina  28255
                                             Attention:  Jennifer Sawdey





                                      -74-
<PAGE>   81


Institutional Banking                     MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS NATIONAL
One Mercantile Center                        ASSOCIATION
7th & Washington
Tram 12-3
St. Louis, Missouri 63101                 By Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
Attention:  Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.            Name: Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
Telecopy:  (314) 425-3859                    Title: Vice President
Telephone:  (314) 425-2462

Revolving Commitment: $13,142,857.14
Term Commitment: $6,857,142.86


Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         One Mercantile Center      
                                             7th & Washington
                                             Tram 12-3
                                             St. Louis, Missouri 63101

Eurocurrency Loans:                          One Mercantile Center      
                                             7th & Washington
                                             Tram 12-3
                                             St. Louis, Missouri 63101

Bid Loans:                                   One Mercantile Center      
                                             7th & Washington
                                             Tram 12-3
                                             St. Louis, Missouri 63101

CD Rate Loans:                               One Mercantile Center      
                                             7th & Washington
                                             Tram 12-3
                                             St. Louis, Missouri 63101





                                      -75-
<PAGE>   82


25 Park Place                             SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
24th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30302
Attention:  Candace Cole                  By Candace J. Cole
Telecopy:  (404) 230-5088                    Name: Candace J. Cole
Telephone:  (404) 588-8505                   Title: Banking Officer

Revolving Commitment: $16,428,571.43
Term Commitment: $8,571,428.57
                                          By Donald M. Lynch
                                             Name: Donald M. Lynch
                                             Title: Group Vice President 


Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         25 Park Place
                                             24th Floor
                                             Atlanta, Georgia 30302

Eurocurrency Loans:                          25 Park Place
                                             24th Floor
                                             Atlanta, Georgia 30302

Bid Loans:                                   25 Park Place
                                             24th Floor
                                             Atlanta, Georgia 30302

CD Rate Loans:                               25 Park Place
                                             24th Floor
                                             Atlanta, Georgia 30302





                                      -76-
<PAGE>   83


135 South LaSalle Street                  ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
Chicago, Illinois  60674-9135
Attention:  Stephen J. Czech
Telecopy:  (312) 606-8425
Telephone:  (312) 904-6051

                                          By Stephen J. Czech
Revolving Commitment: $16,428,571.43         Name: Stephen J. Czech
Term Commitment: $8,571,428.57               Title: Vice President

                                          By Thomas M. Toerpe
                                             Name: Thomas M. Toerpe
                                             Title: Vice President


Lending Offices:
Domestic Rate Loans:                         135 South LaSalle Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60674-9135

Eurocurrency Loans:                          135 South LaSalle Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60674-9135

Bid Loans:                                   135 South LaSalle Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60674-9135

CD Rate Loans:                               135 South LaSalle Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois  60674-9135





                                      -77-

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(1)
 
                    PAGES F-2 THROUGH F-29 OF THE COMPANY'S
                   ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<PAGE>   2



TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
ASSETS                                                                        1994        1995
                                                                              ----        ----
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>      
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                 $  7,241   $  14,211
  Marketable securities                                                           31          32
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $2,213 and
    $4,970, respectively)                                                     70,179     107,137
  Inventories (Note 3)                                                       106,963     124,928
  Prepaid and other current assets                                             7,944      18,592
                                                                            --------   ---------

     Total current assets                                                    192,358     264,900

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 4)                                  143,323     178,286
Other assets (Note 6)                                                         28,429      17,701
Goodwill (Note 5)                                                             36,350      51,248
                                                                            --------   ---------

     Total assets                                                           $400,460   $ 512,135
                                                                            ========   =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7)                                $  3,195   $  26,419
  Accounts payable                                                            35,989      58,592
  Other current liabilities (Note 8)                                          33,212      28,631
                                                                            --------   ---------

     Total current liabilities                                                72,396     113,642

Deferred income taxes (Note 11)                                               10,778      15,704
Other long-term liabilities (Note 9)                                          31,209      24,612
Long-term debt (Note 7)                                                      178,341     142,305
                                                                            --------   ---------

     Total liabilities                                                       292,724     296,263
                                                                            --------   ---------

Contingencies (Notes 18 and 19)
Stockholders' equity (Note 17)
   Preferred stock, Class A, no par, $7.50 stated value, 4,000,000 shares
    authorized, 1,000,000 and 0 issued
    and outstanding, respectively                                              7,500         -0-
   Common stock, no par, 60,000,000 shares authorized,
    16,275,294 and 22,477,086 issued and outstanding, respectively                16          23
  Additional paid-in capital                                                  62,587     152,283
  Common stock warrants                                                       10,000         -0-
  Retained earnings                                                           27,220      64,142
  Cumulative translation adjustment                                              413           8
  Treasury stock at cost:  0 and 78,817 shares, respectively                     -0-        (584)
                                                                            --------   ---------
     Total stockholders' equity                                              107,736     215,872
                                                                            --------   ---------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                  $400,460   $ 512,135
                                                                            ========   =========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       F-2

<PAGE>   3



TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1993         1994         1995
                                                  ----         ----         ----
<S>             <C>                            <C>          <C>          <C>      
Net sales (Note 10)                            $ 150,441    $ 407,000    $ 623,183

Cost of sales                                    125,172      338,568      507,457
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

Gross profit                                      25,269       68,432      115,726

Selling, general and administrative expenses      10,722       28,343       40,615
Research and development expenses                  1,405        2,093        2,056
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

 Income from operations                           13,142       37,996       73,055

Other (income) expense
  Interest expense                                 3,242        8,503       12,045
  Minority interest                                  -0-          -0-        1,210
  Other                                             (214)        (614)      (3,480)
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

Income before income taxes                        10,114       30,107       63,280

Provision for income taxes (Note 11)               3,753       11,627       25,297
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

Net income                                     $   6,361    $  18,480    $  37,983
                                               =========    =========    =========

Earnings per common share (Note 16):
  Primary                                      $     .46    $    1.14    $    1.91
  Fully diluted                                      .46          .89         1.50
</TABLE>





          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>   4




TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        NUMBER OF              NUMBER OF          ADDITIONAL  COMMON            CUMULATIVE
                                        PREFERRED  PREFERRED    COMMON     COMMON  PAID-IN     STOCK  RETAINED TRANSLATION  TREASURY
                                          SHARES     STOCK      SHARES     STOCK   CAPITAL   WARRANTS EARNINGS  ADJUSTMENT    STOCK
                                          ------     -----      ------     -----   -------   -------- --------  ----------    -----
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>   
BALANCE JANUARY 1, 1993                         0  $      0   13,688,116  $  14    $  3,588  $      0 $  3,036   $      2    $    0
                                                                                  
Net income                                                                                               6,361
Dividends paid on  common stock                                                                          (195)
Cancellation of pledged shares held in                                            
   escrow                                                    (5,475,616)          
Shares issued in initial public offering                       5,287,500             32,206
Shares issued in Dyneer transaction                            2,317,664      2      21,994
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                                             (280)
                                                                                  
                                        ---------    ------   ----------  -----    --------  -------- --------   --------    ------
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1993                       0         0   15,817,664     16      57,788         0    9,202      (278)         0
                                                                                  
Net income                                                                                              18,480
Dividends paid on common stock                                                                           (432)
Exercise of Dyneer options                                       441,392              4,602
Issuance of stock under 401(k) Plan                               16,238                197
Preferred stock issued                  1,000,000     7,500                       
Dividends on preferred stock                                                                              (30)
Common stock warrants issued                                                                   10,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                                               691
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                        ---------    ------   ----------  -----    --------  -------- --------   --------    ------
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
Balance December 31, 1994               1,000,000    $7,500   16,275,294  $  16    $ 62,587  $ 10,000 $ 27,220   $    413    $    0
</TABLE>

           See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       F-4

<PAGE>   5



TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF         ADDITIONAL  COMMON             CUMULATIVE
                                         PREFERRED  PREFERRED   COMMON   COMMON   PAID-IN    STOCK    RETAINED TRANSLATION  TREASURY
                                           SHARES     STOCK     SHARES   STOCK    CAPITAL   WARRANTS  EARNINGS  ADJUSTMENT   STOCK
                                           ------     -----     ------   -----    -------   --------  --------  ----------   -----
<S>                                      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>   
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994                 1,000,000  $  7,500 16,275,294  $   16   $ 62,587 $ 10,000  $ 27,220   $  413     $    0
                                                                                                                           
Net income                                                                                              37,983             
Dividends paid on common stock                                                                          (1,031)             
Shares issued in public offering                               4,312,500       5     64,560                                
Conversion of subordinated notes                               1,405,120       2     17,414                                
Dyneer contingent consideration                                  426,688              4,717                                
Exercise of Dyneer options                                        48,391                600                                
Issuance of stock under 401(k) plan                               87,910              1,353                                
Repurchase of preferred stock           (1,000,000)   (7,500)                                                              
Dividends on preferred stock                                                                               (30)             
Repurchase of common stock warrants                                                          (10,000)                      
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                                            (405)    
Treasury stock transactions                                     (78,817)              1,052                                   (584)
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
                                        ------------ -------- ----------  ------   -------- --------- --------   ------     -------
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995                          0 $      0 22,477,086  $   23   $152,283 $      0  $ 64,142   $    8     $ (584)
                                        ============ ======== ==========  ======   ======== ========= ========   ======     =======
</TABLE>





           See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       F-5

<PAGE>   6



TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1993        1994        1995
                                                                            ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                                             $   6,361    $ 18,480    $ 37,983
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
    by (used for) operating activities
    Depreciation and amortization                                            5,333      17,428      23,428
 (Increase) decrease in current assets, excluding the effects
    of acquisitions:
    Accounts receivable                                                      1,603     (24,845)         38
    Inventories                                                            (10,306)    (25,493)      7,161
    Prepaid and other current assets                                         3,765      (6,423)     (7,314)
  Increase (decrease) in current liabilities, excluding the effects of
    acquisitions:
    Accounts payable                                                        (8,019)      5,830      (4,624)
    Other current liabilities                                                  290       8,251     (16,124)
  Other                                                                     (5,804)     (1,598)     (3,057)
                                                                         ---------    --------    --------
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                    (6,777)     (8,370)     37,491

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 2)                               (3,992)    (41,904)    (17,143)
  Capital expenditures                                                      (5,427)    (15,249)    (20,191)
  (Purchase) sale of marketable securities                                  (3,500)      3,469         -0-
  Other                                                                         98         -0-         -0-
                                                                         ---------    --------    --------
    NET CASH (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES                               (12,821)    (53,684)    (37,334)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock & warrants                         -0-      17,500         -0-
  Repurchase of preferred stock & warrants                                     -0-         -0-     (17,500)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings                                         1,000      54,144      58,120
  Repayments on long-term debt                                             (87,936)    (27,524)    (97,529)
  Proceeds from stock offerings                                             32,206         -0-      64,860
  Proceeds from convertible note offering                                  103,500         -0-         -0-
  Payments of financing fees                                                (3,448)       (344)       (102)
  Dividends paid                                                               (90)       (462)     (1,061)
  Other                                                                        -0-         137          25
                                                                         ---------    --------    --------
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                              45,232      43,451       6,813

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                        25,634     (18,603)      6,970
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                   210      25,844       7,241
                                                                         ---------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                   $  25,844    $  7,241    $ 14,211
                                                                         =========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

           See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       F-6

<PAGE>   7


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




1.        ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITIONS OF THE COMPANY

          Titan Wheel International, Inc. ("Titan" or the "Company"), which was
          incorporated in 1983, grew during the 1980's through acquiring,
          revitalizing and amalgamating the operations of several of the largest
          wheel manufacturers serving the agricultural and off-highway
          construction equipment markets. In 1990, Titan was acquired in a
          management led buyout by investors which included Maurice M. Taylor,
          Jr., the Company's Chief Executive Officer and MascoTech, Inc.
          ("MascoTech"). The Company completed its initial public offering in
          May 1993, resulting in issuance of 5,287,500 shares and net proceeds
          of $32.2 million. A portion of these proceeds was used to re-pay $9
          million of subordinated debt to Runnymede Development Corporation and
          shares pledged to secure the debt were returned.

          ACQUISITIONS
          Each of the following acquisitions was accounted for under the
          purchase method of accounting.

          AUTOMOTIVE WHEELS ACQUISITION
          Effective February 28, 1993, the Company acquired all of the
          outstanding capital stock of Automotive Wheels, Inc. ("Automotive
          Wheels") from MascoTech for $8.8 million. Automotive Wheels assembles
          steel wheels for sale to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") in
          the North American automobile industry. It also manufactures steel and
          aluminum rims which are sold to manufacturers of wheels for the
          automobile and light truck after-market. Operating results of
          Automotive Wheels from February 28, 1993, have been included in the
          Consolidated Statement of Operations.

          DYNEER CORPORATION ACQUISITION
          During November 1993, the Company completed its acquisition of Dyneer
          Corporation ("Dyneer"), a company engaged in the manufacturing of
          wheels and tires for lawn and garden equipment, golf cars, recreation
          and industrial trailers, traction enhancing differential systems,
          mechanical transmission components and systems used in transportation
          vehicles and mobile equipment. Operating results of Dyneer from
          November 12, 1993, have been included in the Consolidated Statement of
          Operations.

          The Company exchanged 2,317,664 shares of its common stock and options
          to purchase an additional 441,392 shares of its common stock for all
          of Dyneer's outstanding common stock and all options and warrants to
          purchase Dyneer common stock. The exchange was preliminarily valued at
          approximately $28.4 million and resulted in the recording of goodwill
          in the amount of $23.1 million, which is being amortized on a
          straight-line basis over 40 years. In 1994, goodwill was increased by
          $11.2 million resulting from the reallocation of preliminary estimates
          and adjustment of certain pre-acquisition contingencies, the most
          significant of which related to environmental liabilities.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>   8


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




1.        ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

          The purchase agreement provided for an earnout based upon the
          performance of Tractech, a division of Dyneer, and an earnout based
          upon the extent of environmental remediation costs incurred by Dyneer.
          During 1994, the Company reached an agreement to settle both earnouts
          for a total of 426,688 shares of Titan's common stock and options to
          purchase 82,791 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise
          price of $.31 per share. The shares of Titan common stock and options
          were issued on February 1, 1995. The consideration was recorded as a
          purchase price accounting adjustment based on the fair value of the
          shares and options on the issuance date. The transaction discussed
          above resulted in additional goodwill of $4.4 million in 1995, which
          is being amortized over its remaining life.

          DOTSON WHEEL ACQUISITION
          During November 1993, the Company completed the purchase of certain
          assets of Dotson Wheel, a producer of steel wheels and rims for
          earthmoving/construction equipment, for a purchase price of
          approximately $5.1 million. The transaction was effected through TD
          Wheels of Virginia, Inc. ("TD Wheels"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
          the Company. Operating results of TD Wheels have been included from
          the date of acquisition of November 24, 1993.

          NIEMAN'S LIMITED ACQUISITION
          On January 27, 1994, the Company purchased all of the outstanding
          stock of Nieman's Limited ("Nieman's") for approximately $1.2 million
          and repaid $5.3 million of Nieman's debt. The purchase agreement also
          includes certain earnout provisions. No purchase price adjustments
          were recorded during 1994 or 1995 as a result of such earnout
          provisions. Nieman's is a distributor of tires, wheels, axle
          assemblies and component parts to OEMs. Operating results have been
          included from the date of acquisition of January 27, 1994.

          TITAN TIRE ACQUISITION
          Effective July 16, 1994, Titan Tire Corporation ("Titan Tire")
          acquired the agricultural tire business of Pirelli Armstrong Tire
          Corporation ("PATC"). In the purchase, Titan Tire acquired certain
          assets, primarily inventory and equipment and assumed certain
          liabilities. Titan Tire is engaged in engineering and manufacturing
          tires for the agricultural market. Operating results of Titan Tire
          have been included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations from
          July 16, 1994, the effective date of acquisition.

          The total purchase price consisted of: (i) $10 million obtained
          through the issuance to PATC of warrants to purchase 2,250,000 shares
          of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $24.44 per share
          (see Note 17); (ii) $7.5 million obtained through the issuance to PATC
          of one million shares of the Titan's Series A preferred stock
          convertible into 281,250 shares of the Company's common stock (see
          Note 17); (iii) $5 million obtained through the

                                       F-8

<PAGE>   9


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




1.        ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

          Company's regular line of credit. In addition, Titan Tire issued a
          subordinated note due February 11, 2000, to PATC for approximately
          $19.7 million with a 7% fixed interest rate (see Note 7). At the time
          of the purchase, Titan Tire also recorded a purchase price adjustment
          for a $16.8 million liability which had been recorded by PATC for
          employee related benefits which were not assumed by Titan. The
          purchase price was assigned to the net assets acquired based on their
          fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of net assets
          acquired initially exceeded the purchase price by approximately $11
          million and the excess was allocated to reduce the value assigned to
          machinery and equipment. At December 31, 1995, the $16.8 million
          liability was reversed. However, the Company estimates that its
          ultimate liability for matters unrelated to this liability will not
          exceed $6.5 million and has accrued that amount at December 31, 1995.
          The net reduction in purchase price resulted in an additional
          reduction in the value assigned to machinery and equipment.

          SIRMAC GROUP ACQUISITION
          On November 21, 1994, the Company acquired 50 percent of the common
          stock of the Sirmac SpA and Siria SpA of Italy (the "Sirmac Group", or
          "Sirmac"). Under certain conditions, Titan has the option to buy the
          remaining stock of the Sirmac Group from the other shareholders. The
          Sirmac Group is a major European manufacturer of specialty wheels and
          other products for the agricultural and earthmoving/construction
          markets. Titan paid cash of approximately $9.5 million for the common
          stock. In addition, Titan loaned $9.5 million to the Sirmac Group as
          part of the purchase. The note receivable from the Sirmac Group bears
          interest at the Italian prime rate and is payable on December 31,
          1997.

          The Company accounted for the investment under the equity method from
          the date of acquisition until June 30, 1995. Effective July 1, 1995,
          Titan was able to exert control over the Sirmac Group by making day to
          day operational decisions; therefore, the Company began consolidating
          the Sirmac Group in its financial statements. If Sirmac had been
          consolidated for the entire year, net income and earnings per share
          would not have been affected.

          STEEL WHEELS ACQUISITION
          On February 10, 1995, the Company acquired Lemmerz UK Limited ("Steel
          Wheels"), a division of Lemmerz Holding GmbH. Steel Wheels is a
          Kidderminster, England-based manufacturer of steel wheels for off-road
          and specialty vehicles. The purchase price was approximately $15.2
          million, obtained through Titan's revolving credit facility. Results
          of operations have been included from the date of acquisition of
          February 10, 1995.



                                       F-9

<PAGE>   10


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.        ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY (CONTINUED)

          GRASDORF TITAN GMBH ACQUISITION
          On December 28, 1995, the Company purchased a portion of Metallbau
          Grasdorf GmbH of Germany. Metallbau Grasdorf GmbH, located near
          Hannover, Germany, is a manufacturer of wheels and rims for the
          earthmoving and agricultural equipment markets. Titan purchased the
          manufacturing segment of the business for $2.3 million, and renamed it
          Grasdorf Titan GmbH ("Titan GmbH").

          PRO FORMA RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
          Assuming the above acquisitions occurred on January 1, 1994, unaudited
          pro forma net sales, net income and earnings per share for 1994 would
          have been $534 million, $23 million and $1.06, respectively. Such pro
          forma results are not necessarily indicative of future results of
          operations or the results of operations that would have been reported
          had the acquisitions been completed as of January 1, 1994. Net sales,
          net income and earnings per share for 1995 would not have been
          significantly different.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          The policies utilized by the Company in the preparation of the
          financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting
          principles and require management to make estimates and assumptions
          that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, and
          disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the
          financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
          during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from these
          estimates and assumptions.

          BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
          Company and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries. All
          significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
          eliminated.

          REVENUE RECOGNITION
          Sales revenue and cost of sales are recorded by the Company when
          products are shipped to customers.

          INVENTORIES
          Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost determined
          using the last-in, first-out method ("LIFO"), except for 61% of
          inventories, which are valued using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO")
          method. Inventory at foreign divisions is valued using the FIFO
          method.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>   11


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.        SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

          FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
          Gains and losses arising from the settlement of foreign currency
          transactions are charged to the related period's Consolidated
          Statement of Operations. Translation adjustments arising from the
          translation of foreign subsidiary financial statements are recorded as
          a separate component of stockholders' equity.

          CUSTOMER PALLETS
          Returnable pallets are billed to customers and upon return, credit
          memos are issued. The Company records a liability for the estimated
          pallets to be returned.

          FIXED ASSETS
          Property, plant and equipment have been recorded at cost. Depreciation
          is provided using the straight-line method over the following
          estimated useful lives of the related assets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS
                                                               -----
<S>                                                              <C>
                  Buildings and improvements                     25
                  Machinery and equipment                        10
                  Tools, dies and molds                           5
</TABLE>

         Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When property, plant
         and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost
         and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and any gain or loss on
         disposition is included in other income.

         DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
         Deferred financing costs are primarily costs incurred in connection
         with the Company's convertible note issuance and credit facilities. The
         costs associated with the convertible note issuance are being amortized
         over a period of seven years, the term of the notes. The costs
         associated with the credit facilities are being amortized over their
         respective terms.

         START UP COSTS
         The Company capitalizes pre-operating costs that are directly related
         to the construction of new plant and production facilities until the
         facility is operational. Such costs are amortized over five years.

         GOODWILL
         Goodwill for domestic and foreign divisions are amortized over 40 and
         25 years respectively, on a straight-line basis. At each balance sheet
         date, management reviews the carrying value of goodwill compared to
         undiscounted annual cash flows to assess recoverability from future
         operations.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>   12


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

         INCOME TAXES
         The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
         Financial Accounting Standard No. 109 (SFAS 109). Under SFAS 109, the
         deferred income tax provision is determined using the liability method
         whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon
         temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax
         basis of assets and liabilities.

         STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
         For purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company
         considers financial investments with an original maturity of three
         months or less to be cash equivalents.

         Investing activities during 1993, including certain noncash
         transactions, related to the Company's business acquisitions involved
         the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AUTOMOTIVE                DOTSON
                                                                  WHEELS       DYNEER      WHEEL
                                                                  ------       ------      -----
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>          <C>     
           Fair value of assets acquired, other than cash and
           cash equivalents:
             Current assets                                     $ 6,157    $  55,921    $  5,208
             Property, plant and equipment                        4,276       53,439       2,719
             Other assets                                           800       24,121         -0-
           Liabilities assumed                                   (2,560)    (107,630)     (2,958)
           Notes issued                                          (8,688)         -0-         -0-
           Common stock and options issued                          -0-      (26,813)        -0-
                                                                -------    ---------    --------
           Cash (acquired) paid                                 $   (15)   $    (962)   $  4,969
                                                                =======    =========    ========
</TABLE>


         In addition, the Company issued a $1,263,000 note payable related to
         the purchase of a building adjacent to its Quincy, Illinois facility.



                                      F-12

<PAGE>   13


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

         Investing activities during 1994, including certain noncash
         transactions, related to the Company's business acquisitions involved
         the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       THE           
                                                                        NIEMAN'S      SIRMAC      TITAN
                                                              DYNEER      LTD.        GROUP       TIRE
                                                              ------      ----        -----       ----
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>    <C>  <C>     
           Fair value of assets acquired, other than cash
            and cash equivalents:
             Current assets                                 $ (4,092)   $  7,318    $     -0-   $ 15,170
             Property, plant and equipment                    (1,860)      1,344          -0-     52,866
             Other assets                                     11,152       3,612       19,000      4,000
           Liabilities assumed                                (5,830)    (11,240)         -0-    (29,793)
           Notes issued                                          -0-         -0-          -0-    (19,743)
                                                            --------    --------    ---------   --------
           Cash (acquired) paid                             $   (630)   $  1,034    $  19,000   $ 22,500
                                                            ========    ========    =========   ========
</TABLE>


         Investing activities during 1995, including certain noncash
         transactions, related to the Company's business acquisitions involved
         the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THE                          
                                                                    STEEL      SIRMAC        TITAN        TITAN
                                                         DYNEER     WHEELS      GROUP        TIRE         GMBH
                                                         ------     ------      -----        ----         ----
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>
           Fair value of assets acquired, other than
           cash and cash equivalents:
             Current assets                            $    311   $ 17,029    $ 54,117    $  (6,000)  $      -0-
             Property, plant and equipment                  -0-     18,746      25,225       (9,500)       2,268
             Other assets                                 4,395      4,898      (3,440)       6,000          -0-
           Liabilities assumed                              611    (25,473)    (76,227)       9,500          -0-
           Common stock and options issued               (5,317)       -0-         -0-          -0-          -0-
                                                       --------   --------    --------    ---------   ----------
           Cash (acquired) paid                        $    -0-   $ 15,200    $   (325)   $     -0-   $    2,268
                                                       ========   ========    ========    =========   ==========
</TABLE>


         The Company paid $5,074,000, $8,373,000 and $11,817,000 for interest
         and $2,004,000, $8,357,000 and $27,141,000 for income taxes in 1993,
         1994 and 1995, respectively.



                                      F-13

<PAGE>   14


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

         FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
         The Company records all financial instruments, including cash and cash
         equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, other accruals, and
         notes payable at cost which approximates fair value. The convertible
         subordinated notes are the only significant financial instrument of the
         Company with a fair value different than the recorded value. At
         December 31, 1994 and 1995, the fair value of the convertible
         subordinated notes, based on quoted market values, was approximately
         $109.5 million and $112.6 million respectively, compared to a recorded
         value of $103.5 million and $85.9 million, respectively.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
         The Sirmac Group has debt with a principal balance of approximately $6
         million at December 31, 1995, which is denominated in French francs.
         The debt is subject to currency fluctuations between the Italian lire
         and the French franc. Foreign currency losses incurred for the year
         ended December 31, 1995, were immaterial to Titan's consolidated net
         income. The Company's activity with derivative financial instruments in
         1995 was minimal and the impact on 1995 operations was insignificant.

         ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
         Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations are
         expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures that relate to an
         existing condition caused by past operations, and that do not
         contribute to current or future revenue generation are expensed.
         Liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial
         efforts are probable and the costs are reasonably estimable.

         STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
         In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
         Stock-based Compensation" (SFAS 123) which defines the fair value based
         method of accounting for stock option, purchase and awards plans. SFAS
         123 allows companies to use the fair value method defined in the
         Statement or to continue use of the intrinsic value method as outlined
         in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
         Issued to Employees" (APB 25). The Company currently utilizes and plans
         to continue its use of APB 25 for accounting for employee stock options
         and related instruments. In 1996, however, the Company will provide the
         fair value disclosures required by SFAS 123. SFAS 123 is not expected
         to have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of
         operations.




                                      F-14

<PAGE>   15


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

         EQUITY INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE
         From November 21, 1994, through June 30, 1995, the Company recorded its
         investment in the Sirmac Group at equity, adjusting its cost to
         recognize Titan's share of the gain or loss of the Sirmac Group
         subsequent to the date of investment and amortizing the differences
         between the Company's cost and the underlying equity in net assets of
         the Sirmac Group at the date of investment. Equity earnings for the six
         months ended June 30, 1995 approximating $1 million have been included
         in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As
         discussed in Note 1, Titan began consolidating Sirmac in its financial
         statements, effective July 1, 1995.

         RECLASSIFICATION
         Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform with
         the current year presentation.


3.       INVENTORIES

         Inventories at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised the following (in
         thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1994        1995
                                                       ----        ----
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>      
           Raw material                              $ 34,735   $  37,273
           Work-in-process                             13,497      19,904
           Finished goods                              56,086      68,947
                                                     --------   ---------
                                                      104,318     126,124
           LIFO reserve                                 2,645      (1,196)
                                                     --------   ---------
                                                     $106,963   $ 124,928
                                                     ========   =========
</TABLE>




                                      F-15

<PAGE>   16


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

         Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised
         the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1994         1995
                                                        ----         ----
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>      
           Land and improvements                     $   4,326    $   4,974
           Buildings and improvements                   25,790       39,809
           Machinery and equipment                     101,612      142,579
           Tools, dies and molds                        33,871       36,489
           Construction in process                       9,750        8,428
                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                       175,349      232,279
           Less:  Accumulated depreciation             (32,026)     (53,993)
                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                     $ 143,323    $ 178,286
                                                     =========    =========
</TABLE>

5        GOODWILL (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1994         1995
                                                        ----         ----
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>      
           Goodwill                                  $  37,352    $  53,554
           Less:  Accumulated amortization              (1,002)      (2,306)
                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                     $  36,350    $  51,248
                                                     =========    =========
</TABLE>

         Amortization of goodwill for the years 1993, 1994 and 1995 totaled
         $72,000, $930,000 and $1,304,000 respectively. Of the total $16.2
         million increase in goodwill in 1995, $4.7 million is from the
         acquisition of Steel Wheels, $7.1 million is from the acquisition of
         the Sirmac Group and the remaining $4.4 million is the result of
         additional contingent consideration paid to former Dyneer shareholders
         as discussed in Note 1.

6.       OTHER ASSETS

         Other assets at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised the following (in
thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1994      1995
                                                     ----      ----
<S>                                                <C>       <C>    
           PATC receivables                        $ 4,000   $ 9,935
           Deferred financing costs                  3,315     2,933
           Start-up costs (Note 2)                     -0-     2,174
           Notes receivable from Sirmac (Note 1)     9,656       -0-
           Investment in Sirmac (Note 2)             9,350       -0-
           Other                                     2,108     2,659
                                                   -------   -------
                                                   $28,429   $17,701
                                                   =======   =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-16

<PAGE>   17


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised the following
         (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1994       1995
                                                        ----       ----
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>
          Bank borrowings:
             Revolving credit - Titan                $ 37,500   $    -0-
             Revolving credit - Sirmac                    -0-     28,677
             Term loan - Titan Tire                    14,464     12,322
             Term loan - Steel Wheels                     -0-      7,299
          Industrial revenue bond - Greenwood             -0-      9,500
          Note payable to PATC                         19,743     19,743
          Subordinated convertible notes              103,500     85,936
          Other                                         6,329      5,247
                                                     --------   --------
                                                      181,536    168,724
          Less:  Amounts due within one year            3,195     26,419
                                                     --------   --------
                                                     $178,341   $142,305
                                                     ========   ========
</TABLE>

         In July 1994, the Company entered into a credit facility ("Facility")
         with a group of banks which terminates in July 1999. The Facility
         provides for unsecured revolving credit of up to $100 million, which is
         also available for documentary trade and/or standby letters of credit.
         Debt outstanding for this facility totalled $37.5 million and $0
         respectively, at December 31, 1994 and 1995. The Facility allows Titan
         to borrow funds under four interest options. Titan paid rates ranging
         from 5 1/2% to 9% in 1995. The Facility is subject to dividend
         limitations, under which Titan may not declare dividends in the event
         the declaration would cause the Company to be in default of certain
         financial covenants. The Facility also contains certain financial and
         other less restrictive covenants.

         Included in bank borrowings at December 31, 1995, is $22.5 million of
         short-term and $6.2 million of long-term debt of the Sirmac Group. The
         borrowings have been financed primarily through lines of credit, for
         which Sirmac Group accounts receivable are pledged to the banks as
         collateral. The current rate of interest on such lines is approximately
         11%.

         On September 15, 1994, Titan Tire entered into a credit facility which
         provides for a term loan of $15 million and a revolving line of credit
         of up to $20 million. The term loan bears interest at the London
         Interbank Rate ("LIBOR") plus 2 1/4% and the revolving line of credit
         bears interest at LIBOR plus 2%. These rates were adjusted downward
         based upon an amendment to the credit facility in 1995. The LIBOR rate
         was 6% and 5 3/4%, respectively, at December 31, 1994 and 1995.
         Payments on the term loan are due quarterly through


                                      F-17

<PAGE>   18


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.       LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

         September 30, 1999. There were minimal borrowings under the line of
         credit agreement in 1994 or 1995. Substantially all assets of Titan
         Tire are pledged as collateral for the credit facility. The credit
         facility restricts Titan Tire, including limits on additional
         borrowings, operating and capital leases and contains certain financial
         covenants.

         In May 1995, the Company established a $14.4 million credit facility in
         conjunction with the purchase of Steel Wheels (see Note 1). The
         facility consists of an $8 million variable interest rate term loan and
         a $6.4 million revolving line of credit. Interest rates for the term
         loan averaged 8 1/2% for 1995. At December 31, 1995, the line of credit
         balance is zero. The credit facility contains several financial
         covenants.

         In March 1995, the Company issued $9.5 million of industrial revenue
         bonds ("IRB") to finance the construction of a facility in Greenwood,
         South Carolina. The bonds carry tax exempt variable interest rates
         based upon corresponding tax-exempt IRB issues in the state of South
         Carolina. Rates for 1995 ranged from 3 1/4% to 5 1/2%. The bonds are
         secured by a letter of credit established by the Company and are due in
         February 2010.

         As discussed in Note 1, on August 11, 1994, Titan Tire issued a
         subordinated note for $19.7 million with a fixed interest rate of 7% to
         PATC in conjunction with the Titan Tire purchase. The note matures on 
         February 11, 2000.

         On November 18, 1993, the Company issued $103.5 million principal
         amount of 4 3/4% subordinated convertible notes ("Notes"). The Notes
         are due December 1, 2000. Each Note is convertible into common stock at
         a price of $12.50 per share after January 24, 1994. See Note 17 for
         discussion of 1995 note conversions. The Notes are redeemable at any
         time on or after December 10, 1996, at the option of the Company in
         whole or in part, at certain redemption prices, together with accrued
         interest.

         Other debt primarily consists of loans from local and state entities,
         industrial revenue bonds and various other long-term notes.

          Aggregate maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                                    <C>      
                           1996                                   $  26,419
                           1997                                      10,275
                           1998                                       4,266
                           1999                                       7,652
                           2000 and thereafter                      120,112
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $ 168,724
                                                                  =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-18

<PAGE>   19


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8.       OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

         Other current liabilities at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised the
         following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1994      1995
                                                       ----      ----
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>    
           Accrued wages and commissions             $ 6,998   $ 9,585
           Warranty reserves                           4,309     2,828
           Workers' compensation reserve                 975     2,535
           Customer deposits/pallet reserves           4,009     2,324
           Accrued property and other taxes            2,289     1,930
           Accrued health care benefits                2,502     1,740
           Income taxes                                5,961       -0-
           Other                                       6,169     7,689
                                                     -------   -------
                                                     $33,212   $28,631
                                                     =======   =======
</TABLE>


9.       OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

         Other long-term liabilities at December 31, 1994 and 1995 comprised the
         following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994      1995
                                                           ----      ----
<S>                                                      <C>       <C>    
           PATC reserve (Note 1)                         $16,830   $ 6,500
           Environmental liability (Note 20)               5,251     4,919
           Employee benefits - Sirmac                        -0-     4,907
           Supplemental retirement liability (Note 13)     2,418     2,434
           Long-term warranty reserve                      3,000     2,262
           Other                                           3,710     3,590
                                                         -------   -------
                                                         $31,209   $24,612
                                                         =======   =======
</TABLE>




                                      F-19

<PAGE>   20


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10.      SALES TO MAJOR MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

         The Company's operations are conducted within one business segment, the
         production, manufacture and sale primarily of a full line of wheels,
         rims, tires and components for the agricultural, consumer,
         earthmoving/construction, engineered products, and military equipment
         markets. Sales to major markets in 1993, 1994 and 1995 comprised the
         following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1993       1994       1995
                                                  ----       ----       ----
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>     
           Agricultural                         $ 74,901   $156,015   $275,976
           Consumer                               23,703    140,073    170,717
           Earthmoving/Construction               32,792     75,555    133,523
           Engineered Products                     6,172     22,511     38,920
           Military                               12,873     12,846      4,047
                                                --------   --------   --------
                                                $150,441   $407,000   $623,183
                                                ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

         Export sales from the United States represent less than ten percent of
         total sales. Sales to Deere & Company represented 19%, 15% and 12% of
         total sales in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

         Although the Company is directly affected by the economic well-being of
         the above markets and significant customers, management does not
         believe significant credit risk exists at December 31, 1995. The
         Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial
         condition and does not require collateral. Historically, the Company
         has not experienced significant losses related to receivables from
         individual customers or groups of customers in any particular industry.


11.      INCOME TAXES

         Income before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1993       1994      1995
                                                   ----       ----      ----
<S>                                             <C>         <C>       <C>    
           Domestic                             $ 10,410    $28,203   $54,074
           Foreign                                  (296)     1,904     9,206
                                                --------    -------   -------
                                                $ 10,114    $30,107   $63,280
                                                ========    =======   =======
</TABLE>




                                      F-20

<PAGE>   21


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



11.      INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

         The provision for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1993        1994       1995
                                           ----        ----       ----
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>    
           Current
             Federal                    $  2,530    $  9,789    $14,397
             State                           647       2,187      3,406
             Foreign                           2         265      1,613
                                        --------    --------    -------
                                           3,179      12,241     19,416
                                        --------    --------    -------
           Deferred
             Federal                         454        (367)     4,840
             State                           120        (247)     1,041
                                        --------    --------    -------
                                             574        (614)     5,881
                                        --------    --------    -------
           Provision for income taxes   $  3,753    $ 11,627    $25,297
                                        ========    ========    =======
</TABLE>


         Deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
         respectively, are comprised of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1994        1995
                                                   ----        ----
<S>                                              <C>         <C>     
           Returnable pallets                    $  1,231    $    673
           Employee benefits and related costs      2,560       3,558
           EPA reserve                              2,991       2,329
           Postretirement benefits                  5,069         730
           Other                                    4,735       3,827
                                                 --------    --------
           Gross deferred tax assets             $ 16,586    $ 11,117
                                                 ========    ========

           Fixed assets                          $(20,042)   $(20,739)
           Inventory                                 (630)     (1,227)
           Other                                   (1,325)       (369)
                                                 --------    --------
           Gross deferred tax liabilities         (21,997)    (22,335)
                                                 --------    --------

           Net deferred tax liabilities          $ (5,411)   $(11,218)
                                                 ========    ========
</TABLE>


         The tax benefits from any future recognition of deductible temporary
         differences relative to recent acquisitions, present at the date of
         such acquisition, will adjust the related purchase accounting and be
         applied to reduce noncurrent assets.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>   22


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



11.      INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

         The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax
         determined by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to
         pre-tax income as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1993       1994       1995
                                              ----       ----       ----
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>  
           Statutory U.S. federal tax rate     34.0%      35.0%      35.0%
           State taxes (net)                    5.0        4.2        4.6
           Other (net)                         (1.9)      (0.6)       0.4
                                             ------     ------     ------
           Effective tax rate                  37.1%      38.6%      40.0%
                                             ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

         Federal income taxes are provided on earnings of foreign subsidiaries
         except to the extent that such earnings are expected to be indefinitely
         reinvested abroad.


12.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The Company sells products to companies controlled by persons related
         to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During 1993, 1994 and
         1995, combined sales approximated $2,597,000, $3,355,000 and
         $4,370,000, respectively. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, Titan had
         approximately $2,170,000 and $1,998,000, respectively, of accounts
         receivable outstanding from those sales. Commissions paid to companies
         controlled by persons related to the Chief Executive Officer of the
         Company approximated $252,000, $470,000 and $920,000 respectively, for
         1993, 1994 and 1995. These sales and commissions were made on terms no
         less favorable to Titan than comparable sales and commissions to
         unaffiliated third parties.


13.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT  PLANS

         PENSION PLANS
         The Company has a contributory defined benefits pension plan covering
         certain hourly employees of its French & Hecht division ("F&H"). The
         plan was frozen in July 1993. The Company also sponsors a contributory
         defined benefits plan covering all eligible bargaining employees of the
         Des Moines, Iowa location of Dico, Inc. ("Dico"), a wholly-owned
         subsidiary of Dyneer. The Dico plan was frozen July 1995. The Company's
         policy is to fund pension costs as accrued, which is consistent with
         the funding requirements of federal laws and regulations.



                                      F-22

<PAGE>   23


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



13.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

         The components of net periodic pension cost and the reconciliation of
         the funded status of the Dico, Inc. and F&H plans, in aggregate, at
         December 31, 1994 and 1995, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994          1995
                                                                  ----          ----
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>       
           Components of net periodic pension cost
             Service cost                                     $      126    $      199
             Interest cost                                           501           572
             Actual return on assets                                (327)       (1,182)
             Net amortization and deferral                          (744)          792
                                                              ----------    ----------
           Net periodic pension cost (income)                 $     (444)   $      381
                                                              ==========    ==========


           Reconciliation of funded status
             Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
               Vested benefit obligation                      $    6,543    $    6,148
               Non-vested benefit obligation                         376            29
                                                              ----------    ----------
           Accumulated benefit obligation                     $    6,919    $    6,177
                                                              ==========    ==========

           Projected benefit obligation                       $    7,333    $    6,484
           Actual plan assets at fair value                        5,423         5,177
                                                              ----------    ----------
           Plan assets greater (less) than
             projected benefit obligation                         (1,910)       (1,307)
           Unrecognized net loss                                    1376           761
           Unrecognized transition liability                         (59)          (52)
           Minimum liability adjustment                             (904)         (403)
                                                              ----------    ----------
           Accrued pension cost recognized in the
             balance sheet                                    $   (1,497)   $   (1,001)
                                                              ==========    ==========

           Major assumptions:
             Discount rate                                    7 1/4-8 1/2%      7 1/4%
             Rate of return on plan assets                        8 1/2%        8 1/2%
</TABLE>

         The Company also has an obligation to provide supplemental benefits to
         five former officers/shareholders of Dyneer. The present value of the
         unfunded benefit obligation accrued at December 31, 1994 and 1995, of
         $2,418,000 and $2,434,000, respectively, is actuarially determined and
         is discounted at an annual interest rate of 8 1/2% and 7 1/4%,
         respectively. Expense for the year ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 was
         $163,000 and $183,000, respectively.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>   24


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

         401(K)
         The Company sponsors two 401(k) retirement savings plans (the "401(k)
         Plan"), one plan for the benefit of all employees who are not covered
         by a collective bargaining arrangement, and a second plan for the
         employees covered by a collective bargaining arrangement. Plan
         participants may contribute up to 17% of their annual compensation, up
         to a maximum of $9,240 in 1995. Employees are fully vested with respect
         to their contributions. In 1993 and the first six months of 1994, Titan
         provided a 25% matching cash contribution on the employee's
         contribution. Beginning on July 1, 1994, Titan amended its 401(k) Plan
         to provide a 50% match in the form of the Company's common stock on the
         first 6% of the employee's contribution. Titan issued 87,910 shares of
         common stock in connection with the 401(k) Plan during 1995. Expenses
         related to the 401(k) Plan were $120,000, $917,000 and $1,468,000 for
         1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.


14.      STOCK OPTION PLAN

         During 1993, the Company adopted the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (the
         "Plan"). A total of 1,125,000 shares of common stock are reserved under
         the Plan. Under the Plan, stock options (both incentive and
         non-qualified), restricted stock awards and performance awards may be
         granted to key employees or consultants at the market price at date of
         grant. Options granted under the Plan were for 0, 178,625 and 165,780
         shares during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. There were 0, 26,865
         and 17,460 shares cancelled in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,
         leaving an outstanding balance of 300,080 shares at December 31, 1995.
         No options were exercised under the plan for 1993, 1994 and 1995.
         Options under the plan vest and become exercisable at a rate of 40% on
         December 31 of the year following the date of grant, and an additional
         20% each year thereafter. The options are exercisable at a price of
         $11.11 per share and expire ten years from date of grant.

         In 1994, the Company adopted a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
         ("Director Plan") as of March 31, 1994, to provide for grants of stock
         options as a means of attracting and retaining highly qualified
         independent directors for the Company. No more than 225,000 shares of
         Titan's common stock may be issued under the Director's Plan. Options
         granted under the Director Plan were 27,000 and 36,000 during 1994 and
         1995, respectively, and were issued at approximately the market price
         at the date of grant. No options have been cancelled or exercised
         through December 31, 1995. Such options vest and become exercisable
         immediately. The options are exercisable at a prices ranging from
         $11.11 to $11.70 per share, and expire 10 years from date of grant.



                                      F-24

<PAGE>   25


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


15.      GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT INFORMATION

         The Company's foreign operations are conducted primarily in Italy, the
         United Kingdom and Ireland. A summary of Titan's operations by
         geographical area for the three years ended December 31, 1995, follows
         (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             UNITED                                         
                                             STATES     FOREIGN     ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
<S>                                        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>
           1993
           Revenues
             Customers                     $147,841   $   2,600      $     -0-    $150,441
             Intercompany                    13,108         -0-        (13,108)        -0-
                                           --------   ---------      ---------    --------
               Total revenues              $160,949   $   2,600      $ (13,108)   $150,441
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Income (loss) from operations   $ 13,273   $    (131)     $     -0-    $ 13,142
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Identifiable assets             $255,925   $   5,341      $     -0-    $261,266
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
                                                                   
           1994                                                    
           Revenues                                                
             Customers                     $386,142   $  20,858      $     -0-    $407,000
             Intercompany                    77,834       2,661        (80,495)        -0-
                                           --------   ---------      ---------    --------
               Total revenues              $463,976   $  23,519      $ (80,495)   $407,000
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Income (loss) from operations   $ 36,170   $   2,278      $    (452)   $ 37,996
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Identifiable assets             $390,289   $  10,171      $     -0-    $400,460
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
                                                                   
           1995                                                    
           Revenues                                                
             Customers                     $524,233   $  98,950      $     -0-    $623,183
             Intercompany                    85,619       3,559        (89,178)        -0-
                                           --------   ---------      ---------    --------
                Total revenues             $609,852   $ 102,509      $ (89,178)   $623,183
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Income (loss) from operations   $ 62,978   $  10,087      $     (10)   $ 73,055
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
           Identifiable assets             $395,593   $ 117,682      $  (1,140)   $512,135
                                           ========   =========      =========    ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-25

<PAGE>   26


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

16.      EARNINGS PER SHARE

         Earnings per share for 1993, 1994 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1993       1994       1995
                                              ----       ----       ----
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>     
         Primary earnings per share         $    .46   $   1.14   $   1.91
                                            ========   ========   ========
         Fully diluted earnings per share   $    .46   $    .89   $   1.50
                                            ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

         Earnings per share are based on the weighted average common shares
         outstanding after giving retroactive effect to an approximately
         858-for-1 stock split approved by the Board of Directors on March 29,
         1993. As discussed in Note 17, during 1995 the Board of Directors
         declared two 3-for-2 stock splits, which were paid March 15 and August
         31, 1995. All share and per share data for the periods presented in the
         consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted
         to reflect the splits.

         Weighted average common shares used in the computation of earnings per
         share for the respective years are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             1993         1994         1995
                             ----         ----         ----
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>       
          Primary         13,946,101   16,255,942   19,933,034
          Fully diluted   14,935,102   24,646,099   27,459,606
</TABLE>

         Primary and fully diluted earnings per share of common stock for 1993,
         1994 and 1995 assumes the exercise of common stock options for each
         year as they are common stock equivalents with a dilutive effect.

         Fully diluted earnings per share of common stock for 1994 and 1995
         assumes the conversion of the Company's $103.5 million and $85.9
         million convertible subordinated notes due December 1, 2000, and the
         elimination of the related after-tax interest expense and amortization
         of deferred financing fees. The subordinated convertible notes did not
         have a dilutive effect on earnings in 1993. Additionally, fully diluted
         earnings per share of common stock for 1994 and 1995 assumed the
         conversion of the Company's Class A noncumulative convertible preferred
         stock. The convertible preferred stock was repurchased in June 1995.
         Conversion of the common stock warrants issued in the Titan Tire
         acquisition was not assumed in 1994 or 1995, as the effect was
         anti-dilutive.




                                      F-26

<PAGE>   27


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17.      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         The following discusses significant transactions which occurred during
         1995. Significant equity transactions which occurred during 1993 and
         1994 are discussed in Note 1.

         On June 7, 1995, the Company issued 4,312,500 shares of common stock at
         a price of $15.83 per share. Excluding fees, Titan received $64.9
         million, before related offering costs of $300,000. With $17.5 million
         of the proceeds from the June 1995 stock offering, Titan repurchased
         the convertible preferred stock and common stock warrants issued to
         PATC in the Titan Tire acquisition.

         During the year $17.6 million of the Company's 4 3/4% subordinated
         convertible notes were converted into the Company's common stock. At a
         conversion price per share of $12.50, these conversions resulted in the
         issuance of 1.4 million additional common shares.

         As discussed in Note 1, during 1995, the Company issued 426,688 shares
         of Titan common stock and options to purchase 82,791 shares. The
         issuance of stock increased additional paid-in capital by $4.7 million.
         Former Dyneer shareholders exercised options to purchase a total of
         48,391 shares of the Company's common stock resulting in an increase of
         approximately $600,000 in additional paid-in capital including a tax
         benefit of approximately $52,000.

         During 1995, the Company repurchased 150,000 shares of Titan common
         stock from the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Subsequently,
         71,183 of these shares were issued as compensation to a former
         employee, resulting in an increase of approximately $1,052,000 in
         additional paid-in capital, including a tax benefit of $348,000. A
         portion of the remaining treasury shares were withheld for payment of
         payroll taxes, the accrual of which represents the cost basis of the
         treasury stock remaining at December 31, 1995.

         On January 24, 1995, the Board of Directors declared a 3-for-2 stock
         split, payable as a stock dividend on March 15, 1995, to shareholders
         of record at the close of business on February 15, 1995. On July 14,
         1995, the Board of Directors declared a second 3-for-2 stock split
         payable as a stock dividend on August 31, 1995, to shareholders of
         record at the close of business on July 31, 1995. All share and per
         share data for the periods presented in the consolidated financial
         statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the splits.

         In conjunction with the related stock splits noted above, the Board of
         Directors authorized an increase in the annual cash dividend from $.03
         to $.06 per share. The Company paid cash dividends of $.02, $.03 and
         $.05 per share of common stock during 1993, 1994 and 1995,
         respectively.


                                      F-27

<PAGE>   28


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18.      LEASE COMMITMENTS

         The Company leases buildings, machinery, equipment and airplanes under
         operating leases. Certain lease agreements provide for renewal options
         and require payment of property taxes, maintenance and insurance. Total
         rental expense approximated $602,000, $1,467,000 and $1,547,000 for the
         years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

         At December 31, 1995, future minimum rental commitments under
         noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in
         excess of one year are as follows: $1,630,000 in 1996; $1,155,000 in
         1997; $924,000 in 1998; $718,000 in 1999; and $423,000 in 2000.


19.      LITIGATION

         GENERAL
         The Company is party to several routine legal proceedings arising out
         of the normal course of business. Titan believes that none of these
         actions, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse
         effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the
         Company.

         In December 1995, PATC commenced litigation against the Company on
         contractual matters relating to the purchase of Titan Tire. The
         Company, in December 1995, also commenced litigation against PATC on
         contractual matters related to such acquisition. Titan believes that
         these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
         condition or results of operations of the Company.

20.      ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         Dico, one of the Company's subsidiaries, and five major oil and
         chemical companies were named as potentially responsible parties in
         connection with contaminants found at one of Dico's facilities ("the
         Site"). The contaminants were found in the ground water and certain
         buildings located on the Site. Dico has constructed a groundwater
         extraction and treatment system to restore use of affected groundwater.

         During 1994, the Company adjusted the purchase price allocation for the
         Dyneer (Dico's parent company) acquisition with respect to the EPA
         matter. Of the total estimate of $10.7 million of costs to be incurred
         in connection with the clean up of the Site, $4.8 million was paid in
         1994, and $600,000 in 1995. Management believes that the remaining
         accrual of $5.3 million at December 31, 1995 is adequate for remaining
         costs to be incurred related to the environmental matter. Dico is
         attempting to recover its costs from certain of its insurers and other
         potentially responsible parties.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>   29


TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21.      SUPPLEMENTARY DATA - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
         (ALL AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED
QUARTER ENDED:         MARCH 31    JUNE 30     SEPTEMBER 30   DECEMBER 31    DECEMBER 31
                       --------    -------     ------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                    <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>     
1994
  Net sales            $ 91,873   $102,671     $ 97,827        $114,629       $407,000
  Gross profit           14,603     16,514       16,723          20,592         68,432
  Net income              3,819      5,055        4,281           5,325         18,480
  Per share amounts:
    Primary            $    .24   $    .31     $    .26        $    .33       $   1.14
    Fully diluted           .19        .24          .21             .25            .89

1995
  Net sales            $157,732   $157,640     $149,528        $158,283       $623,183
  Gross profit           28,763     28,157       27,753          31,053        115,726
  Net income              9,298     10,033        8,906           9,746         37,983
  Per share amounts:
    Primary            $    .56   $    .55     $    .40        $    .43       $   1.91
    Fully diluted           .40        .42          .33             .35           1.50


<FN>
     NOTE: THE ANNUAL EARNINGS PER SHARE AMOUNTS DO NOT NECESSARILY AGREE TO THE
           SUM OF THE QUARTERS AS A RESULT OF CHANGES IN THE MARKET PRICES OF
           THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND THE APPLICATION OF THE TREASURY STOCK
           METHOD.
</TABLE>

                                      F-29


<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(2)
 
                       PAGES 1 THROUGH 6 OF THE COMPANY'S
                     QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE
                          QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
<PAGE>   2


                        PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. Financial Statements

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
               CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                   (Amounts In Thousands, Except Share Data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 March 31,            December 31,
                                                                   1996                  1995
                                                                -----------           -----------
<S>                                                             <C>                   <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                     $     9,161           $    14,211
  Marketable securities                                                  39                    32
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance of
   $5,059 and $4,970, respectively)                                 127,848               107,137
  Inventories                                                       135,061               124,928
  Prepaid and other current assets                                   17,704                18,592
                                                                -----------           -----------
       Total current assets                                         289,813               264,900

  Property, plant and equipment, net                                178,280               178,286
  Other assets                                                       17,919                17,701
  Goodwill                                                           50,719                51,248
                                                                -----------           -----------
        Total assets                                            $   536,731           $   512,135 
                                                                ===========           ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt                             $    25,423           $    26,419
  Accounts payable                                                   65,824                58,592
  Other current liabilities                                          37,031                28,631
                                                                -----------           -----------
       Total current liabilities                                    128,278               113,642

Deferred income taxes                                                15,219                15,704
Other long-term liabilities                                          25,993                24,612
Long-term debt                                                      139,950               142,305
                                                                -----------           -----------
       Total liabilities                                            309,440               296,263
                                                                -----------           -----------

Stockholders' equity
 Common stock, no par, 60,000,000 shares
 authorized, 22,543,176 and 22,477,086
 issued and outstanding, respectively                                    23                    23
 Additional paid-in  capital                                        153,238               152,283
 Retained earnings                                                   74,810                64,142
 Cumulative translation adjustments                                      55                     8
Treasury stock at cost: 49,165 and 78,817 shares, respectively         (835)                 (584)
                                                                -----------           -----------
       Total stockholders' equity                                   227,291               215,872
                                                                -----------           -----------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                      $   536,731           $   512,135  
                                                                ===========           ===========
</TABLE>




               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      1



<PAGE>   3


                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
         CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
              For The Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 And 1995
                (Amounts In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Three Months Ended
                                                   March 31,
                                                1996        1995
                                              ---------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>
Net sales                                      $177,257    $157,732
Cost of sales                                   144,134     128,969
                                              ---------  ----------
     Gross profit                                33,123      28,763

Selling, general and administrative 
 expenses                                        11,657       9,533
Research and development expenses                   769         511
                                              ---------  ----------
     Income from operations                      20,697      18,719

Interest expense                                  2,706       3,326
Minority interest                                   734         -0-
Other (income)                                     (494)       (104)
                                              ---------  ----------
     Income before income taxes                  17,751      15,497

Provision for income taxes                        6,745       6,199
                                              ---------  ----------
Net income                                     $ 11,006    $  9,298
                                              =========  ==========
Earnings per common share:
     Primary                                   $    .49    $    .56
     Fully diluted                                  .40         .40

Average common shares and equivalents
 outstanding:
     Primary                                     22,674      16,614
     Fully diluted (See Note 1)                  29,543      25,175
</TABLE>

(1)  The March 31, 1996 and 1995 computations of fully diluted earnings per
     share assumes the conversion of the 4 3/4% subordinated convertible notes,
     issued November 19, 1993, due December 1, 2000.


               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      2

<PAGE>   4


                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                             (Amounts In Thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Three Months Ended
                                                                    March 31,
                                                              1996                1995
                                                             ------              ------
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
        Net income                                         $    11,006       $     9,298
        Depreciation and amortization                            7,088             5,868
        (Increase) in receivables                              (20,711)          (28,484)
        (Increase)/decrease in inventories                      (9,274)            9,758
        (Increase)/decrease in other assets                      2,888            (2,897)
        Increase in accounts payable                             7,232             4,741
        Increase in other accrued liabilities                    7,165             4,662
        Other, net                                                 129               (56)
                                                           -----------       -----------
         Net cash provided by
          operating activities                                   5,523             2,890

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
        Capital expenditures, net                               (6,058)           (6,615)
        Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                        (941)          (14,900)
                                                           -----------       -----------
         Net cash (used for)
         investing activities                                   (6,999)          (21,515)


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
       Payment of debt                                          (6,351)           (9,726)
       Proceeds from long-term borrowings                        3,000            25,320
       Dividends paid                                             (338)             (182)
       Other, net                                                  115               (46)
                                                           -----------       -----------
         Net cash provided by/(used for)
         financing activities                                   (3,574)           15,366


Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                       (5,050)           (3,259)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                14,211             7,241
                                                           -----------       -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                 $     9,161       $     3,982
                                                           ===========       ===========

</TABLE>




              The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                 consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      3

<PAGE>   5

                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
                                 (UNAUDITED)




A.    ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      In the opinion of Titan Wheel International, Inc. (the "Company"), the
      accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements
      contain all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature
      necessary to present fairly its financial position as of  March 31, 1996,
      the results of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 1996
      and 1995, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and
      1995.

      Accounting policies have continued without change and are described in
      the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies contained in the Company's
      1995 Annual Report and Form 10-K.  For additional information regarding
      the Company's financial condition, refer to the footnotes accompanying
      the December 31, 1995 financial statements filed in conjunction with the
      Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Details in those notes have not
      changed significantly except as a result of normal interim transactions
      and certain matters discussed below.



B.    INVENTORIES

      Inventories by component are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             March 31,   December 31,
                               1996          1995
                           -----------  -------------
      <S>                  <C>            <C>
      Raw materials         $ 36,663      $ 37,273
      Work in process         21,506        19,904
      Finished goods          77,165        68,947
                            --------      --------
                             135,334       126,124

      LIFO reserve              (273)       (1,196)
                            --------      --------
                            $135,061      $124,928
                            ========      ========
</TABLE>



                                      4

<PAGE>   6

                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)




C.    FIXED ASSETS

      Property, plant and equipment, net reflects accumulated depreciation of
      $60.5 million and $54 million at March 31, 1996, and December 31, 1995,
      respectively.



D.    LONG-TERM DEBT (IN THOUSANDS):

      Long-term debt comprised the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           March 31, December 31,
                                             1996        1995
                                           --------- ------------
      <S>                                  <C>         <C>
      Bank borrowings
        Revolving credit - Sirmac          $ 26,247    $ 28,677
        Term loan - Titan Tire               11,786      12,322
        Term loan - Steel Wheels              6,951       7,299
      Industrial revenue bond - Greenwood     9,500       9,500
      Note payable to PATC                   19,743      19,743
      Subordinated convertible notes         85,921      85,936
      Other                                   5,225       5,247
                                           --------    --------
                                            165,373     168,724
      
      Less - amounts due within one year     25,423      26,419
                                           --------    --------
      
                                           $139,950    $142,305
                                           ========    ========
      
</TABLE>



      Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at March 31, 1996, are as follows
(in thousands):


<TABLE>
      <S>                          <C>
      April 1 - December 31, 1996    $ 24,602
      1997                              8,815
      1998                              4,290
      1999                              7,625
      2000 and thereafter             120,041
                                     --------
                                     $165,373
                                     ========

</TABLE>


                                      5

<PAGE>   7

                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)




E.    MINORITY INTEREST

      Minority interest in the net income of the Sirmac Group of $.7 million
      and $-0- at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively, is
      included in other long-term liabilities.



F.    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTER
      
      The Company's subsidiary, Dico, Inc. is involved in an ongoing
      environmental matter associated with its Des Moines, Iowa site.  At March
      31, 1996 the Company has an accrual of $6.1 million for remaining costs
      associated with the matter.

                                      6


<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(3)
 
                       PAGES 1 THROUGH 7 OF THE COMPANY'S
                     QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE
                          QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
<PAGE>   2
                         PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
               CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                   (Amounts in thousands, except share data)


<TABLE>
                                                              JUNE 30,     DECEMBER 31,
ASSETS                                                          1996          1995
                                                              --------     ------------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $ 20,344      $ 14,211
  Marketable securities                                             39            32
                                                              
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance of                                           
   $4,833 and $4,970, respectively)                            109,185       107,137 
  Inventories                                                  137,390       124,928 
  Prepaid and other current assets                              15,253        18,592 
                                                              --------      --------
     Total current assets                                      282,211       264,900 
                                                               
                                                                                     
Property, plant and equipment, net                            $178,522      $178,286
Other assets                                                    22,338        17,701
Goodwill                                                        50,410        51,248
                                                              --------      --------
Total assets                                                  $533,481      $512,135
                                                              ========      ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                              
Current liabilities                                                                  
  Current portion of long-term debt                           $ 22,792      $ 26,419 
  Accounts payable                                              57,387        58,592 
  Other current liabilities                                     35,533        28,631 
                                                              --------      --------
     Total current liabilities                                 115,712       113,642 

Deferred income taxes                                           15,219        15,704
Other long-term liabilities                                     26,703        24,612
Long-term debt                                                 138,468       142,305
                                                              --------      --------
     Total liabilities                                         296,102       296,263
                                                              --------      --------


Stockholders' equity
  Common stock, no par, 60,000,000 shares authorized,
  22,520,649 and 22,477,086 issued and outstanding,
  respectively                                                      23            23
  Additional paid-in capital                                   153,713       152,283
  Retained earnings                                             84,947        64,142
  Cumulative translation adjustments                               317             8
  Treasury stock at cost: 99,165 and 78,817                   
  shares, respectively                                          (1,621)         (584)
                                                              --------      --------
     Total stockholders' equity                                237,379       215,872
                                                              --------      --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                    $533,481      $512,135
                                                              ========      ========
</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.





                                      1
<PAGE>   3
                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
           FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995
                  (Amounts in thousands except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              JUNE 30,                 JUNE 30,
                                           1996       1995        1996        1995
                                           ----       ----        ----        ----
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         
Net sales                               $167,030    $157,640    $344,287    $315,372 

Cost of sales                            136,621     129,483     280,755     258,452
                                        --------    --------    --------    --------
     Gross profit                         30,409      28,157      63,532      56,920


Selling, general and administrative
expenses                                  10,519       9,188      22,176      18,721

Research and development expenses            716         534       1,485       1,045
                                        --------    --------    --------    --------

     Income from operations               19,174      18,435      39,871      37,154

Interest expense                           2,545       3,087       5,251       6,413

Minority interest                          1,348         -0-       2,082         -0-

Other (income)                            (1,617)     (1,369)     (2,111)     (1,473)
                                        --------    --------    --------    --------
     Income before income taxes           16,898      16,717      34,649      32,214


Provision for income taxes                 6,422       6,684      13,167      12,883
                                        --------    --------    --------    --------

Net income                              $ 10,476    $ 10,033    $ 21,482    $ 19,331
                                        ========    ========    ========    ========
Earnings per common share:
- --------------------------              
     Primary                            $    .46    $    .55    $    .95    $   1.11
     Fully diluted                      $    .38    $    .42    $    .78    $    .82

Average common shares outstanding:
- ----------------------------------        
     Primary                              22,717      18,170      22,696      17,397
     Fully diluted (See Note 1)           29,584      25,905      29,564      25,544
</TABLE>

(1)  The computations of fully diluted earnings per share for the three and
     six months ending June 30, 1996 and 1995, assume the conversion of the 
     4 3/4% convertible notes, issued November 19, 1993, due December 1, 2000.


               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.




                                      2
<PAGE>   4


                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                             (Dollars in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                          ----------------
                                                          1996       1995
                                                          ----       ----
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>

                                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                        
  Net income                                           $ 21,482    $ 19,331  
  Depreciation and amortization                          14,353      11,757  
  Gain on sale of assets                                   (998)        -0-  
  (Increase) in receivables                              (3,104)    (24,233) 
  (Increase)/decrease in inventories                    (14,695)     12,095  
  (Increase)/decrease in other assets                     3,483      (5,246) 
  Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable                  (557)      1,658  
  Increase/(decrease) in other accrued liabilities        6,699      (2,095) 
  Other, net                                                 67      (1,158) 
                                                       --------    --------  
                                                                             
     Net cash provided by operating activities           26,730      12,109


                                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                        
  Capital expenditures, net                             (14,096)    (13,963) 
  Proceeds from sale of assets                            2,077         -0-  
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                       (941)    (14,900) 
                                                       --------    --------  
                                                                             
     Net cash (used for) investing activities           (12,960)    (28,863)


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from stock offering                              -0-      64,860
  Payment of debt                                       (10,099)    (80,871)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings                      3,000      52,422
  Repurchase of preferred stock & stock warrants            -0-     (17,500)
  Dividends paid                                           (675)       (388)
  Other, net                                                137         (38)
                                                       --------    --------
     Net cash provided by/(used for) financing         
     activities                                          (7,637)     18,485

                                                          
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                 6,133       1,731   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period         14,211       7,241  
                                                       --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period             $ 20,344    $  8,972
                                                       ========    ========
</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.




                                      3
<PAGE>   5


                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)


A.    Accounting policies

      In the opinion of Titan Wheel International, Inc. (the "Company"), the
      accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements
      contain all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature,
      necessary to present fairly its financial position as of  June 30, 1996,
      the results of operations for the three and six month periods ended June
      30, 1996 and 1995, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 1996
      and 1995.

      Accounting policies have continued without change and are described in
      the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies contained in the Company's
      1995 Annual Report on Form  10-K.  For additional information regarding
      the Company's financial condition, refer to the footnotes accompanying
      the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1995
      filed in conjunction with the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
      Details in those notes have not changed significantly except as a result
      of normal interim transactions and certain matters discussed below.



B.    Inventories

      Inventories by component are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    June 30,   December 31,
                                     1996         1995
                                    --------   ------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>
       Raw materials               $ 38,347     $ 37,273
       Work in process               21,882       19,904
       Finished goods                77,995       68,947
                                   --------     --------
                                    138,224      126,124

       LIFO reserve                    (834)      (1,196)
                                   --------     --------
                                   $137,390     $124,928
                                   ========     ========
</TABLE>








                                      4
<PAGE>   6

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)


C.    Fixed assets

      Property, plant and equipment, net reflects accumulated depreciation of
      $66.9 million and $54.0 million at June 30, 1996, and December 31, 1995,
      respectively.



D.    Long-term debt (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Long-term debt comprised the following:  June 30,     December 31,
                                                  1996            1995
                                                 --------     ------------
        <S>                                      <C>           <C>
        Bank borrowings
          Revolving credit - Sirmac              $ 23,689      $ 28,677
          Term loan - Titan Tire                   11,250        12,322
          Term loan - Steel Wheels                  6,829         7,299
        Industrial revenue bond - Greenwood         9,500         9,500
        Note payable to PATC                       19,743        19,743
        Subordinated convertible notes             85,866        85,936
        Other                                       4,383         5,247
                                                 --------      --------
                                                  161,260       168,724

        Less - amounts due within one year         22,792        26,419
                                                 --------      --------
                                                 $138,468      $142,305
                                                 ========      ========
</TABLE>



        Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at June 30, 1996, are as follows
        (in thousands):


<TABLE>
        <S>                                   <C>
        July 1 - December 31, 1996               $ 20,792
        1997                                        8,591
        1998                                        4,197
        1999                                        7,641
        2000 and thereafter                       120,039
                                                 --------
                                                 $161,260
                                                 ========
</TABLE>








                                      5
<PAGE>   7

                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)

                                       


E.    Minority interest

      Minority interest in the net income of the Sirmac Group of $2.1 million
      at June 30, 1996, is included in other long-term liabilities.


F.    Environmental matter

      The Company's Dico, Inc. subsidiary is involved in an ongoing
      environmental matter associated with its Des Moines, Iowa site.  At June
      30, 1996, the Company has an accrual of $5.7 million for remaining costs
      associated with the matter.


G.    Stock repurchase program

      On May 23, 1996, the Board of Directors of  the Company authorized the
      repurchase of up to five million shares (approximately 22 percent of the
      outstanding shares) of Titan Wheel International, Inc. common stock.  The
      Company may make these common stock purchases periodically in the open
      market.  As of June 30, 1996, the Company had purchased 50,000 shares
      under the aforementioned program.  During July, 1996, the Company
      purchased an additional 250,000 shares under the program.


H.    Sale of assets

      On June 1, 1996, the Company sold the assets of Automation International,
      Inc. (AII) to Automation International Holdings, Inc., comprised of former
      AII management.  AII specializes in manufacturing and rebuilding welding
      and automation equipment.  The Company's net sales, net income and
      earnings per share for the three and six months ended June 30, 1996, and
      1995, would not have been significantly different had the disposition
      occurred on January 1, 1995.







                                      6
<PAGE>   8

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)

I.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

      Effective July 23, 1996, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the    
      Sirmac Group located in Italy.  The Sirmac Group is a manufacturer of
      specialty wheels and other products for the agricultural and construction 
      markets. On November 21, 1994, the Company acquired 50% of the common
      stock of the Sirmac Group which was initially accounted for under the
      equity method. Effective July 1, 1995, Titan was able to exert control
      over the Sirmac Group by making day to day operational decisions;
      therefore, the Company began consolidating the Sirmac Group in its
      financial statements.

      Had the acquisition of 100% of the Sirmac Group occurred on January 1,
      1995, net sales for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 1995,
      would have been $182.0 and $359.0 million, respectively.  Net sales for
      1996 would not have been different, as the Sirmac Group was consolidated
      with the Company beginning July 1, 1995.  Net income and fully diluted
      earnings per share would have been $11.5 million and $.41 for the three
      month period ended June 30, 1996, and $23.0 million and $.82 for the six
      month period ended June 30, 1996. 





                                      7

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(4)
 
                       PAGES 1 THROUGH 7 OF THE COMPANY'S
                     QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE
                        QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
<PAGE>   2


                         PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.  Financial Statements

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
               CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                   (Amounts in thousands, except share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
ASSETS                                                       1996          1995
                                                         -------------  ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                $ 56,146      $ 14,211
  Marketable securities                                          39            32
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance of                       
    $5,100 and $4,970, respectively)                         93,979       107,137
  Inventories                                               126,054       124,928
  Prepaid and other current assets                           47,090        18,592
                                                           --------      --------
      Total current assets                                  323,308       264,900
                                                            
  Property, plant and equipment, net                        186,892       178,286 
  Other assets                                               19,384        17,701
  Goodwill                                                   41,626        51,248
                                                           --------      --------
      Total assets                                         $571,210      $512,135
                                                           ========      ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt                        $ 14,009      $ 26,419
  Accounts payable                                           53,743        58,592
  Other current liabilities                                  38,761        28,631
                                                           --------      --------
      Total current liabilities                             106,513       113,642
                                                             
  Deferred income taxes                                      15,219        15,704
  Other long-term liabilities                                25,574        24,612
  Long-term debt                                            181,710       142,305
                                                           --------      --------
      Total liabilities                                     329,016       296,263
                                                           --------      --------
Stockholders' equity
  Common stock, no par, 60,000,000 shares
    authorized, 22,295,541 and
    22,477,086 and outstanding, respectively                     23            23
  Additional paid-in capital                                154,688       152,283
  Retained earnings                                          93,823        64,142
  Cumulative translation adjustments                           (355)            8
  Treasury stock at cost: 399,165 and 78,817               
    shares, respectively                                     (5,985)         (584)
                                                           --------      --------
      Total stockholders' equity                            242,194       215,872
                                                           --------      --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                 $571,210      $512,135
                                                           ========      ========
</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      1
<PAGE>   3

                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
        FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995
                  (Amounts in thousands except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           SEPTEMBER 30,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                       --------------------       -----------------------
                                         1996        1995           1996          1995
                                       --------    --------       --------       --------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Net sales                              $145,682    $149,528       $489,969       $464,900

Cost of sales                           121,901     121,775        402,656        380,227

Realignment costs                        10,324         -0-         10,324            -0-
                                       --------    --------       --------       --------

   Gross profit                          13,457      27,753         76,989         84,673
                                         
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses                               11,754      10,767         33,930         29,488

Research and development expenses           720         554          2,205          1,599

Gain on sale of assets                  (15,332)        -0-        (16,330)           -0-
                                       --------    --------       --------       --------

   Income from operations                16,315      16,432         57,184         53,586

Interest expense                          2,528       2,381          7,779          8,794

Minority interest                           -0-         423          2,082            423

Other (income)                           (1,076)     (1,215)        (2,189)        (2,688)
                                       --------    --------       --------       --------

   Income before income taxes            14,863      14,843         49,512         47,057

Provision for income taxes                5,648       5,937         18,815         18,820
                                       --------    --------       --------       --------

Net income                              $ 9,215    $  8,906       $ 30,697       $ 28,237
                                       ========    ========       ========       ========
Earnings per common share:
   Primary                                 $.41        $.40          $1.36          $1.51
   Fully diluted                           $.34        $.33          $1.12          $1.15

Average common shares outstanding:
   Primary                               22,462      22,390         22,617         19,080 
   Fully diluted (See Note 1)            29,315      29,346         29,480         26,824 
</TABLE>

(1)  The computations of fully diluted earnings per share for the three and
     nine months ending September 30, 1996 and 1995, assume the conversion of
     the 4-3/4% convertible notes, issued November, 1993, due December, 2000.


               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      2
<PAGE>   4


                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      --------------------
                                                        1996       1995
                                                      ---------  ---------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                          $ 30,697   $ 28,237
  Depreciation and amortization                         20,991     17,480
  Gain on sale of assets                               (16,330)       -0-
  Realignment costs                                     10,324        -0-
  (Increase)/decrease in receivables                     9,406    (17,740)
  (Increase)/decrease in inventories                   (17,695)    10,821
  (Increase)/decrease in other assets                    4,805     (9,017)
  (Decrease) in accounts payable                        (2,960)    (1,324)
  Increase/(decrease) in other accrued liabilities       6,802     (2,384)
  Other, net                                               742     (2,570)
                                                      --------   --------

      Net cash provided by operating activities         46,782     23,503
                                                      
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures, net                            (19,073)   (17,581)
  Proceeds from sale of assets                           1,896        -0-
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                    (9,415)   (14,900)
                                                      --------   --------

      Net cash (used for) investing activities         (26,592)   (32,481)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from stock offering                             -0-     64,860
  Payment of debt                                      (32,053)   (91,846)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings                    60,000     58,038
  Repurchase of preferred stock & stock warrants           -0-    (17,500)
  Repurchase of common stock                            (5,150)       -0-
  Dividends paid                                        (1,014)      (724)
  Other, net                                               (38)      (114)
                                                      --------   --------

      Net cash provided by financing activities         21,745     12,714
                                                      
                                                                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents               41,935      3,736

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period        14,211      7,241
                                                      --------   --------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period            $ 56,146   $ 10,977
                                                      ========   ========
</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                  consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                      3
<PAGE>   5
                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)


A.    ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      In the opinion of Titan Wheel International, Inc. ("Titan" or the
      "Company"), the accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial
      statements contain all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in
      nature, necessary to present fairly its financial position as of
      September 30, 1996, the results of operations for the three and nine
      month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, and cash flows for the
      nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995.

      Accounting policies have continued without change and are described in
      the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies contained in the Company's
      1995 Annual Report on Form  10-K.  For additional information regarding
      the Company's financial condition, refer to the footnotes accompanying
      the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1995
      filed in conjunction with the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
      Details in those notes have not changed significantly except as a result
      of normal interim transactions and certain matters discussed below.


B.    INVENTORIES

      Inventories by component are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          September 30,   December 31,
                              1996           1995
                          ------------    ------------
      <S>                  <C>            <C>
      Raw materials         $ 40,489       $ 37,273
      Work in process         16,321         19,904
      Finished goods          69,180         68,947
                            --------       --------
                             125,990        126,124
      
      LIFO reserve                64         (1,196)
                            --------       --------
                            $126,054       $124,928
                            ========       ========
</TABLE>


                                      4


<PAGE>   6

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)



C.    FIXED ASSETS

      Property, plant and equipment, net reflects accumulated depreciation of
      $70.3 million and $54.0 million at September 30, 1996, and December 31,
      1995, respectively.


D.    LONG-TERM DEBT (IN THOUSANDS):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-term debt comprised the following:    September 30,   December 31,
                                               1996           1995
                                           -------------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>
Bank borrowings
  Revolving credit - Sirmac                   $ 16,994      $ 28,677
  Term loan - Titan                             60,000           -0-
  Term loan - Titan Tire                           -0-        12,322
  Term loan - Steel Wheels                         -0-         7,299
Industrial revenue bond - Greenwood              9,500         9,500
Note payable to PATC                            19,743        19,743
Subordinated convertible notes                  85,279        85,936
Other                                            4,203         5,247
                                              --------      --------
                                               195,719       168,724

Less - amounts due within one year              14,009        26,419
                                              --------      --------

                                              $181,710      $142,305
                                              ========      ========
</TABLE>



     Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at September 30, 1996, are as
follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
      <S>                              <C>
      October 1 - December 31, 1996    $ 13,389
      1997                                  777
      1998                                1,045
      1999                                  585
      2000 and thereafter               179,923
                                       --------
                                       $195,719
                                       ========
</TABLE>


                                      5


<PAGE>   7

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)



D.    LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED):

      On September 20, 1996, the Company entered into a new $175 million credit
      facility with a group of banks ("Facility").  The Facility provides for
      an unsecured $60 million term loan due September, 2001, and a $115
      million revolving line, which is also available for documentary trade
      and/or standby letters of credit.    The $60 million term loan was used,
      in part, to pay down debt comprised of certain other credit facilities
      and term loans.


E.    PURCHASE OF REMAINING INTEREST IN SIRMAC

      On November 21, 1994, the Company acquired 50% of the common stock of the
      Sirmac Group which was initially accounted for under the equity method.
      The Sirmac Group, located in Italy, is a manufacturer of specialty wheels
      and other products for the agricultural and construction markets.
      Effective July 1, 1995, Titan was able to exert control over the Sirmac
      Group by making day to day operational decisions; therefore, the Company
      began consolidating the Sirmac Group in its financial statements.
      Effective July 23, 1996, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the
      Sirmac Group.

      Had the acquisition of 100% of the Sirmac Group occurred on January 1,
      1995, net sales for the nine month period ended September 30, 1995, would
      have been $508.6 million on a proforma basis.  Net sales for 1996 would
      not have been different, as the Sirmac Group was consolidated with the
      Company beginning July 1, 1995.  Net income and fully diluted earnings
      per share would have been $32.2 million and $1.16 for the nine month
      period ended September 30, 1996, on a proforma basis.


F.    SALE OF ASSETS

      On September 30, 1996, the Company sold the assets of Tractech to a joint
      venture group and private investors.  Tractech, which  produces no-spin
      differentials, contributed annual sales of approximately $25 million.
      During the three and nine months ended September 30, 1996, Tractech
      contributed net sales of $6.1 and $18.4 million respectively, net income
      of $2.3 and $.8 million respectively, and fully diluted earnings per
      share of $.09 and $.03 respectively.  The Company has recorded a pretax
      gain of $15.3 million after related expenses as a result of the
      transaction in the third quarter of 1996.  This follows the sale of the
      assets  of Automation International, Inc. in the second quarter of 1996.


                                      6
<PAGE>   8

                        TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (UNAUDITED)



G.    REALIGNMENT COSTS

      During the third quarter of 1996, the Company has recorded a pretax
      realignment charge of $10.3 million.  These costs consist primarily of a
      write-off of start-up costs and inventory  associated with the
      elimination of non-core products including golf car assemblies,
      automotive Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) wheels, and axles.
      This is part of the Company's overall strategy to concentrate its
      resources on tire and wheel manufacturing, and is consistent with the
      sale of assets mentioned in footnote F.


H.    STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

      On May 23, 1996, the Board of Directors of  the Company authorized the
      repurchase of up to five million shares (approximately 22 percent of the
      outstanding shares) of Titan Wheel International, Inc. common stock.  The
      Company may make these common stock purchases periodically in the open
      market.  As of September 30, 1996, the Company had purchased  350,000
      shares under the aforementioned program.  During October 1996, the
      Company purchased an additional 285,500 shares under the program.


I.    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTER

      At September 30, 1996, the Company has an accrual of $5.6 million for
      remaining costs associated with its Dico Inc. Des Moines, Iowa site.



                                      7



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(5)
 
                      FORM OF PRESS RELEASE ISSUED BY THE
                        COMPANY, DATED FEBRUARY 18, 1997
<PAGE>   2
[TITAN WHEEL LOGO]
NEWS RELEASE FROM TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.                      NYSE:TWI
                                                      Contact: Phillip Stanhope
                                  Titan Corporate Communications: (515)265-9438
                                                              February 18, 1997

For immediate release

             TITAN ANNOUNCES FIFTH CONSECUTIVE YEAR OF RECORD SALES

Quincy, IL.--- Titan Wheel International, Inc. (NYSE:TWI) is pleased to announce
our fifth consecutive year of record annual sales. Sales totaled $634.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996.

During the fourth quarter, Titan called for redemption of its 4 3/4 percent
convertible subordinated notes due in the year 2000. On December 30, 1996, $56.6
million, or 66 percent of the notes, were converted into 4.5 million shares of
Titan common stock at a price of $12.50, while $28.7 million, or 34
percent, of the notes were redeemed for cash. Additionally, the cash redemption
required a one-time charge of $1.3 million related to the redemption of the
convertible notes.

Titan also completed the acquisition of the French wheel company, Delachaux, in
December 1996. The company, which was renamed Titan France SA, will initially
conduct business under the name Titan Delachaux.  The company has two
manufacturing facilities in France which produce wheels and rims for the
European off-highway market.

"We appreciate the high percentage of former note holders who chose to convert
their notes into Titan stock," stated Maurice Taylor Jr., president and CEO of
Titan. "Our French acquisition is another example of Titan's goal to provide
comprehensive service for our customers abroad, in addition to North America.
Titan and our shareholders can look forward to an exciting year in 1997 as we
sharpen our focus on our core markets of off-highway tires and wheels and
target further global expansion."

Net sales for the fourth quarter were $144.6 million, compared to $158.3 million
in 1995. Year-to-date sales were $634.6 million, an increased of $11.4 million
over sales of $623.2 million in the previous year. Income from operations for
the fourth quarter was $10.1 million, compared to $19.5 million a year ago.
Year-end income from operations was $67.3 million, compared to $73.1 million in
1995. Net income for the fourth quarter was $4.7 million, compared to $9.7
million for that quarter of the previous year. Year-to-date net income was
$35.4 million, compared to $38.0 million in 1995.

Fourth quarter net sales, income from operations, and net income were lower than
the previous year due to the divestiture of the assets of our non-core
businesses, namely Automation International and Tractech, in the second and
third quarters of 1996 respectively. Included in the fourth quarter and year-end
1996 interest expense in a one-time charge of $1.3 million related to the
redemption of the convertible subordinated notes. Without this charge, fully
diluted earnings per share would have been three cents higher per share on both
a quarter and year-to-date basis. Fully diluted earnings per share for the
fourth quarter were $.18 compared to $.35 in the previous year's fourth quarter,
bringing fully diluted earnings per share to $1.30 year-to-date, compared to
$1.50 for 1995.

Titan Wheel International, Inc., is a leading global supplier of
mounted tire and wheel systems for off-highway vehicles used in agriculture,
construction, mining, military, recreation and grounds care.  Titan has
manufacturing and distribution facilities throughout the U.S. and Europe.



                                     -MORE-
2701 Spruce Street -  Quincy, Illinois  -  62301   -  (217) 228-6011

<PAGE>   3
                 [TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. LETTERHEAD]




TITAN ANNOUNCES EARNINGS, ADD 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                  Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income
       For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 1996 and 1995




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Three Months Ended      Twelve Months Ended
Amounts in thousands except 
 earnings per common share data         December 31,               December 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     1996        1995        1996        1995
                                     ----        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Net sales                          $144,584    $158,283    $634,553    $623,183

Cost of sales                       124,219     127,230     526,875     507,457

Realignment costs                         0           0      10,324           0
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
 Gross profit                        20,365      31,053      97,354     115,726


Selling, general & administrative     9,744      11,127      43,674      40,615

Research & development                  538         457       2,743       2,056

Gain on sale of assets                    0           0     (16,330)          0
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------

  Income from operations             10,083      19,469      67,267      73,055


Interest expense (see note a)         2,946       3,251      10,725      12,045

Minority interest                         0         787       2,082       1,210

Other income                           (332)       (792)     (2,521)     (3,480)
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
  Income before taxes                 7,469      16,223      56,981      63,280


Provision for income taxes            2,788       6,477      21,603      25,297
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------


 Net income                        $  4,681    $  9,746    $ 35,378    $ 37,983
                                   ========    ========    ========    ========


Earnings per common share: 

 Primary                           $    .21    $    .43    $   1.57    $   1.91

 Fully diluted                     $    .18    $    .35    $   1.30    $   1.50


Average common shares and 
 equivalents outstanding:
 
 Primary                             22,210      22,504      22,515      19,933

 Fully diluted                       28,853      29,384      29,322      27,460
</TABLE>


NOTE A:  Included in the fourth quarter and year-end 1996 interest expense is a
one-time charge of $1.3 million related to the redemption of the convertible
notes.  Without this charge, fully diluted earnings per share would have been
three cents higher per share on both the quarter and year-to-date basis.



                                    -END-



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT (G)(6)
 
                      FORM OF PRESS RELEASE ISSUED BY THE
                        COMPANY, DATED FEBRUARY 25, 1997
<PAGE>   2
                                                                Exhibit (g)(6)

[TITAN WHEEL LETTERHEAD]

NEWS RELEASE FROM TITAN WHEEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.                      NYSE: TWI

                                                      Contact: Kent W. Hackamack
                                                 Titan Vice President of Finance
                                                                  (217) 221-4330
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE                                          February 24, 1997


        TITAN FILES REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

Quincy, IL. - Titan Wheel International, Inc. (NYSE: TWI), announced that it
has filed a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
for the proposed sale of $150 million principal amount of senior subordinated
notes due in the year 2007.  The notes will be offered through Merrill Lynch &
Co., Smith Barney Inc., Schroder Wertheim & Co., Dean Witter Reynolds Inc. and
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. as underwriters.  Copies of a prospectus relating to
the notes may be obtained from Merrill Lynch & Co., 250 Vesey Street, World
Financial Center, North Tower, New York, New York 10281.

A Registration Statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, but has not yet become effective.  These
securities may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the
time the Registration Statement becomes effective.  This notice shall not
constitute an offer to sell nor the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall
there be any sale of these securities in any state in which such offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification
under the securities laws of such state.

Titan Wheel International, Inc., is a leading global supplier of mounted tire
and wheel systems for off-highway vehicles used in agriculture, construction,
mining, military, recreation and grounds care.  Titan has manufacturing and
distribution facilities throughout the United States and Europe.






                                     -END-


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission